Oracle® Fusion Cloud EPM

Operations Guide

F27889-69
Oracle Fusion Cloud EPM Operations Guide,

F27889-69

Copyright © 2020, 2025, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

Primary Author: EPM Information Development Team

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and
disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or
allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit,
perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation
of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find
any errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this is software, software documentation, data (as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation), or related
documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then
the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs (including any operating system, integrated software, any
programs embedded, installed, or activated on delivered hardware, and modifications of such programs) and Oracle
computer documentation or other Oracle data delivered to or accessed by U.S. Government end users are "commercial
computer software," "commercial computer software documentation," or "limited rights data" pursuant to the applicable
Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, reproduction,
duplication, release, display, disclosure, modification, preparation of derivative works, and/or adaptation of i) Oracle
programs (including any operating system, integrated software, any programs embedded, installed, or activated on
delivered hardware, and modifications of such programs), ii) Oracle computer documentation and/or iii) other Oracle
data, is subject to the rights and limitations specified in the license contained in the applicable contract. The terms
governing the U.S. Government's use of Oracle cloud services are defined by the applicable contract for such services.
No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.

This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not
developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of
personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all
appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its
affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.

Oracle®, Java, MySQL, and NetSuite are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be
trademarks of their respective owners.

Intel and Intel Inside are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used
under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Epyc, and the AMD logo
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open
Group.

This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and
services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all
warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services unless otherwise set forth in an
applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss,
costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth
in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle.
Contents
Documentation Accessibility

Documentation Feedback

1 Creating and Running an EPM Center of Excellence

2 Understanding the Cloud EPM Troubleshooting Process

Creating a Backup Snapshot 2-1
Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Performance Bottlenecks 2-2
Getting Help From Oracle 2-2
Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information 2-3
Collecting Network Performance Trace Using a Browser 2-3
Collecting Network Trace Using Google Chrome 2-3
Collecting Network Trace Using Microsoft Edge 2-4
Collecting Network Trace Using Firefox 2-5
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission 2-5
Submitting a Technical Service Request 2-6
Considerations for Restricted Realms 2-7
Managing Service Requests 2-7
Understanding Access Limits 2-8
Monitoring the Service 2-8
Managing User Accounts 2-10
Client Compatibility 2-10
Best Practices for Network Restricted Access Environments 2-11
Cloud EPM Regions 2-11
Geographical Regions and Identifiers 2-11
Availability of Generative AI 2-16
Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions 2-16
Best Practices for Production and Test Environments 2-18
Understanding Implicit and Explicit BSO Restructures 2-19

iii
 Essential Resources for Customer Success 2-20

3 Understanding Oracle Release Change Management Process

Understanding Cloud EPM Change Management Process 3-1
Resolving Regression Bugs in Test Environments 3-2
Resolving Regression or Blocking Bugs in Production Environments 3-2
Understanding Change Migration Procedures 3-2
How Oracle Communicates the Update Schedule 3-3
Ongoing Cloud EPM Innovations and Impact on Testing 3-4

4 Troubleshooting Cloud EPM Issues

Resolving Login Issues 4-2
Resolving Connection Issues 4-2
Resolving Failure to Access static.oracle.com 4-3
Resolving Login Failures When Connecting to Cloud EPM Through VPN 4-3
Deciding Which Sign In Option to Use When Two Options are Available 4-3
Resolving Login Failures in Cloud EPM SSO Setup with Fusion Applications 4-4
Using Vanity URLs to Redirect to Cloud EPM 4-4
Restoring Access If Application is in Admin Mode: No New Logins allowed Message is
Displayed 4-4
Troubleshooting Issues with Deactivation of User Access 4-5
Troubleshooting Issues with Sign-On Policies 4-5
Troubleshooting Issues with Users Belonging to IAM Groups 4-6
Getting Help 4-6
Dealing with Down Environments 4-7
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance 4-8
Best Practices 4-9
Environment Setting 4-9
Optimize BSO Cubes 4-10
Optimization and Performance Considerations 4-12
Avoiding Recursion Error 4-14
Use of FIX Statements 4-15
Use of IF Statements 4-15
Block Calculation 4-16
Calculation Levels 4-16
Syntax Considerations 4-16
Use of Block Mode and Cell Mode 4-17
Recommendations for Creating Blocks and Block Size 4-18
Use of BottomUp and TopDown Calculations 4-18
Aggregations 4-19

iv
 Use of SET CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL Calculation Commands 4-19
Use of XRANGE to Calculate a Date Range 4-20
Writing Optimized Business Rules: Optimizing Essbase Calculation Scripts by Using
NOT in IF Statements 4-20
Creating a Business Rule Using a Unit Test 4-21
Debug Methodology for Developing Business Rules 4-23
Business Rule Optimization 4-24
Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Candidates for Optimization 4-24
Identifying Areas for Rule Optimization 4-24
Optimizing Rules: An Example 4-26
Business Rule Optimization for Hybrid-Enabled Cubes 4-28
Effect of Dynamic Calc Parent Members that have Member Formula with Aggregating
Children 4-29
Effect of Generation 2 Members that are not Never or Ignore but have Shared Member
Descendants 4-29
Impact of Enabling Hybrid Cubes on Calculations and Member Formula in Planning 4-29
Troubleshooting Incorrect or No Data in Member Formula in Hybrid BSO and ASO
Cubes 4-30
Performing Calculations Using Dates Stored in Planning 4-30
Using a Business Rule to Populate System Date in Planning 4-31
Avoiding the Attempt to Cross a Null Member in Function Error 4-32
Resolving Essbase Error(0): Error Executing Formula 4-32
About Deploying Business Rules to Applications 4-32
Why Does the Execution Time of a Business Rule Vary? 4-33
Getting Help 4-34
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues 4-35
Identifying and Correcting Issues 4-36
Level0 Members Tagged as Dynamic Calc but without a Formula 4-37
Resolving the Unable to load the data entry form as the number of data entry cells
exceeded the threshold Error 4-37
Resolving the Required Dimensions are Not Present Error When Opening Forms 4-38
Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time 4-38
Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Retrieval Performance 4-38
Fixing Data Entry Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close 4-46
Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues 4-46
Preventing Daily Maintenance from Terminating Database Refresh and Cube
Restructures 4-47
Resolving Financial Consolidation and Close Database Refresh Failure Error 1060200 4-47
Resolving Database Refresh Failure Error: Invalid Character 0x19 4-48
Getting Help 4-49
Resolving Issues with Smart Push 4-50
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes 4-52
Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros 4-52

v
 Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using A Job 4-53
Merging Incremental Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using Calculation Manager 4-53
Compacting the Outline 4-54
Compacting ASO Outline Using a Job 4-54
Compacting ASO Outline Using Calculation Manager 4-55
Reviewing Dimension Hierarchy Types 4-55
Creating Required Aggregate Views 4-57
Collecting User Data Retrieval Patterns and Creating Aggregate Views Using Jobs 4-57
Enabling Query Tracking and Creating Aggregate Views Using Calculation Manager 4-58
Reviewing ASO Retrieval Formula Statistics in the Activity Report 4-59
Getting Help from Oracle 4-59
Handling Issues Related to Large Data Export from ASO Cubes 4-60
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors 4-61
Managing Exports and Imports 4-61
About Exports and Imports 4-62
Performance of the Backup Process 4-63
Keeping Snapshots Up to Date 4-63
Exporting Smart List Textual Data During Daily Maintenance for Incremental Data
Import 4-63
Upload and Download File Size Limit 4-64
Resolving Migration-Related Errors 4-64
Resolving User does not Exist for this Application Error while Importing Snapshots 4-65
Getting Help 4-65
Resolving Clone Environment Issues 4-66
Resolving EPM Automate Issues 4-68
Finding Your Identity Domain 4-69
Resolving Session Failures if the Environment is Configured for SSO with an Identity
Provider 4-69
Resolving Script Execution Failures After Changing the Cloud EPM Password 4-69
Resolving the EPMAT-7: Unable to Connect, Unsupported Protocol: https Error When
Using a Proxy Server 4-70
Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Connection Timed out Error 4-71
Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Read Timed Out Error 4-72
Resolving EPMAT-11: Unable to Connect to URL Error When Connecting from a Linux
Computer 4-72
Resolving EPMAT-7: Session is Not Authenticated. Please Execute the Login Command
Before Executing Any Other Command Error 4-72
Correcting EPMAT-9: Invalid Credentials and EPMAT-7: Invalid Parameter Errors 4-73
Correcting EPMAT-7:The user doesn't have write permissions to the current working
directory and FileNotFoundException: .prefs (Access is denied) Errors 4-73
Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Modify Access Permission of Password File: .prefs Error 4-74
Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: .prefs Error 4-74
Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: passwordfile.epw Error 4-74

vi
 Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Delete Password File: .prefs Error 4-74
Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as few SSL certificates are missing in the
keystore and EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as above-mentioned SSL certificates are
missing in the keystore Errors 4-75
Correcting HttpConnection - Exception Caught when Closing Output Error 4-75
Handling Upgrade Failures 4-75
Handling Login Failures After Switching Networks 4-76
Correcting EPMAT-9: Insufficient Privileges To Perform the Operation Error 4-76
Resolving EPMAT-7: Invalid TempServiceType Error 4-76
Resolving EPMAT-1: Invalid Snapshot Error 4-77
Resolving EPMAT-1: Command Failed To Execute. The Parameter Location Is Invalid
Error While Running the ImportMetadata Command 4-78
Handling EPMAT-1: A Job with Name <rulename> and Type RULES was not Found
Error 4-78
Resolving EPMAT-6: Service Unavailable Error While Running Business Rules 4-78
Resolving copySnapshotFromInstance Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments 4-79
Resolving copyFromSFTP and copyToSFTP Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments 4-79
Handling Perceived EPM Automate Process Freeze 4-79
Getting Help 4-79
Diagnosing REST API Issues 4-80
Resolving User, Role, and Group Management Issues 4-82
Role Assignment Is not Immediately Reflected 4-82
No Identity Domain Administrator Exists 4-82
Getting Help 4-83
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues 4-83
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Performance Issues 4-84
Diagnosing Errors in Financial Reporting Reports 4-86
Resolving the ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException in the Database Connection Manager 4-87
Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time 4-87
Getting Help 4-87
Troubleshooting Reports Issues 4-88
Fixing Smart View Issues 4-89
Fixing Smart View Windows Add-in Issues 4-89
Diagnostics Tools and Health Check 4-90
Microsoft Considerations 4-91
Smart View Install, Setup, and and Uninstall 4-93
Language and Locale 4-96
Startup and Display 4-97
Login and Connections 4-99
Extensions 4-103
Performance 4-106
Smart View General 4-114
Fixing Smart View (Mac and Browser) for Office 365 Add-in Issues 4-115

vii
 Library Folders do not display in Home Panel (Clear Storage Option) 4-116
Disabling the Popup Blocker on Chrome 4-117
Clearing the Chrome Browser Cache 4-118
Clearing the Office and Web Cache on a Mac 4-119
Task List Display Issue 4-121
Making Smart View (Mac and Browser) Work after Enabling SSO 4-121
Fixing Strategic Modeling Smart View Connection Issues 4-122
Strategic Modeling Ribbon is not Displayed 4-122
Even after Reinstalling Strategic Modeling, the Ribbon is not Displayed 4-122
Strategic Modeling Node is Not Displayed in Shared Connections 4-123
I have Other Problems 4-124
Getting Help 4-124
Fixing Workforce Issues 4-125
Resolving the Assignment of Double Benefits in Workforce 4-125
Resolving HSP_ID_xxxx Errors while Running Rules in Workforce 4-125
Troubleshooting New Hire Requisition being Added to Existing Requisition Issue 4-126
Getting Help 4-127
Fixing Strategic Modeling Issues 4-127
Fixing General Issues 4-127
Fixing Smart View Extension Issues 4-128
Fixing Strategic Modeling Web Issues 4-128
Getting Help 4-129
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and
Close 4-129
Use the Dense Sparse Optimization Option 4-130
Poor Application Design 4-131
Identify Unnecessary Calculations 4-132
Optimize Configurations and Extensions 4-134
Perform Regular Housekeeping 4-138
Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Consolidation Rules 4-140
Automated Approach to Resolve Performance Issues 4-140
Manual Approach to Resolve Performance Issues 4-141
Consider Using Control To-Date View Storage 4-146
Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Calculation (Insertion
Point) Rules 4-146
Enable Consolidation Rules Logs and Submit Feedback to Oracle 4-150
Address Functional Issues 4-151
Get Help from Oracle 4-154
Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Approval Process Issues 4-155
Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Enterprise Journal Issues 4-156
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues 4-157
Application Design Best Practices 4-157

viii
 Managing Application Scalability 4-157
Managing Dimension Design 4-159
Managing Application Logic Design 4-162
Maintaining an Optimized Calculation System 4-167
Troubleshooting Calculation Issues 4-169
Reviewing Calculation Results 4-169
Validating Rule Results 4-170
Reviewing Metadata Impacts on Rules 4-170
Terminating Long Running Jobs 4-172
Getting Help 4-172
Precise Description of Issue or Failure 4-172
Historical Context 4-172
Supporting Details 4-173
Troubleshooting Account Reconciliation Issues 4-174
Impact of Loading Balances on Active Status of Profiles 4-174
Restricting Amount Value to Two Decimal Places in Data Management for Custom File
Export 4-174
Reasons why Transaction Matching Reopen Reconciliations 4-174
Resolving Reopening of Reconciliations After Partial Source (General Ledger) or
Subsystem (Subledger) Balance Reload 4-175
Getting Help 4-175
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Functional and Performance Issues 4-176
Review Member Formulas 4-176
Perform Regular Housekeeping 4-177
Getting Help 4-178
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues 4-178
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues 4-179
Getting Help 4-180
Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues 4-181
Required Roles for Loading Data 4-181
Handling Data Integration Errors 4-181
Troubleshooting Data Load Performance Issues in Data Management 4-182
Handling Data Load Failures in Account Reconciliation 4-182
Resolving Error: 3335 During Data Management Data Export 4-183
Getting Help 4-183
Managing Content Update Issues 4-184
Handling Issues with Navigation Flows 4-185
Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues 4-188
Required Oracle ERP Cloud Predefined Roles 4-188
Required Oracle ERP Cloud Privileges If Using a Custom Role 4-188
IP Allowlist 4-189
Troubleshooting Tips for ERP Integration 4-189

ix
 Integration of Cloud EPM UI into ERP Instance 4-189
Integration of Cloud EPM UI into an Oracle ERP Cloud Instance 4-190
Getting Help 4-191
Dealing with FastConnect Issues 4-191
Troubleshooting NetSuite Planning and Budgeting Issues 4-192
Resolving IP Allowlist Functional Issues 4-192
Managing Patching Issues 4-193
Why Monthly or Patch Updates Fail 4-193
Getting Help 4-194
Managing Other Functional Issues 4-194
Resolving Other Performance Issues 4-195
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies 4-196
Check for Poor Application Design 4-197
Remove Customizations 4-198
Check Known Consolidation Issues 4-200
Use Data Discovery to Self-Diagnose Data Inaccuracies 4-202
Get Help from Oracle 4-202
Handling Data Loss in an Environment 4-203
Resolving Order Processing Issues 4-204

5 Making Cloud EPM-Related Requests

Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments 5-2
Requesting a One-Off Patch 5-4
Requesting a Rollback of Production or Test Environments to a Previous Update 5-6
Requesting Merge Back of Environments 5-7
Requesting Oracle to Apply Monthly Update to Production Environments Prior to the Third
Friday 5-7
Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments 5-8
Migration of EURA Environments to EU Sovereign Cloud (OC19) 5-9
Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program 5-11
Requesting Performance Validation for Planning, Planning Modules, and Financial
Consolidation and Close 5-14
Requesting Automated Regression Testing 5-15
Requesting Essbase Block Analysis Report 5-17
Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to Cloud
EPM 5-18
Requesting Custom Sender Email Address 5-21
Submitting an Enhancement Request 5-22
Requesting an Increase in Planning Dimension Governor Limits 5-23
Requesting an Increase in Financial Consolidation and Close Dimension Governor Limits 5-24
Requesting an Increase in Profitability and Cost Management and Enterprise Profitability
and Cost Management Governor Limits 5-26

x
 Requesting an Increase in Cloud EDM Governor Limits 5-27
Requesting an Increase in Account Reconciliation Governor Limits 5-28
Requesting Root Cause Analysis (RCA) for a Resolved Issue 5-30
Requesting an Old Backup Snapshot of an Environment 5-31
Requesting an Increase in Capacity 5-32
Requesting a Health Check for an Environment 5-33
Requesting the Configuration of IP Allowlist 5-33
Use of Dedicated VPN Connection to Restrict Access 5-34
Use of Identity Cloud Services Network Perimeter 5-34
Requesting to Disallow Service Administrators to Assign Predefined Roles 5-34
Requesting Additional Environments for EPM Enterprise Cloud Service Subscriptions 5-35
Requesting Infrastructure Maintenance Delay 5-35
Requesting Cloud EPM Roadmap Information 5-35
Responding to Customer Diagnostic Alerts 5-36
Making Other Requests 5-36

6 Asking Questions About Cloud EPM

Asking How-to Questions 6-1
Asking Other Questions 6-2

xi
 Documentation Accessibility

Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility
Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle Support
Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My
Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info
or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.

xii
Documentation Feedback
To provide feedback on this documentation, click the feedback button at the bottom of the page
in any Oracle Help Center topic. You can also send email to [email protected].

xiii
1
Creating and Running an EPM Center of
Excellence
A best practice for EPM is to create a CoE (Center of Excellence).
An EPM CoE is a unified effort to ensure adoption and best practices. It drives transformation
in business processes related to performance management and the use of technology-enabled
solutions.
Cloud adoption can empower your organization to improve business agility and promote
innovative solutions. An EPM CoE oversees your cloud initiative, and it can help protect and
maintain your investment and promote effective use.
The EPM CoE team:
• Ensures cloud adoption, helping your organization get the most out of your Oracle Fusion
Cloud EPM investment
• Serves as a steering committee for best practices
• Leads EPM-related change management initiatives and drives transformation
All customers can benefit from an EPM CoE, including customers who have already
implemented EPM.

How Do I Get Started?

Click to get best practices, guidance, and strategies for your own EPM CoE: Introduction to
EPM Center of Excellence.

Learn More
• Watch the Cloud Customer Connect webinar: Creating and Running a Center of
Excellence (CoE) for Cloud EPM
• Watch the videos: Overview: EPM Center of Excellence and Creating a Center of
Excellence.
• See the business benefits and value proposition of an EPM CoE in Creating and Running
an EPM Center of Excellence.

1-1
Chapter 1

1-2
2
Understanding the Cloud EPM
Troubleshooting Process
How often have you looked for steps to troubleshoot issues in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management business processes? This guide identifies some common customer
reported issues and the procedures to correct them.
Use this guide to self-diagnose the reason why some Cloud EPM issues occur and the steps
involved in correcting them. If the suggested steps prove ineffective, this guide lists the
information that you must provide while seeking help from Oracle.

In this Section
• Creating a Backup Snapshot
• Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Performance Bottlenecks
• Getting Help From Oracle
• Managing Service Requests
• Understanding Access Limits
• Monitoring the Service
• Managing User Accounts
• Client Compatibility
• Best Practices for Network Restricted Access Environments
• Cloud EPM Regions
• Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions
• Best Practices for Production and Test Environments
• Understanding Implicit and Explicit BSO Restructures
• Essential Resources for Customer Success

Creating a Backup Snapshot

All troubleshooting activities must be performed in a test environment.
Begin by creating a backup of the application in the current environment and downloading it to
a local computer. See these information sources:
• Backing Up and Restoring an Environment Using the Maintenance Snapshot in Getting
Started Guide for Administrators
• Backing Up Artifacts and Application in Administering Migration

2-1
 Chapter 2
Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Performance Bottlenecks

Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Performance

Bottlenecks
The Activity Report is generated automatically to help you identify issues that may impact the
performance of your application.
A new Activity Report is generated in these three situations:
• Every day during daily maintenance of the service
• Each time you submit a Provide Feedback submission
• Every time you execute the resetService EPM Automate command to restart an
environment
For detailed information about the Activity Report, see Using Activity Reports and Access Logs
to Monitor Usage in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
Before contacting Oracle for help, especially for performance-related issues, review the Activity
Report to identify bottlenecks. Specifically, carefully review the following sections of the Activity
Report to identify areas that you may streamline to improve performance:
• Number of Users: This section helps you determine if there is a correlation between the
number of users and the performance of the application.
• Top 7 User Interface Requests by Duration: This section, which identifies the top seven
user actions by duration, provides you a starting point to identify why these actions take
time to complete.
• Top 30 Longest Performing User Interface Actions over 2 Seconds: This section,
which identifies the worst performing actions and objects (for example, rule), helps identify
artifacts that you need to evaluate to improve performance.
• Top 10 Longest Performing Business Rules over 30 Seconds: This section identifies
the business rules that take the most time to run, and are candidates for optimization.
• Top 5 Longest Performing Calc Scripts Commands over 1 Min: This section identifies
specific sections in a rule that takes a long time to execute and should be reviewed to
improve performance.
• Top 10 Longest Performing Essbase Queries over 15 seconds : This section list the
worst performing Essbase queries, which may be optimized to yield better performance.

Getting Help From Oracle

Before approaching Oracle Support for assistance, complete the troubleshooting steps
available in this book to diagnose and fix the issue.
Specific information that Oracle requires to troubleshoot your issue is identified in each
discussion. These topics provide additional information.
• Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information
• Collecting Network Performance Trace Using a Browser
• Creating a Provide Feedback Submission
• Submitting a Technical Service Request.
• Considerations for Restricted Realms

2-2
 Chapter 2
Getting Help From Oracle

Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information

Use Fiddler to capture HTTPS traffic while you re-create EPM Automate, Oracle Smart View
for Office, browser login or performance issues. Fiddler trace file contains statistics and
inspectors that help Oracle debug issues more efficiently.
Watch this overview video for information on configuring Fiddler to capture HTTPS traffic.

Overview Video
You may need to configure your browser setting using the instructions available on the
vendor's web site. See Configure Browsers for details.

Collecting Network Performance Trace Using a Browser

Oracle Support may require network performance data to resolve some Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management performance issues.
In this Section
• Collecting Network Trace Using Google Chrome
• Collecting Network Trace Using Microsoft Edge
• Collecting Network Trace Using Firefox

Collecting Network Trace Using Google Chrome

1. Clear the cache in Chrome.
a. Click (Customize and control Google Chrome), then select History, and then
History.
b. Click Delete Browsing data.
c. Select all check boxes in Basic and Advanced tabs of Clear browsing data screen.
d. In Time range, select All time.
e. Click Delete data.
2. Allow pop-ups to be opened.
• Click (Customize and control Google Chrome icon), then select Settings.

• Click (Settings) then Privacy and security, then Site settings, and then Pop-ups
and redirects.
• Select Sites can send pop-ups and use redirects to allow the browser to open pop-
ups.
3. Open Network Diagnostics.
a. Click (Customize and control Google Chrome icon), then select More tools, and
then Developer tools.
b. Click Network.

c. Click (Clear network log) to remove any existing network information in the log.

2-3
 Chapter 2
Getting Help From Oracle

d. Select the Preserve log check box.

e. Click (Record network log).

4. From the current Chrome tab, sign in to the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management environment and perform the use case that causes performance or functional
issues. Do not switch tab or open a new tab.
5. Sign out of Cloud EPM.
6. From the same Chrome tab as in Step 4, sign in to the Cloud EPM environment again and
perform the same use case that causes performance or functional issues to ensure that
the browser has cached static content.

7. Click (Stop recording network log).

8. Click (All).

9. Click (Export HAR).

10. Save the HAR file to a local directory.

Collecting Network Trace Using Microsoft Edge

1. Clear the cache.

a. Click (Settings and More ), then select History, and then click (Delete
browsing data).
b. In Time range, select All time.
c. Select all check boxes in Clear browsing data and then click Clear now.
2. Allow pop-ups to be opened.

• Click (Settings and More ), then select (Settings).

• In Preferences, ensure that the Pop-ups and redirect option is set to Unblocked to
allow the browser to open pop-ups.
3. Open Network Diagnostics.
a. Click (Settings and More ), then More tools, and then select Developer tools.

b. Click (Network).

c. Click (Clear network log ) to remove any existing network information in the log.
d. Select the Preserve log check box.

e. Click (Record network log).

4. Sign in to the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environment and
perform the use case that causes performance or functional issues.
5. Sign out of Cloud EPM.
6. Sign in to the Cloud EPM environment again and perform the same use case that causes
performance or functional issues to ensure that the browser has cached static content.
7. Sign out of Cloud EPM.

8. Click (Stop recording network log).

9. Click (All).

2-4
 Chapter 2
Getting Help From Oracle

10. Click (Export HAR).

11. Save the HAR file to a local directory.

Collecting Network Trace Using Firefox

1. Clear the cache in Firefox.
a. Click (View history, saved bookmarks, and more icon), then select History, and
then Clear Recent History.
b. In Time range to clear, select Everything.
c. Click Clear Now.
2. Open Network Diagnostics. Click (Open Menu icon), then select Web Developer, and
then Network.

3. Click (Console Settings) and ensure that Persist Logs is selected.

4. Sign in to the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environment and
perform the use case that causes performance or functional issues.
5. Sign out of the Cloud EPM environment.
6. Sign in to the Cloud EPM environment and perform the same use case that causes
performance or functional issues to ensure that the browser has cached static content.
7. Click (All Traffic).
8. Right-click in any column and select Save All As HAR, and save the trace information to a
local directory.

Creating a Provide Feedback Submission

The Provide Feedback process enables Oracle to access the log files for the last 24 hours
from your environment to help identify and fix the issue. While creating the submission,
reproduce your issue and capture screenshots that clearly show the steps involved in
recreating the issue.
For more information, see Helping Oracle Collect Diagnostic Information Using the Provide
Feedback Utility in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

Note:
It is important that you create the Provide Feedback submission soon after you
encounter the issue. If 24 hours have elapsed since you encountered the issue,
Provide Feedback process will not be able to collect the logs for the time period when
you encountered the issue.

Oracle may ask you to submit Provide Feedback multiple times during the resolution of an
issue as you make changes to your application or run more activities. Such requests are made
primarily to access the log files that were updated due to the changes made to the application.
Oracle does not access application snapshots without your explicit consent. . In all non-
restricted OCI regions, Service Administrators can consent to the submission of the application
snapshot by selecting Submit application snapshot radio button during the Provide
Feedback submission process. Oracle uses the submitted application snapshot for testing

2-5
 Chapter 2
Getting Help From Oracle

purposes only; Oracle does not make changes to the application or data. If you consent to
submit the maintenance snapshot, Oracle automatically encrypts and copies the current
maintenance snapshot.

Note:
Service Administrators cannot submit application snapshot to Oracle in restricted OCI
regions (for example, regions in OC2 and OC3 realms).

The maintenance snapshot that Oracle accesses when you provide this consent is the Artifact
Snapshot created during the previous daily maintenance of the environment. Changes that you
made after the previous daily maintenance are not reflected in the maintenance snapshot
submitted during Provide Feedback. If you want Oracle to access your latest artifacts and data,
before submitting Provide Feedback, execute the runDailyMaintenance EPM Automate
command to create a new maintenance snapshot.

Note:
The utility generates a reference number for your submission, which you should
include in the technical service request. The reference number is included in the
feedback notification email sent to Service Administrators.

Your Goal Learn How

Understand the information that you need to submit to
quickly resolve issues
Overview Video
Understand the process of collecting and submitting
information using Provide Feedback Overview Video

Submitting a Technical Service Request

Sign in to the Oracle Support web site and create a technical service request. Be sure to
include the reference number that the Provide Feedback utility created. Depending on your
business process and issue, Oracle needs information such as:

2-6
 Chapter 2
Managing Service Requests

• POVs
• User and substitution variables
• Expected and actual performance parameters (for example, expected time for
consolidation versus actual time)
• Fiddler trace or HAR file of the session
• Log files

Note:
Choose the Critical Outage category for the service request only when a critical
production system or business function is unstable and an appropriate resource from
your organization is available to work on this issue around the clock, if needed. For
examples of critical outage scenarios, see Critical Outage Examples (Doc ID
2849481.1) available on the Oracle Support website.

Considerations for Restricted Realms

Handling a service request for issues related to an environment in a restricted realm (such as
OC2, OC3, OC4, or OC19) presents unique challenges for Oracle employees without the
necessary access. In these cases, artifact names (for example, dimension names, member
names, report names) and user-identifying information (such as emails, IP addresses) are
masked, making it impossible for Oracle employees to reference the information to which they
do not have access. This may make the conversation awkward.
In such cases, an Oracle intermediary, who has the required access to masked data, may be
present to facilitate the conversation by mapping the artifacts as you see them in the
environment to the masked artifacts that the Oracle employee sees.

Managing Service Requests

Service request resolution is a collaborative and iterative process which requires your active
participation. A well-formed service request includes a detailed description of the issue or
question, troubleshooting actions already taken, and a description of the business impact.
Large, complex problems reported to Oracle Support through service requests may take time
to resolve. At times, the service request may not progress fast enough to meet you
implementation or upgrade plans or project milestones. In such cases, you have these options:
• Determine if the service request severity is set correctly Service request severity
setting should comply with the categorization specified in the "Severity Definitions" section
of Oracle Cloud Hosting and Delivery Policies. You can request Oracle to change the
severity by contacting the Support Engineer through the service request or by calling your
region’s support contact phone number.
• Request management attention to the service request

Requesting Management Attention to a Service Request

Requesting management attention to a service request involves your management and Oracle
Global Customer Support management. While this process does not guarantee immediate
resolution of the issue; it ensures that the right Oracle resources are focused on resolving the
service request and communicating progress. It also provides a channel to notify Oracle
Support of target dates and deadlines and the impact of the service request on your

2-7
 Chapter 2
Understanding Access Limits

implementation plans. You may request the attention of an Oracle Global Support Manager to
your service request in the following scenarios:
• The service request is not being resolved expeditiously to meet you implementation or
upgrade plans or project milestones.
• Additional important business issues need to be communicated to Customer Support
managers.
• You are not satisfied with the response or resolution that was made available.
Requesting management attention facilitates the creation of an action plan to resolve your
issue and allows Oracle Support to validate and coordinate the required resources to resolve
the problem.

Note:
Routinely requesting management attention to non-critical issues or consistently
overstating the criticality of a service request may result in a misunderstanding of the
importance or critical impact of future requests. Use this option only in critical
situations.

For instructions on this process, refer to How To Request Management Attention on a Service
Request (SR) with Oracle Support Services (Doc ID 199389.1).

Understanding Access Limits

Can I Access the Database Used with my Cloud Environment?
No. You cannot access the database that supports your Cloud EPM environment. Access to all
cloud content is provided only through the provided user interfaces, application program
interfaces, and utilities. Direct access to the database using SQL is not provided.

Can I Access the Cloud EPM Operating System?

No. You cannot directly access the operating system that hosts your Cloud EPM environments.
Direct access to the file system and other platform components is not provided.

Can I Access the Operating System and Application Log Files?

No. You cannot directly access the operating system and application log files from the server
that hosts your Cloud EPM environments.

Monitoring the Service

This section lists queries related to monitoring Cloud EPM environments.

How do I Monitor Service Performance?

Service Administrators can view Activity Reports, which helps streamline application design by
identifying calculation scripts and user requests that impact application performance. See
Monitoring Your Service in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

2-8
 Chapter 2
Monitoring the Service

Is There a Way to Performance Test an Environment Under Load?

Use the replay EPM Automate command to simulate system load to verify that user experience
is acceptable when the service is under a specified load. For example, you can test the user
experience on a test environment under a heavy load to ensure that the service will perform
well after you migrate the application from the test environment to the production environment.
Also, see Preparing to Run the Replay Command in Working with EPM Automate.

Is there an Activity Report in Narrative Reporting?

Activity Report and access logs are not available from within Narrative Reporting.
Activity Reports and access logs are generated and stored in Narrative Reporting
environments. You can download them using the downloadFile EPM Automate command.
Additionally, you can generate a System Audit log (a CSV file) to identify changes to the
service over a period of time. See Performing an Audit in Administering Narrative Reporting for
detailed information.

How do I View Service Details?

Use the Oracle Cloud Console to view service details.

How Do I Monitor Notifications Related to Outages?

Use the Oracle Cloud Console Notification page to monitor ongoing service outages and
planned service outages that Oracle schedules for service maintenance. You can filter and sort
the list of notifications.
For more information, see Monitoring Notifications in Managing and Monitoring Oracle Cloud.

How Do I Ensure that Only Authorized Users can Access Cloud EPM Environments?
How Can I Ensure that Users Can Only Connect Using Our Organization's VPN?
Use an allowlist or blocklist to control access to Cloud EPM environments. See these
information sources:
• Setting Up Network Restricted Access in .Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
• Managing Internet Protocol Allowlist and Blocklist Rules in Managing and Monitoring
Oracle Cloud.

What are the Data Size Restrictions in Cloud EPM?

For information, see these topics in Getting Started Guide for Administrators:
• What Contributes to the Data Size in an Environment
• What is the Maximum Allowed Data Size in an Environment?
• What is the Retention Limit for Files and Snapshots?

What is the Retention Limit for Files and Snapshots?

Files and snapshots that you create or upload to an environment are deleted after 60 days.
The daily maintenance process monitors the environment and automatically removes
snapshots older than 60 days. If the total size of all remaining snapshots exceeds 150 GB, it
deletes snapshots created in the last 60 days but older than 48 hours, oldest first, until the total
size of snapshots is less than 150 GB. The daily maintenance snapshot, irrespective of its size,
is never deleted.

2-9
 Chapter 2
Managing User Accounts

Business processes other than Narrative Reporting can use the deleteFile EPM Automate
command to remove unnecessary files from an environment.

Managing User Accounts

This section lists common queries about Single Sign-On (SSO) and user accounts.

If My Service is Configured for SSO, Does Cloud EPM Manage User Passwords?
If the service is configured for SSO, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management user names and passwords, and password policies, are managed by the
directory server of your organization.
Service Administrators who need to access clients, such as EPM Automate, must have Cloud
EPM accounts enabled for identity domain credentials. See Ensuring that Users Can Run
Cloud EPM Utilities After Configuring SSO in the Getting Started Guide for Administrators. For
these accounts, Cloud EPM maintains passwords.
All users (including automation and system users) must periodically change their passwords.
Cloud EPM sends reminder emails every day, starting seven days prior to password expiry,
asking users to change their passwords. New passwords must adhere to the Cloud EPM
password policies listed on the My Profile page of Oracle Cloud Console. See Changing Your
Password in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

My Service is Not Configured for SSO. Is There a Way to Ensure that Cloud EPM
Password Policies Mirror that of My Company?
No. Cloud EPM password policies cannot be changed to mirror the policies of an organization.
If you want to use your own password policies, configure SSO.

Client Compatibility
This section addresses questions about browser and Oracle Smart View for Office
compatibility.

How Do I Determine If Users are Using a Recommended Browser?

Use the Activity Report to track browser usage. This report lists the following:
• Browsers with unsupported versions and the number of users who used them
• Versions of the browsers that were used to access the service and the number of users
who used them
Use these topics in Getting Started Guide for Administrators:
• Using Activity Reports and Access Logs to Monitor Usage
• Supported Browsers

How do I Track the Version of Smart View Being Used?

Use the Activity Report to track Smart View usage. This report lists the following:
• Smart View versions being used and the number of users who use them
• The 10 most active Smart View users who do not use the current version of Smart View
See Using Activity Reports and Access Logs to Monitor Usage in Getting Started Guide for
Administrators.

2-10
 Chapter 2
Best Practices for Network Restricted Access Environments

Best Practices for Network Restricted Access Environments

You can configure network restriction at two levels:
1. Setting up and managing IP allowlist for the individual environments using the
getIPAllowlist and setIPAllowlist EPM Automate commands
In this case, an IP allowlist is configured for a specific environment. Only the IP addresses
included in the allowlist can connect to this environment. All the other environments in the
domain are not affected. Use this method if you want different IP addresses to be able to
connect to individual environments in a domain.
2. Configuring a network perimeter in IAM for the whole domain
If you configure a set of IP addresses in the network perimeter in IAM, only those IP
addresses are allowed to connect to all the environments in that domain. Use this method
to set up IP allowlist, if you want to limit connections to all the environments managed by
an identity domain to a specific set of IP addresses.
See Manage Oracle Identity Cloud Service Network Perimeters in Administering Oracle
Identity Cloud Service for detailed information on configuring and managing network
perimeters.
A situation may occur where an IP allowlist is configured for an environment that is already
protected by a network perimeter. In this scenario, the IP addresses that need to access the
environment protected by the allowlist must be included in both the allowlist and the network
perimeter configuration. Connections will, otherwise, fail.
This condition holds true for navigation flow connections between environments as well. In this
case, you have to use the outbound IP address of the source environment in the network
perimeter as well as the IP allowlist of the individual target environment, if both an IP allowlist
and a network perimeter are configured. If only a network perimeter or an IP allowlist for an
individual environment is configured, you need to add the allowed IP addresses only in the
configured network perimeter or IP allowlist.

Cloud EPM Regions

Related Topics
• Geographical Regions and Identifiers
• Availability of Generative AI

Geographical Regions and Identifiers

Oracle Cloud Infrastructure is hosted in regions and availability domains. A region is a
localized geographic area, and an availability domain is one or more data centers located
within a region. A region is composed of one or more availability domains. For more
information, see Regions and Availability Domains in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure
Documentation. The following table lists the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management geographical regions and the default region in which the IDCS or IAM instance is
located for every environment in that geographical region (irrespective of the region in which
the environment itself is located). For example, IDCS or IAM instance of all environments in the
APAC SG001 geographical region is located in the ap-sydney-1 region.

2-11
 Chapter 2
Cloud EPM Regions

Note:
The sender email ID for Cloud EPM communications for all environments is
[email protected].

Table 2-1 Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and Identifiers

Geographical Region Name Identifier Region Default IAM

Region (Realm) Key Instance Location
APAC SG001 ap-sydney-1
(OC1)
Australia Southeast ap-melbourne-1 MEL
(Melbourne)
Australia East (Sydney) ap-sydney-1 SYD
India South ap-hyderabad-1 HYD
(Hyderabad)
India West (Mumbai) ap-mumbai-1 BOM
Japan Central (Osaka) ap-osaka-1 KIX
Japan East (Tokyo) ap-tokyo-1 NRT
Singapore (Singapore) ap-singapore-1 SIN
Singapore West ap-singapore-2 XSP
(Singapore)
South Korea Central ap-seoul-1 ICN
(Seoul)
EURA EU001 eu-frankfurt-1-eura
(OC1)
Germany Central eu-frankfurt-1-eura FRA
(Frankfurt)
Netherlands eu-amsterdam-1- AMS
Northwest eura
(Amsterdam)
Europe UK001 eu-frankfurt-1
(OC1)
France Central (Paris) eu-paris-1 CDG
France South eu-marseille-1 MRS
(Marseille)
Germany Central eu-frankfurt-1 FRA
(Frankfurt)
Italy Northwest eu-milan-1 LIN
(Milan)
Netherlands eu-amsterdam-1 AMS
Northwest
(Amsterdam)
Spain Central (Madrid) eu-madrid-1 MAD
Sweden Central eu-stockholm-1 ARN
(Stockholm)
Switzerland North eu-zurich-1 ZRH
(Zurich)
UK South (London) uk-london-1 LHR
UK West (Newport) uk-cardiff-1 CWL

2-12
 Chapter 2
Cloud EPM Regions

Table 2-1 (Cont.) Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and Identifiers

Geographical Region Name Identifier Region Default IAM

Region (Realm) Key Instance Location
Middle East me-abudhabi-1
ME001 (OC1)
Saudi Arabia Central me-riyadh-1 RUH
(Riyadh)
Saudi Arabia West me-jeddah-1 JED
(Jeddah)
UAE Central (Abu me-abudhabi-1 AUH
Dhabi)
UAE East (Dubai) me-dubai-1 DXB
North America us-phoenix-1
US001 (OC1)
Canada Southeast ca-montreal-1 YUL
(Montreal)
Canada Southeast ca-toronto-1 YYZ
(Toronto)
US East (Ashburn) us-ashburn-1 IAD
US Midwest (Chicago) us-chicago-1 ORD
US West (Phoenix) us-phoenix-1 PHX
US West (San Jose) us-sanjose-1 SJC
Mexico Central mx-queretaro-1 QRO
(Queretaro)
Mexico Northeast mx-monterrey-1 MTY
(Monterrey)
South Africa af-johannesburg-1
Central AF001
(OC1)
South Africa Central af-johannesburg-1 JNB
(Johannesburg)
South America sa-saopaulo-1
SA001 (OC1)
Brazil East (Sao Paulo) sa-saopaulo-1 GRU
Brazil Southeast sa-vinhedo-1 VCP
(Vinhedo)
Chile (Santiago) sa-santiago-1 SCL
Chile West (Valparaiso) sa-valparaiso-1 VAP
Colombia Central sa-bogota-1 BOG
(Bogota)
US Government us-langley-1
(OC2)
US Gov West (Phoenix) us-luke-1 LUF
US Gov East (Ashburn) us-langley-1 LFI
US Defense us-gov-ashburn-1
Cloud (OC3)
US DoD East (Ashburn) us-gov-ashburn-1 RIC
US DoD North us-gov-chicago-1 PIA
(Chicago)

2-13
 Chapter 2
Cloud EPM Regions

Table 2-1 (Cont.) Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and Identifiers

Geographical Region Name Identifier Region Default IAM

Region (Realm) Key Instance Location
US DoD West (Phoenix) us-gov-phoenix-1 TUS
UK Government uk-gov-london-1
(OC4)
UK Gov South uk-gov-london-1 LTN
(London)
UK Gov West uk-gov-cardiff-1 BRS
(Newport)
Muscat Oman eu-frankfurt-1
(OC9)
DRCC Muscat me-dcc-muscat-1 MCT
Oracle EU eu-frankfurt-2
Sovereign Cloud
(OC19)
EU Sovereign Central eu-frankfurt-2 STR
(Frankfurt)
EU Sovereign South eu-madrid-2 VLL
(Madrid)
Doha, Qatar eu-frankfurt-idcs-1
(OC21)
DRCC Doha me-dcc-doha-1 DOH
Injazat me-abudhabi-idcs-2
Dedicated South
1, Abudhabi
(OC29)
DRCC Injazat 1 me-abudhabi-2 RKT
Injazat me-abudhabi-idcs-2
Dedicated South
2,
Abudhabi(OC29)
DRCC Injazat 2 me-abudhabi-4 SHJ

The following table lists the paired regions where air-gapped backups are maintained. Note
that not all regions support air-gapped backups.

Table 2-2 Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and their Backup Regions

Geographical Region Region Identifier Backup Region Identifier

APAC SG001
ap-melbourne-1 ap-sydney-1
ap-sydney-1 ap-melbourne-1
ap-hyderabad-1 ap-mumbai-1
ap-mumbai-1 ap-hyderabad-1
ap-osaka-1 ap-tokyo-1
ap-tokyo-1 ap-osaka-1
ap-seoul-1 ap-chuncheon-1
ap-singapore-1 ap-singapore-2

2-14
 Chapter 2
Cloud EPM Regions

Table 2-2 (Cont.) Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and their Backup Regions

Geographical Region Region Identifier Backup Region Identifier

ap-singapore-2 ap-singapore-1
EURA EU001
eu-frankfurt-1-eura eu-amsterdam-1-eura
eu-amsterdam-1-eura eu-frankfurt-1-eura
Europe UK001
eu-frankfurt-1 eu-amsterdam-1
eu-marseille-1 eu-milan-1
eu-milan-1 eu-marseille-1
eu-amsterdam-1 eu-frankfurt-1
eu-zurich-1 eu-frankfurt-1
uk-london-1 uk-cardiff-1
uk-cardiff-1 uk-london-1
Middle East ME001
me-abudhabi-1 me-dubai-1
me-abudhabi-2 me-abudhabi-4
me-abudhabi-4 me-abudhabi-2
me-dubai-1 me-abudhabi-1
me-jeddah-1 me-riyadh-1
me-riyadh-1 me-jeddah-1
North America US001
ca-montreal-1 ca-toronto-1
ca-toronto-1 ca-montreal-1
us-ashburn-1 us-phoenix-1
us-phoenix-1 us-ashburn-1
us-sanjose-1 us-phoenix-1
South America SA001
sa-saopaulo-1 sa-vinhedo-1
sa-vinhedo-1 sa-saopaulo-1
US Government
us-luke-1 us-langley-1
us-langley-1 us-luke-1
US Defense Cloud
us-gov-phoenix-1 us-gov-ashburn-1
us-gov-ashburn-1 us-gov-phoenix-1
us-gov-chicago-1 us-gov-ashburn-1
UK Government
uk-gov-london-1 uk-gov-cardiff-1
uk-gov-cardiff-1 uk-gov-london-1
Oracle EU Sovereign
Cloud
eu-frankfurt-2 eu-madrid-2
eu-madrid-2 eu-frankfurt-2

2-15
 Chapter 2
Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions

Table 2-2 (Cont.) Cloud EPM OCI Geographical Regions and their Backup Regions

Geographical Region Region Identifier Backup Region Identifier

Injazat Dedicated South 1,
Abudhabi
me-abudhabi-2 me-abudhabi-4
Injazat Dedicated South 2,
Abudhabi
me-abudhabi-4 me-abudhabi-2

Availability of Generative AI
Some Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management business processes use
Oracle AI (Generative AI ) to provide more business value. However, this feature is not
available in all regions. The availability of Oracle AI depends on the location of the IAM
instance for your environments, not the location of the environments themselves. If your IAM
instance is located in one of the following regions, Oracle AI is available for your environments.

Table 2-3 IAM Regions Where GenAI is available

Region Identifiers Where GenAI is Available

ap-melbourne-1 eu-frankfurt-1 me-riyadh-1 us-ashburn-1
ap-sydney-1 eu-amsterdam-1 me-jeddah-1 us-phoenix-1
ap-hyderabad-1 eu-milan-1 me-abudhabi-1 mx-monterrey-1
ap-mumbai-1 eu-stockholm-1 me-dubai-1 sa-saopaulo-1
ap-osaka-1 eu-zurich-1 ca-montreal-1 sa-vinhedo-1
ap-tokyo-1 uk-london-1 ca-toronto-1 sa-santiago-1
ap-singapore-1 uk-cardiff-1

Note:
Sometimes, your IAM instance may not be located in the default region identified in
Table 1. The location of the IAM instance is displayed at the top right corner of the
Oracle Cloud Console (IAM).

Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions

When you setup IP allowlist for an Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management
environment, you permit connections only from those specific IP addresses. In this scenario,
requesting access from another Cloud EPM environment will not work unless you add to the IP
allowlist the outbound IP addresses of the region where the requesting environment is located.
For example, if you are executing EPM Automate copySnapshotFromInstance command
from an environment that has IP allowlist configured, the outbound IP addresses of the region
where the source environment is located must be added to the allowlist. The same is true for
Copy Application Snapshot REST API, Clone Environment screen in Migration,
cloneEnvironment EPM Automate command and REST API, and Navigation Flows.

Similarly, if you setup IP allowlist on a Fusion or NetSuite environment and want to establish
connections from a Cloud EPM environment, you must update the IP allowlist in Fusion or

2-16
 Chapter 2
Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions

NetSuite environment to include the outbound IP addresses of the region where Cloud EPM
environment is located.
If you are using a network perimeter in the Identity Cloud Service where the target environment
is located, be sure to add the outbound IP address of the region where the other environment
is located in this network perimeter as well. Alternatively, you can opt to add the outbound IP
address of the region only in the network perimeter and not set up an allowlist on individual
environments.

Outgoing IP Address for Communication within a Region

Add the CIDR 240.0.0.0/4 to the allowlist to enable communication if both environments are in
the same OCI region. For example, if an environment in us-phoenix-1 region is IP allowlist-
enabled, you must add 240.0.0.0/4 to the allowlist to accept requests from other environments
in the us-phoenix-1 region.

Outbound IP Addresses for Communication Between Regions

If your allowlist-enabled environment needs to communicate with another environment in a
different region, add the appropriate IP address from the following to the allowlist to enable
communication. For example, if an allowlist-enabled environment in the us-phoenix-1 region
has to accept a request from an environment in the us-ashburn-1 region, the allowlist-enabled
environment (in us-phoenix-1 region) must add 130.35.200.71 to the IP allowlist.

Table 2-4 Outbound IP Addresses for Communication Between Regions

Region Outbound IP Address

af-johannesburg-1 129.149.65.8
ap-hyderabad-1 129.148.134.207
ap-mumbai-1 192.29.168.100
ap-melbourne-1 192.29.211.116
ap-sydney-1 192.29.144.23
ap-osaka-1 192.29.248.174
ap-tokyo-1 192.29.39.186
ap-singapore-1 129.148.184.87
ap-singapore-2 217.142.162.74
ap-seoul-1 192.29.22.211
ca-montreal-1 192.29.89.100
ca-toronto-1 192.29.14.16
eu-amsterdam-1 192.29.192.117
eu-amsterdam-1-eura 192.29.193.58
eu-frankfurt-1 138.1.45.186
eu-frankfurt-1-eura 138.1.46.106
eu-frankfurt-2 209.196.5.62
eu-madrid-1 155.248.138.168
eu-madrid-2 209.196.41.3
eu-marseille-1 129.149.98.71
eu-milan-1 129.149.115.202
eu-paris-1 155.248.132.129
eu-stockholm-1 129.149.83.6
eu-zurich-1 192.29.181.180

2-17
 Chapter 2
Best Practices for Production and Test Environments

Table 2-4 (Cont.) Outbound IP Addresses for Communication Between Regions

Region Outbound IP Address

me-abudhabi-1 129.149.51.122
me-abudhabi-2 84.8.180.214
me-abudhabi-4 79.72.116.82
me-dubai-1 129.148.210.32
me-dcc-doha-1 213.35.68.127
me-dcc-muscat-1 151.104.140.88
me-jeddah-1 192.29.117.179
me-riyadh-1 84.8.65.29
sa-santiago-1 129.148.153.178
mx-monterrey-1 139.177.104.208
mx-queretaro-1 155.248.147.134
sa-bogota-1 158.247.96.191
sa-saopaulo-1 192.29.142.211
sa-valparaiso-1 165.1.97.22
sa-vinhedo-1 129.153.241.235
uk-cardiff-1 129.148.207.125
uk-london-1 147.154.230.60
uk-gov-cardiff-1 81.208.185.130
uk-gov-london-1 138.2.254.52
us-ashburn-1 130.35.200.71
us-chicago-1 131.186.8.162
us-phoenix-1 130.35.2.158
us-sanjose-1 204.216.121.98
us-luke-1 155.248.27.160
us-langley-1 155.248.14.132
us-gov-ashburn-1 155.248.75.1
us-gov-chicago-1 155.248.111.216
us-gov-phoenix-1 155.248.95.157

Best Practices for Production and Test Environments

This section explores some best practices for managing Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management. Topics include the change management process and the use of
maintenance mode.

Always Test Applications in Test Environments

Oracle recommends that all activities related to building, fine-tuning, and testing applications
be performed in the test environment before migrating fully tested applications from the test to
the production environment.
After a monthly update is applied to test environments on the first Friday of the month, run a
regression test on them to ensure that there are no issues. Immediately report any issues you
find to Oracle by creating a service request.

2-18
 Chapter 2
Understanding Implicit and Explicit BSO Restructures

It is important to perform testing on test environments with Service Administrator and other
predefined roles to ensure that your business users do not face issues when they start using
production environments that are updated on the third Friday of the month.

Use Maintenance Mode while Performing Administrative Tasks

The maintenance mode is a state in which only Service Administrators can perform tasks
within the application; all other users are locked out. The application remains in maintenance
mode until a Service Administrator returns it to regular use by turning off the maintenance
mode.
When you set the application in maintenance mode, active users are signed out, which may
result in losing unsaved data. To avoid data loss when an environment goes into maintenance
mode, Oracle recommends that Service Administrators communicate the planned invocation of
maintenance mode to users, advising them how to avoid losing unsaved data.
The following administration tasks, which consume a sizable amount of available computing
resources, must be performed in maintenance mode.
• Adding a cube
• Refreshing cubes
• Restructuring an application
• Loading metadata
• Loading data
• Checking for valid intersections (valid combinations)

Limit the Number of Users Who are Assigned to the Service Administrator Role
Assign the Service Administrator role, the most powerful role in Cloud EPM, to only a few
users. If required, assign application roles to augment the privileges of users to allow them to
perform tasks that are not permitted by their role assignment in identity domain.
For more information, see Managing Role Assignments at the Application Level in
Administering Access Control.

Understanding Implicit and Explicit BSO Restructures

Each Planning cube has two Oracle Essbase parts: metadata (dimensions, members,
structures, hierarchies that are stored in Essbase outline) and data (which includes data stored
in blocks consisting of a combination of dense members and index to the blocks, where a new
block is created for every sparse dimension). These parts may be altered by a Planning
database refresh or an Essbase BSO restructure.

Database Refresh or Implicit Restructures

Member or hierarchy changes made to Planning dimensions, members, or member properties
are pushed to Essbase during a database refresh. A database refresh implicitly triggers a
restructure in Essbase but does not remove #missing blocks. Database refresh is executed for
all Planning cubes. Implicit restructures can result in the following types of restructures:
• Outline only: Always happens on all restructure requests.
• Index only: This is a low impact restructure and is used to restructure index, for example,
after you add or move a new sparse member, or after you rename the alias of a sparse
member.

2-19
 Chapter 2
Essential Resources for Customer Success

• Index and block: This high impact restructure involves the restructuring of the data within
the database, for example, after you add, delete, or move a dense member. It involves the
restructuring of index files that hold the sparse index references and page files that hold
dense blocks.
If the Essbase cube contains no data, index and page files are not present. In such cases,
only the outline is restructured.

Explicit Restructure
You trigger an explicit restructure for a specific Essbase cube through a job, or by using
Calculation Manager, EPM Automate or REST APIs.
An explicit restructure does not push changes from Planning to Essbase. It always rewrites the
metadata and data (outline, index, and page files), regardless of changes. It also removes
#missing blocks and blocks tagged for deletion by a CLEARBLOCK calculation script.
Explicit restructures always execute high impact restructures involving rewrite of the data
within the cube (all index files and page files).

Restructure Types and Execution Times

The execution time of a restructure varies depending on the size of the files being restructured
(the size of index and page files) and the number of existing database fragmentation. A high
impact restructure (explicit restructure or Index and block implicit restructure) takes longer to
finish compared to a low impact Index only or outline only restructure.

Monitoring the Size of Index and Page Files

The following rows in the Essbase BSO Cube Statistics table in the Activity Report identify the
size of the index and page files. Look for the following rows in these tables:
• Page File Sizes in MB
• Index File Size in MB

Monitoring the Number of Blocks in BSO Cubes

The number of blocks in the cube is an excellent indicator of the size of BSO cubes. Empty
blocks, which may be included in this block count, can be removed by running an explicit cube
restructure (see Explicit Restructure).
If you want to find the number of empty blocks in a BSO cube before running an explicit
restructure, use Calculation Manager to export level 0 data. Click Show Details when level0
export in Calculation Manager completes, assuming that the page doesn’t time out during the
export process). After clicking the Show details, identify phrases similar to Total blocks:
[124000]. Empty blocks: [1000]. Existence of a high number of empty blocks is an
indication to run an explicit restructure, which will remove the empty blocks.

Essential Resources for Customer Success

Ensure your success with Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management by
leveraging helpful resources that have been curated by our customer success architects. Use
this guide to access an extensive list of resources 24/7 to help you transform your business
with Cloud EPM.
Two ways to Connect with experts:
1. Join the Cloud EPM community

2-20
 Chapter 2
Essential Resources for Customer Success

Cloud Customer Connect is our community platform where you can collaborate and
connect with other customers and Oracle product experts to share techniques, ideas, and
experiences using EPM. There are also free webinars on key topics of interest to the
customer community – presented by Oracle and designed to help you get the most out of
your investment.
2. My Oracle Support (MOS) is your go-to resource for direct help and 1:1 support. You can
submit a service request, access contact information for technical support, and manage
your service notifications. Additionally, you can access quick links to other helpful
resources like webinars, user forums, and business success resources.
Oracle Support Training offers a variety of training programs based on your learning needs
and skill level.
Ensure your team members have ongoing success:
1. Figure out your next steps quickly with our product documentation.
The Oracle Help Center is your gateway to robust documentation and additional resource
links. You access it by clicking the little question mark at the top right of the console or
through the online Oracle Help Center when you’re not logged in. Here you can access the
entire EPM documentation library, Quick Start Checklists, Getting Started Guides, platform
information and more. You can always use the search feature in your browser to find
specific topics covered in Oracle documents.
Oracle EPM Tutorials videos offer a variety of short videos to help you use important Cloud
EPM features.
2. Advance your product knowledge with our on-demand training courses.
The Oracle Learning Explorer program offers free entry-level training courses for Oracle's
entire product portfolio. It was designed to empower professionals across the globe to
cultivate valuable IT skills. Oracle University courses are available 24x7, so you can learn
anytime, day or night.
3. Maximize your product usage with our latest features and enhancements.
The EPM and EDM Release & Readiness Center is where you will learn about the latest
innovations within Enterprise Performance Management. Learn how to take advantage of
what's new through new feature summaries and details, capability overviews, benefits,
setup considerations, and usage tips.
4. Stay updated on the latest happenings with our free events and webinars.
Enterprise Performance Management Events include live and recorded webinars that will
keep you and your team up to date on the latest topics. Sign up to learn from our subject
matter experts.
5. Follow the latest thought leadership and best practices with fresh content and blog posts.
Check out our Oracle EPM Blogs where you can read our latest thoughts on strategic best
practices, tips and tricks for EPM technology, and innovative ways to leverage your
investment.
6. Share your feature enhancement ideas with the Community.
The Idea Lab available through Cloud Customer Connect allows you to contribute to our
product roadmap by sharing your ideas on product enhancements, voting on your favorite
requests, and commenting on your favorite ideas.

2-21
3
Understanding Oracle Release Change
Management Process
This chapter explores the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management release
change management process (monthly updates, weekly patches, one-off patches, skip
automatic updates, and emergency patches), and how to address regression or blocking bugs.

In this Section
• Understanding Cloud EPM Change Management Process
• Resolving Regression Bugs in Test Environments
• Resolving Regression or Blocking Bugs in Production Environments
• Understanding Change Migration Procedures
• Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments
• Requesting a One-Off Patch
• Requesting a Rollback of Production or Test Environments to a Previous Update
• Requesting Merge Back of Environments
• Requesting Oracle to Apply Monthly Update to Production Environments Prior to the Third
Friday
• How Oracle Communicates the Update Schedule
• Ongoing Cloud EPM Innovations and Impact on Testing

Understanding Cloud EPM Change Management Process

Generally, each Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management subscription is
comprised of two environments. If you have a four-stage process (involving an environment
each for development, test, acceptance, and production), you must purchase a new
subscription for the two additional environments that you require.
Oracle is responsible for the change management process involved in updating the software
and configuration of all environments. Any issue caused as the result of this process is defined
as a regression.
You (not Oracle) are responsible for the change management of custom artifacts such as
dimensions, forms and reports in all environments. The migration of artifacts from one
environment to another is a self-service operation.
Oracle delivers software and configuration updates through one of the following:
• Monthly update: Contains a set of features and bug fixes for all instances of all services.
The monthly update is applied to the test environments on the first Friday of the month and
to production environments on the third Friday of the month.
• Weekly patch: Includes bug fixes and is mainly for fixing regression bugs found in test
environments. The weekly patch is applied to all test environments on the second Friday of
the month.

3-1
 Chapter 3
Resolving Regression Bugs in Test Environments

• One-off patch: Contains fixes for regression bugs, customer blocking bugs, or new
features. One-off patches are applied to specific test environments on request.
Customers whose environments are updated with a one-off patch test the updated
environments and provide approval to apply the patch to production environments.
Subsequently, Oracle applies the one-off patch to their production environments.
• Emergency patch: Contains one bug fix that needs to be applied immediately to an
environment. This patch can be applied to test, production, or both as required.

Resolving Regression Bugs in Test Environments

Regression bugs found in test environments are fixed using a weekly patch or an emergency
patch, which is applied to all test environments. Additionally, Oracle delays the update of
production environments for all impacted customers to allow time to test the bug fix in test
environments. If the regression issue is widespread, Oracle delays the update of production
environments for all customers by canceling the monthly update of production environments.

Resolving Regression or Blocking Bugs in Production

Environments
Depending on the severity of the issue, Oracle may initially patch some or all environments.
Regression or blocking bugs found in production environments are fixed using a one-off patch
on the test environment of the customer who reported the issue. After customer testing and
approval, Oracle applies the patch to the production environment.
If the regression issue is widespread, Oracle will apply an emergency patch containing the fix
to all test environments. After three business days, Oracle applies the fix to all production
environments.
Oracle may apply the emergency patch to all test and production environments at the same
time if the issue hinders the normal functioning of environments.
If a fix is not immediately available, for services other than Narrative Reporting, Oracle may
revert the production environment to the state it was in before the monthly update. Reverting
environments involves cleaning the environment, applying the last monthly update, and then
reloading the backup from the previous month. Additionally, Oracle will provide a loaner test
environment to customers who request an additional test environment.

Understanding Change Migration Procedures

Monthly Update Migration flow is as follows:
• Tested and approved monthly update from Oracle Development to customer test
environments
If no regression is found, Oracle updates all production environments. Subsequently,
customers may migrate applications from test to production.
If Oracle development confirms a customer reported issue as a regression, Oracle applies
a one-off patch to test environment.
• One-off patch
– Oracle Development confirms a customer reported issue as a regression.
– Oracle Development creates a one-off patch and sends it to Quality Engineering for
testing.

3-2
 Chapter 3
How Oracle Communicates the Update Schedule

– After testing the one-off patch, Quality Engineering certifies it by signing off.
– One-off patch is applied to test environments.
– One-off patch is applied to production environment after the customer approves the fix.
Environments are brought back to the main code line patch once the regression is
fixed in a monthly patch.
• Skip automatic update
A customer, citing a justification for the request, may seek to skip automatic updates of a
production environment. See Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments for
details.
• Emergency patch
Deployment of emergency patches requires the approval of a Vice President in Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management Development.
– Oracle Development confirms a customer reported issue as a regression or blocker
issue.
– Oracle Development creates an emergency patch and sends it to Quality Engineering
for testing.
– After testing the patch, Quality Engineering certifies it by signing off.
– The emergency patch is applied to test environment, production environment, or both
as appropriate.

How Oracle Communicates the Update Schedule

Oracle follows the following schedule to apply monthly updates.
• Test environments: Oracle will apply monthly updates during the first daily maintenance
that occurs at or after 22:00 UTC on the first Friday of the month.
• Production environments: Oracle will apply monthly updates during the first daily
maintenance that occurs at or after 22:00 UTC on the third Friday of the month.
See Understanding Updates to an Environment and Viewing Readiness Information in Getting
Started Guide for Administrators.
The Enterprise Performance Management page of Oracle Cloud Readiness provides easy
access to documents that describe the new features included in the monthly update.
Additionally, Oracle notifies all Service Administrators of upcoming updates through an email,
which is sent on the last Friday of the month (one week before the Test environment is
updated).

Note:
Monthly update notifications will still be sent to the Service Administrators of the
environments for which an upgrade has been put on hold.

The Oracle Help Center provides access to updated documentation, and is available in the
Help Center on the first Friday of the month.

3-3
 Chapter 3
Ongoing Cloud EPM Innovations and Impact on Testing

Ongoing Cloud EPM Innovations and Impact on Testing

User Interface Updates
Oracle continues to adopt the latest technology to enhance and secure the user interface
experience.
Some updates may, potentially, affect the GUI automation managed by your company. Oracle
recommends that you take these changes into consideration as you manage your GUI
automation efforts.

3-4
4
Troubleshooting Cloud EPM Issues
This section provides troubleshooting tips for various Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management issues. It also lists the information you should provide to Oracle
when seeking help if the troubleshooting tips do not resolve the issue.

In this Section
• Resolving Login Issues
• Dealing with Down Environments
• Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance
• Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues
• Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues
• Resolving Issues with Smart Push
• Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes
• Handling Issues Related to Large Data Export from ASO Cubes
• Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors
• Resolving Clone Environment Issues
• Resolving EPM Automate Issues
• Diagnosing REST API Issues
• Resolving User, Role, and Group Management Issues
• Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues
• Troubleshooting Reports Issues
• Fixing Smart View Issues
• Fixing Workforce Issues
• Fixing Strategic Modeling Issues
• Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and
Close
• Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Approval Process Issues
• Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Enterprise Journal Issues
• Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues
• Troubleshooting Account Reconciliation Issues
• Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues
• Managing Content Update Issues
• Handling Issues with Navigation Flows
• Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues
• Dealing with FastConnect Issues

4-1
 Chapter 4
Resolving Login Issues

• Troubleshooting NetSuite Planning and Budgeting Issues

• Resolving IP Allowlist Functional Issues
• Managing Patching Issues
• Managing Other Functional Issues
• Resolving Other Performance Issues
• Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies
• Handling Data Loss in an Environment
• Resolving Order Processing Issues

Resolving Login Issues

This section lists common issues related to signing in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management using a Virtual Private Network (VPN), using vanity URLs, and
connecting with Oracle Smart View for Office.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Resolving Connection Issues
• Resolving Failure to Access static.oracle.com
• Resolving Login Failures When Connecting to Cloud EPM Through VPN
• Deciding Which Sign In Option to Use When Two Options are Available
• Resolving Login Failures in Cloud EPM SSO Setup with Fusion Applications
• Using Vanity URLs to Redirect to Cloud EPM
• Restoring Access If Application is in Admin Mode: No New Logins allowed Message is
Displayed
• Troubleshooting Issues with Deactivation of User Access
• Troubleshooting Issues with Sign-On Policies
• Troubleshooting Issues with Users Belonging to IAM Groups
• Getting Help

Resolving Connection Issues

If you can connect to websites outside of your organization's network, but cannot connect to
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management:
• Verify that the connection URL and the credentials you are using are valid.
If your environments are configured for SSO but you are not set up to use identity domain
credentials make sure that you are using your SSO credentials.
• Check whether you can connect to the service from a different network (a wireless network
or outside your organization's network).

4-2
 Chapter 4
Resolving Login Issues

• Verify that the browser is configured for Cloud EPM. See Setting Up Browsers for Cloud
EPM in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
• Verify that Cloud EPM and Oracle domains (cloud.oracle.com and oraclecloud.com) are
not blocklisted.
• If you are using a VPN, connect to Cloud EPM without using the VPN. If the connection is
successful, the issue may be related to your VPN configuration or internet proxy settings.
Contact your network administrator for help.

Resolving Failure to Access static.oracle.com

For the Oracle Redwood Experience to work, you must allow access to the
static.oracle.com, which provides image files, JavaScript, and other static content. If the
access to static.oracle.com is not enabled, the following error is displayed when a user
attempts to sign in:

To resolve this issue, work with your network administrator to allow access to
static.oracle.com. If you need help from Oracle, create a Provide Feedback submission
by clicking the Provide Feedback link. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission. Then,
follow the instructions in Getting Help to create a service request.

Resolving Login Failures When Connecting to Cloud EPM Through VPN

Connect to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management without using VPN to
ensure that the Cloud EPM URL and credentials are valid. If you can access the service,
connectivity issue may be localized to the following, which requires help from your network
administrator:
• Internet proxy setting on your computer
• Your organization's VPN setup

Deciding Which Sign In Option to Use When Two Options are Available
In SSO-enabled environments, a sign in screen similar to the following is displayed for users
who are permitted to maintain identity domain credentials; typically, Identity Domain
Administrators and Service Administrators who need to use clients such as EPM Automate.

4-3
 Chapter 4
Resolving Login Issues

You may sign in using the Company Sign In option to access the environment using your SSO
credentials. Alternatively you can use your identity domain credentials to access Oracle Fusion
Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments.

Resolving Login Failures in Cloud EPM SSO Setup with Fusion Applications
In scenarios where SSO is enabled between Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management and Oracle Fusion Applications, Cloud EPM is unable to authenticate users if the
Fusion Applications environment goes down. In this case, you may get outage notification for
Fusion Applications; you will not receive an outage notification for your Cloud EPM
environment.
Additionally, if the Fusion Applications to which the SSO is setup is terminated or migrated to
OCI, Cloud EPM is not able to authenticate users. In this case, create a service request to
Oracle to break the SSO between Cloud EPM and Fusion Applications, and then, setup the
SSO directly with your Identity Provider.

Using Vanity URLs to Redirect to Cloud EPM

You can use custom URLs to access Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management environments from web browsers, Oracle Smart View for Office, and EPM
Automate. You use a third party link shortener, for example, T.ly, Bitly, Rebrandly, TinyUrl, is.gd
and so on, or an open source solution, for example, YOURLS, to configure custom URLs for
each environment. For detailed information on creating vanity URLs, see the documentation
from the third party link shortener of your choice. See Using Vanity URLs in Getting Started
Guide for Administrators.

Note:
Vanity URLs do not work cross-environment connections (EPM Connect), and Cloud
EPM tools such as EPM Agent.
Vanity URLs work for Smart View version 20.200 and higher only.

Restoring Access If Application is in Admin Mode: No New Logins allowed

Message is Displayed
The message Application is in Admin Mode: No New Logins allowed is displayed if the
application has been placed in Admin mode that permits only Service Administrators to sign in.
The application is placed in admin mode as a result of the following conditions:

4-4
 Chapter 4
Resolving Login Issues

• A failed database refresh job.

Access to the application is restricted to Service Administrators if a database refresh job
fails. In such cases, a Service Administrator must complete these steps to make the
application accessible to all users:
– Fix the problem that caused the database refresh to fail. For example, if the failure is
caused by an incomplete customization, remove or complete it.
– Run the database refresh job again and ensure that it runs successfully.
• Maintenance by a Service Administrator where end-user access to the application is not
desirable.
To allow all users to access the application, change application settings by running
applicationAdminMode EPM Automate command as follows:
epmautomate applicationAdminMode false
You may also use this procedure:
– Sign in to the environment as a Service Administrator.
– From the Application card on the Home page, select Settings.
– Select All Users as the value for Enable use of Application for setting.
– Click Save.

Troubleshooting Issues with Deactivation of User Access

Cloud environments can be deactivated so that no user can log in to them. For instructions,
see Deactivating Oracle Cloud Services in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Documentation. This
feature can be used when an environment is not in use or when you don’t want anyone to sign
into an environment. It can also be used when you need to quickly deactivate access to an
environment due to an internal or external security threat that needs to be investigated.
Users attempting to log in to a deactivated environment, will get the following message:

If no user is able to sign in, ensure that the environment is activated and is available for user
access. For instructions on activating a deactivated environment, see Deactivating Oracle
Cloud Services in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Documentation.
Once you activate the environment, you cannot log in until the next daily maintenance is
complete. If you want to start using the environment sooner, submit a technical service request
and ask Oracle to run the daily maintenance immediately.

Troubleshooting Issues with Sign-On Policies

The default sign-on policy in Oracle Identity Cloud Service allows all users assigned to
predefined roles to sign into Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management
environments by supplying their credentials (user name and password). Identity Domain

4-5
 Chapter 4
Resolving Login Issues

Administrators may configure a custom sign-on policy to determine whether a user is allowed
to access OCI (Gen2) Cloud EPM environments. For example, you may configure a policy that
allows only users assigned to the Service Administrator role to access environments.
If all users assigned to specific predefined roles are not able to sign in, ensure that your
custom sign-on policy allows all Cloud EPM users to sign in. For detailed information on
configuring sign-on policy, see these topics in Administering Oracle Identity Cloud Service:
• Understand Sign-On Policies
• Add a Sign-On Policy

Troubleshooting Issues with Users Belonging to IAM Groups

The IAM group names will prevent users belonging to the group from signing into Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management under the following conditions:
• The IAM group name is identical to the name of a predefined group or of an EPM group.
These predefined group names are used in Cloud EPM: Service Administrator, Power
User, User, and Viewer. EPM Groups refer to the groups created and managed in Access
Control.
• The IAM group name is longer than 256 characters.
Modify the IAM group name if either of these conditions prevents users from being able to sign
in to Cloud EPM. To change the group name:
1. Sign into Oracle Cloud Identity Console as an Identity Domain Administrator.
2. Click Groups under Identity Domain.
3. Click the name of the group you want to modify.
4. Click Edit Group.
5. Modify the Group name.
6. Click Save.

Getting Help
If the preceding solutions do not resolve your login issues, seek Oracle's help. See Getting
Help From Oracle. Do the following:
• Generate a Fiddler trace file of your log in session, if possible. See Using Fiddler to
Capture Diagnostic Information.
If you are unable to generate a Fiddler trace file of your session, see the following topics
for information on collecting network trace using a browser.
– Collecting Network Trace Using Google Chrome
– Collecting Network Trace Using Microsoft Edge
– Collecting Network Trace Using Firefox
• If you are able to log in, create a Provide Feedback submission. See Creating a Provide
Feedback Submission
• Create a technical service request. When creating the service request, be sure to select
Cloud Hosting Services (Outage,P2T/T2T,Enable
SSO,Resize,CloudPortal,MyServices,User/Password,Network,Schedule Maintenance)
as the Problem Type.

4-6
 Chapter 4
Dealing with Down Environments

See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following information:
– Reference number of the provide Feedback submission that you created in the
preceding step.
– Fiddler trace or HAR file, if possible.
– Screenshot of the error.
– Date, time, and time zone when the error occurred.
– URL of the environment.
– Specify whether the error occurred for a specific user or for all users.
– Specify whether the error occurred at one or all locations.
– Specify whether this is a critical outage.

Dealing with Down Environments

Use the steps in this section to resolve issues with Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management environments that are down.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Use these steps to deal with down environments.
1. Restart the environment.
Use the resetService EPM Automate command to restart the environment. Restarting an
environment does not affect your application. However, sessions of currently connected
users will be terminated and any unsaved data is lost. Before using this command, ensure
that business rules are not running in the environment.
2. If restarting the environment does not resolve the issue, create a technical service request.
When creating the service request, be sure to select Cloud Hosting Services

4-7
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

(Outage,P2T/T2T,Enable SSO,Resize,CloudPortal,MyServices,User/
Password,Network,Schedule Maintenance) as the Problem Type.

See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following information:
• A screenshot of the error message or a detailed description of the behavior of the
environment.
• The date, time, and time zone when the environment went down.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors

and Performance
How often have you asked the question "How can I optimize slow business rules identified in
the Activity Report?"
This section lists the best practices for designing business rules and member formulas to avoid
common execution errors. It also describes the steps involved in optimizing slow business
rules and member formulas .

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
In this Section
• Best Practices
• Writing Optimized Business Rules: Optimizing Essbase Calculation Scripts by Using NOT
in IF Statements
• Creating a Business Rule Using a Unit Test
• Debug Methodology for Developing Business Rules
• Business Rule Optimization

4-8
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

• Business Rule Optimization for Hybrid-Enabled Cubes

• Effect of Dynamic Calc Parent Members that have Member Formula with Aggregating
Children
• Impact of Enabling Hybrid Cubes on Calculations and Member Formula in Planning
• Troubleshooting Incorrect or No Data in Member Formula in Hybrid BSO and ASO Cubes
• Performing Calculations Using Dates Stored in Planning
• Using a Business Rule to Populate System Date in Planning
• Avoiding the Attempt to Cross a Null Member in Function Error
• Resolving Essbase Error(0): Error Executing Formula
• About Deploying Business Rules to Applications
• Getting Help

Best Practices
Here are some best practices for designing business rules, including the use of proper
commands, use of syntax, optimization guidelines, recommended calculation levels,
aggregation options, and debug methodology.
In this Section
• Environment Setting
• Optimize BSO Cubes
• Optimization and Performance Considerations
• Avoiding Recursion Error
• Use of FIX Statements
• Use of IF Statements
• Block Calculation
• Calculation Levels
• Syntax Considerations
• Use of Block Mode and Cell Mode
• Recommendations for Creating Blocks and Block Size
• Use of BottomUp and TopDown Calculations
• Aggregations
• Use of SET CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL Calculation Commands
• Use of XRANGE to Calculate a Date Range

Environment Setting
Consider the following best practices while using commands that instruct a business rule how
to execute the calculation.
• SET UPDATECALC OFF turns off intelligent calculation, which is best practice for business
rules that use cross dimensional operators and may have multiple users accessing the
same data block combinations. Using this command is a best practice for applications

4-9
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

where multiple users write to the database. If you use intelligent calculation, ensure it
produces the expected results.
• SET AGGMISSG OFF should be set for applications where versions are standard target or
where non-leaf data regions are used and cannot be excluded during calculation.
Using SET AGGMISSG ON is beneficial if the application design has a Standard Bottom Up
versions setup where data is loaded at level 0.
• SET NOTICE and SET MSG should only be used in development environments for individual
calculation analysis. These commands should be removed for production environments or
after calculation analysis is complete.
• SET EMPTYMEMBERSETS ON should be used when Run Time Prompts (RTP) are included in
FIX statements so that empty sets are not calculated. This prevents a calculation from
running on all members when the set is empty.

Optimize BSO Cubes

Optimizing BSO cubes reduces the size of the database; it involves the following processes:
• Run the Essbase Block Analysis report to identify repeating values and zeros in the BSO
cube.
• Replacing zero blocks with #missing blocks
• Removing #missing blocks to reduce the database size
• Using Never as the consolidation operator for members with data type of SmartList, Date,
Text, and Percentage

Analyzing Data in a Cube

Start by generating the Essbase Block Analysis report. See these information sources:
• essbaseBlockAnalysisReport in Working with EPM Automate
• Essbase Block Analysis Report in the REST APIs for Oracle Fusion Cloud EPM guide

Note:
The cube is placed in read only mode when you export the cube data to the export
file that is used as the source for generating the Essbase Block Analysis report.
Depending on the size of the cube, the export could take some time. Therefore, it is
recommended that you clone your instance to a test instance in order to carry out this
analysis.

The Essbase Block Analysis report provides information on these three areas:
1. Percentage of blocks with only Zero, which shows the blocks that contain only zeros as
a percentage of all the blocks contained in the export file.
2. Top 10 Repeated Numerical Cell Values By Percentage of Numerical Cells, which
shows the top 10 repeated values as a percentage of all the values in the export file.
3. Top 100 Dense Member Combinations with Repeated Values, which shows the top 100
dense combinations with repeated values in the cube. The Cell Value column shows a
value for each member, in the order it appears in the hierarchy, as a different column. For
example, if Period is across the column, there will be a different column for January,

4-10
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

February, and so on. Other dense dimension(s) appear in the rows. This should help you
identify the locations of the repeated values.

Removing Zeros in a BSO Cube

Begin by removing zero blocks in the sparse dimensions in the cube by replacing them with
#missing blocks.
To replace zero blocks with #missing blocks:
1. Create a business rule to replace zero blocks with #missing blocks.
Set business rule environment to optimize this business rule:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

SET CREATENONMISSINGBLK OFF;
SET CREATEBLOCKONEQ OFF;
FIXPARALLEL(NumberThreads, @RELATIVE("SparseDim",0))
FIX on all level 0 sparse dimension @RELATIVE(SparseDim,0)

Note:

• Although UPDATECALC, CREATENONMISSINGBLK and CREATEBLOCKONEQ are, by

default, disabled. Oracle recommends explicitly turning them off in the
business rule.
• Be sure to replace "SparseDim" with the names of the sparse dimensions in
which zero blocks are to be replaced.
• Use FIXPARALLEL to help improve performance, for example,
FIXPARALLEL(4, @RELATIVE("Scenario",0)).
• Be sure to specify ENDFIXPARALLEL.

2. Use one of the following optimized calculation designs to change zero blocks to #missing
blocks. Select the calculation design that performs better depending on your dimension
design, data patterns, and processes.
Calculation Design 1 (for Dense or Sparse Calculation)
This calculation results in the original value and changes zero values to #missing.

"DenseMbr" = "DenseMbr" * "DenseMbr" / "DenseMbr";

"SparseMbr" = "SparseMbr" * "SparseMbr" / "SparseMbr";

Calculation Design 2 (for Dense Members in Block Mode Only)

"DenseBlockHeader" (
@CALCMODE(BLOCK);
IF ("DenseMbr" == 0)
"DenseMbr" = #Missing;
ENDIF

4-11
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Note:
Replace DenseMbr and SparseMbr, and DenseBlockHeader with actual names.

Removing #Missing Blocks from Cubes

Remove #missing blocks to reduce BSO database size. Use one of the following two methods
to clear #missing blocks:
Method 1
Perform an explicit dense restructure
In Planning, this process can be run manually or through a job. Database restructures can also
be performed using EPM Automate and REST APIs.
To execute a database restructure using Calculation Manager:
1. Open Calculation Manager. From the Navigator, select Rules from Create and Manage.
2. Click Actions and then select Database Properties.
3. In Enterprise View, expand the database containing the cube that you want to restructure.
4. Right-click the cube that you want to restructure and then select Restructure Database.
Information Sources:
• restructureCube command in Working with EPM Automate
• Restructure Cube in EPM Automate
Method 2
Clear all data. Reload all data from files that you previously uploaded to the environment.

Using Never as the Consolidation Operator for Members with SmartList, Date, Text, and
Percentage Data Types
Dimension members that have a data type of SmartList, Date, Text, and Percentage should
use Never as the consolidation operator. Using the Addition consolidation operator increases
the cube size without adding any value. Using Ignore as the consolidation operator will only
stop addition within the dimension of the member; it will not stop the rolling up of values from
other dimensions, which potentially can create unneeded blocks.

Optimization and Performance Considerations

• Use templates in business rules to avoid repeating sections of code and make best use of
RTPs.
• Review dependencies on dynamic calc members within each calculation. If possible,
change the calculation to avoid including repeated use of dynamic calc or remove the
dynamic calc.
• Use FIX and IF statements to focus your calculation to ensure only the required data is
calculated.
• Avoid the creation of a 0 (zero) data result, unless you want to see a zero; for example for
inventory levels. This will create a block, which is included in all FIX and IF statements and
is calculated. Remove zeros on data load, if possible, or prevent the creation of zeros in
business rules.

4-12
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

• Try to avoid boolean logic within the IF statement used to check whether a condition exists.
For example, replace:

IF (("Budget" ==#missing) OR ("Budget" ==0))

with one of these statements, which gives the same result but avoids the use of boolean
logic:

– IF ("Budget" +1==1)

– IF (Budget/Budget ==#missing)

• Where possible, perform dense calculations before performing sparse calculations. Dense
calculations do not create blocks while sparse calculation do. While performing
aggregations; for example, to get a total for an allocation calculation, ensure that you only
aggregate the section of the data that is required for that allocation calculation.
• Minimize the passes on a database.
• Avoid recursive formulas. Excessive recursion can create performance issues and may
require you to clear values to produce consistent results.
• For best practices to replace zero blocks and remove #missing blocks in BSO cubes to
reduce database size, see Optimize BSO Cubes.

Reviewing Unary Operators and the Use of Label Only Setting

Carefully review all dimensions for the use of the following:
• Unary Plus operator
Every member roll up as "addition" can increase the calculation count required for the
entire cube. Use "never" or "ignore" where you do not need to add the member into its
parent. In general, it is not mandatory to roll up all scenarios into the top node Scenario
member using "addition". In such cases, set the children to "ignore" or "never" and the
parent to "label only".
The "Ignore" option prevents aggregation within the specific dimension containing the
member but allows aggregation across other dimensions. For example, this setting
ensures that members like Scenario (such as Actual and Budget) are not aggregated up,
while allowing members from other dimensions, such as Entities and Products, to be
aggregated. The "Never" option prevents aggregation across all dimensions. For instance,
members like Exchange Rates, Smart Lists, and Text members typically only need to exist
at the level they are loaded and do not require any form of aggregation.
• Label only for parents
In ASO cubes, a parent must be set to "label only" when children are set to "ignore".
Review the Activity Report data related to these areas to check if these are causing
performance issues:
• Cube size
• Cube performance
• Number of formula executions
For ASO cubes, the formula executions identified as ullFormulaExec and ullFormulaExecOOT
are attributable to the number of calculations across dynamic hierarchy type dimensions.
These are identified in the Context column of the Top 10 Longest Performing Essbase

4-13
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Queries over 15 seconds section in the Activity Report. For more information, see Essbase
Metric in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

Avoiding Recursion Error

The main reason for the recursion error is dense dynamic calculations not included in the
column header, including in the members not included in the FIX statement, being calculated
concurrently. Recursion occurs if some of the other dynamically calculated members have a
formula that includes the dense member in the FIX statement. A recursion error occurs if there
are more than 128 levels of recursion.
The main reason for excluding dynamic calc members is to improve performance. Additionally,
excluding dynamic calc members helps you avoid the recursion error by ensuring that the
export uses the compressed block instead of the expanded block. It is also possible to avoid
the recursion error by changing the dense dimension used as the column header for which
each column defined by the FIX statement is calculated individually. Recursion does not occur
because other dense dynamic calculations not included in the FIX statement are ignored
allowing the rule to run successfully.

Note:
You cannot change the dense dimension column header if the export file contains
more than 256 columns.

For example, you may get the Cannot calculate. Essbase Error(1200494): Error
executing formula for [Yield%] (line 15): Recursion limit [128] reached error if you
use the following calculation script:

SET DataExportOptions
{
DATAEXPORTCOLFORMAT ON;
DATAEXPORTDIMHEADER ON;
DATAEXPORTDRYRUN OFF;
DataExportRelationalFile OFF;
DataExportNonExistingBlocks OFF;
DataExportLevel ALL;
DATAEXPORTCOLHEADER "Period";
DATAEXPORTOVERWRITEFILE ON;
DataExportDynamicCalc ON;
};

FIX ("Yield%",@Relative("Change
Over",0),@Relative("Currency",0),@Relative("Entity",0),@Relative("Product",0),
@Relative("CostCentre",0),"Jan","Actual_Total",@Relative("View",0),"Working","
Fy20")

DATAEXPORT "File" "," "/u03/inbox/data/ExportDataFile.txt" "#";

To avoid the error, turn off the Dynamic option by changing DataExportDynamicCalc ON; to
DataExportDynamicCalc OFF;.

4-14
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Use of FIX Statements

• FIX statements are used to focus the business rule (keep the number of blocks being
calculated as low as possible) to ensure that you only calculate the required blocks.
• A FIX statement is recommended for sparse dimensions because it reduces the number of
blocks that are required for the calculation.
• Ensure that calculations are done on level 0 of all dimensions if the application design has
a bottom up versions setup.
• Where possible, use outer FIX statements on sparse dimensions and inner IF statements
on dense dimensions.
• All FIX statements should include members from all dimensions other than those within the
calculation. If a dimension is excluded, all members from that dimension are included. This
may be unnecessary.
• Nest FIX statements where possible to reduce the number of database passes. Each full
FIX statement requires a pass on the database. For example, you may use an outer FIX
for Version, Scenario, and any other dimension selection that is static throughout the
business rule.
• For business rules associated with web forms, leverage the selected page and POV
members in FIX statements to reduce the number of blocks calculated.

Use of IF Statements
• IF statement can be used in member formula; FIX cannot.
• IF statement should be used within FIX statements to reduce the number of blocks that are
to be accessed. The IF statement brings all blocks within the FIX into memory.
• Where possible, use outer FIX statements on sparse dimensions and inner IF statements
on dense dimensions.
• Use ELSE instead of a combination of NOT and ELSEIF where possible to avoid
unnecessary analysis of member values during the calculation. Do not use an ELSE
statement if it is not required.
• Review the Calc Member Block choice to determine if you can use a sparse member
without dynamic calc dependencies.
• Order IF statements, if possible, where the most number of cases hit the first IF in the
block Use NOT within the IF to ensure this, if applicable.
Consider the following script, which assumes that SalesYTD is a child of Ratios in
Sample.Basic (where Accounts and Time are dense).

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

"SalesYTD"(
IF(@ismbr("Jan"))
"SalesYTD" = "Sales";
Else
"SalesYTD"="Sales" + @prior("SalesYTD");
Endif)

In this example, while 11/12th of data meets the ELSE condition, only 1/12th of the data
meets the IF condition. Additionally, the SalesYTD member is calculated in Cell mode,
which means that January, because it appears first in the outline, is calculated first

4-15
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

regardless of the IF order. You can optimize this script by using NOT in the IF statement as
shown in the following example:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

"SalesYTD"(
IF(NOT(@ismbr("Jan")))
"SalesYTD" = "Sales" + @prior("SalesYTD");
Else
"SalesYTD"="Sales";
Endif)

Block Calculation
• Use RTPs to ensure that only the data required is included in the business rule.
• Aggregate or calculate only the data that is required at each stage of the calculation to
ensure that the number of blocks included in the calculation is as low as possible for as
long as possible.

Calculation Levels
• Ensure that calculations are done on level 0 of all dimensions if the application design has
a bottom up version setup.
• If required for the approval process only, include aggregations in the BSO Plan Type. Move
all other aggregations to the ASO Plan Type.
• Keep the number of blocks included in your calculations as low as possible, for as long as
possible.

Syntax Considerations
• Always use @LEVMBRS rather than @RELATIVE if used on the entire dimension.
• Use @CHILDREN instead of @RELATIVE, if applicable.
• Use @REMOVE and @LEVMBRS if you only want to exclude some members from a FIX
statement.

Performing Calculations Using Dates Stored in Planning

Planning allows you to enter date values. For example, using the MM/DD/YYYY format, a start
date may be entered as 11/01/2019 and an end date as 06/01/2020. Oracle Essbase stores
date formatted values as numeric values. For example, the preceding start date is stored as
20191101 and end date as 201200601. You can use Essbase functions, for example, the
@ROUND, @INT or @TRUNCATE function, to calculate the number of months between any start date
and end date. The following example shows how to calculate the number of months between a
start date and end date using the @ROUND function:

1. Calculate the number of months between the end date year and the start date year as
follows:

(@ROUND ("End Date",-4) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/10000*12

The result of this calculation (20200000 – 20190000)/10000 *12 is 12.

4-16
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

2. Calculate the number of months between the start of the end date year and the end date
and add it.

(@ROUND ("End Date",-2) - @ROUND ("End Date",-4))/100

The result of the calculation (20200600 – 20200000)/100 is 6.

3. Calculate the number of months between the start of the start date year and the start date
and subtract it.

(@ROUND ("Start Date",-2) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/100

The result of the calculation (20191100 – 20190000)/100 is 11.

4. Combine the preceding steps into one formula (12+6-11) to calculate the number of
months (7) between the start date and end date .

(((@ROUND ("End Date",-4) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/10000*12) +

((@ROUND ("End Date",-2) - @ROUND ("End Date",-4))/100)-
((@ROUND ("Start Date",-2) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/100))

Using the @CURRMBR Function

The @CURRMBR function, which returns the name of the dimension member currently being
calculated, is especially useful for scoping and managing complex calculations. However, you
must consider its performance impact.
Performance is not affected when using the @CURRMBR function on a sparse dimension because
the block corresponds to one sparse dimension member only. However, the performance of
this function is slower when used on a dense dimensions because it runs calculations at the
block level and not at the cell level. As a result, this function calculates all the dense dimension
members, even if a particular dense dimension member is not present in the query. Thus,
sparingly use this function with dense dimensions.
Additionally, when used on dense dimensions, the @CURRMBR function may produce unexpected
results or errors if used in conjunction with other functions such as @CONCATENATE. For
example, if a dynamically calculated member in a query contains the formula "Actual"-
>@MEMBER(@CONCATENATE(@NAME (@CURRMBR ("Account")),"_Total")) and the Account
dimension is sparse, the query will run without error as long as the account in the query
generates a valid outline member. However, if the Account dimension is dense, the query
results in the following error even if the account in the query generates a valid outline member.
Error executing formula for [member name] (line 0): attempt to cross a null @
member in function [@X]

This error is produced because the @CURRMBR function calculates at the block level and
therefore calculates all accounts in the dense block. Not all accounts within the block generate
a valid outline member, resulting in the preceding error message. For more information on the
@CURRMBR function, see @CURRMBR in Oracle Essbase Technical Reference.

Use of Block Mode and Cell Mode

• Using block mode, where cells are grouped within the block and simultaneously calculated,
is generally faster, but data dependencies must be carefully considered. For example,
SalesYTD = CurMth + PriorMth should be calculated in cell mode so that each month is
calculated in the order of the outline.

4-17
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

• In cell mode, each cell is calculated sequentially in the order of the dense dimensions in
the outline and is, generally, slower than block mode.
• Use @CALCMODE to manually control whether block or cell mode is used.
• Use debug mode application logs to verify calc mode. If a calculation is performed in block
mode, no message is displayed. A log message is shown when calculations are performed
in cell mode.

Recommendations for Creating Blocks and Block Size

The recommended block size for optimal performance is between 8 KB and 200 KB. To keep
BSO block size optimal, Oracle recommends that you add only the accounts used for planning
and forecasting to BSO cubes. When possible, use ASO cubes for reporting by adding all
reporting accounts to ASO cubes. Additionally, to streamline the block size, Oracle
recommends that all upper levels in dense dimensions that are aggregations of their children
be made either dynamic calc (non-store) or label only.
Blocks, generally, are created on the following actions:
• Data load
• DATACOPY
• Sparse calculations, for example, AGG or SparseMember = X * X/X;
A sparse calculation is triggered when:
• Sparse members are on the left of the equal sign (=).
• The formula is within a sparse calc member block; for example, "Budget"("Sales" =
"Sales"->"Actual" * 0.95;) assuming that Scenario is sparse and Measures are dense.
Blocks may be created using the calculation commands SET CREATEBLOCKONEQ, SET
CREATENONMISSINGBLK, or the calculation function @CREATEBLOCK.

Oracle recommends that these settings be used sparingly and within a tight FIX statement.
Test to see if you can avoid using these statements by changing the type of calculation being
performed.
When faced with an issue, first determine that it is related to block creation before using these
calculation commands or function. You can determine if an issue is related to block creation by
submitting a zero (0) into the target block and then rerunning the calculation.
In business rule development, always clear and reload data (instead of submitting #missing or
running a clearblock or cleardata script) when testing rules that may cause a block creation
issue.

Use of BottomUp and TopDown Calculations

• Add calculation function @CALCMODE(BOTTOMUP) or calculation command SET FRMLBOTTOMUP
to calculate only existing blocks (BOTTOMUP) instead of potential blocks (TOPDOWN).
• Because TOPDOWN calculations calculates all potential data blocks with the member,
remove any irrelevant members within sparse dimensions.
• Thoroughly test calculations using BOTTOMUP to ensure that blocks are created correctly
when using @CALCMODE.
• When using BOTTOMUP calculation, test the calculation completely by clearing data and
rerunning the calculation to determine that all blocks are created correctly.

4-18
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

• Use debug mode application logs to verify calc mode. If a calculation is performed
BOTTOMUP, no message is displayed. A log message is displayed if calculations are
performed TOPDOWN.

Aggregations
• A sparse dimension aggregation should be ordered starting with the dimension that
creates the fewest blocks to the one that creates the most blocks to keep the number of
blocks as low as possible for as long as possible.
• Do not make end user business rules to aggregate entire sparse dimensions.
• Move only the aggregations required for reporting to the ASO Plan Type.
• Aggregate the data required only for the planning approval process.
Using AGG instead of CALC DIM Calculation Commands
• CALC DIM executes any member formula.
• CALC DIM aggregates dense or sparse dimensions.
• AGG aggregates based on outline structure.
• AGG does not execute member formula.
• AGG aggregates only sparse dimensions.
Test both AGG and CALC DIM, as performance can differ depending on the level of
aggregation involved in the calculation. Exclude dimensions with dynamic calc on upper levels
from all aggregations. Only aggregate the required data.

Use of SET CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL Calculation Commands

• For multi-user applications with the potential for rules running concurrently, run business
rules in serial mode.
• Only use SET CALCPARALLEL around full sparse dimension aggregations in batch
calculations.
• Parallel calculation is not recommended for small scripts; for example, scripts that run for
less than 20 seconds because the overhead for creating parallelism may outweigh the
benefit.
• Always test SET CALCPARALLEL to ensure that it is beneficial. Sometimes serial calculations
or calculations with lower levels of parallelism can yield better results. This is especially
true for short running business rules because of the overhead in calculating how to spread
the task pool, which can exceed the time saved by the use of parallel calculation. Also, if
the calculation pass in a rule that fails uses SET CALCPARALLEL, remove it for debug
purposes.
• Test to determine if FIXPARALLEL provides better results than SET CALCPARALLEL Use
Calculation Manager in debug mode to review logs.
• Always consider user concurrency when using SET CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL.

4-19
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Note:
You must thoroughly test all use of CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL for expected
concurrency to achieve the most consistent execution time. Be aware that an a
processing overhead is involved in using parallel processing. You should carefully
consider how Oracle Essbase calculates the task pool to determine how to spread
out processing. Never assume that the use of SET CALCPARALLEL or FIXPARALLEL (or
their higher values) will yield better results than a lower SET CALCPARALLEL or
FIXPARALLEL value. In many cases, serial processing gives better performance, even
in a single user test.

Although the business rule itself may not contain CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL, your scripts
or templates may have them. In such cases, remove them from scripts or templates.
After taking out CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL, redeploy your rules.

For more information, see FIXPARALLEL...ENDFIXPARALLEL in Oracle Essbase Technical

Reference.

Use of XRANGE to Calculate a Date Range

You use @XRANGE to produce a range of dates in a business rule. For example, the following
code creates a range of members between Mar in FY22 and Feb in Y23.

Member = @SUMRANGE("Actual"->"Final"->"Plan Total",@XRANGE("FY22"-

>"Mar","FY23"->"Feb"))/12;

The Year dimension, generally, is a flat dimension with only level0 members all of which are
years, for example, FY22 and FY23.

The Period dimension, however, may contain other level0 members after Dec (assuming a
Jan:Dec year). These will also be included in an XRANGE even though you do not want to
include them in your calculation. In such a scenario, use two XRANGE calculations, one for each
year. For example:

"Member" = (@SUMRANGE("Actual"->"Final",@XRANGE("FY22"->"Mar","FY23"->"Dec"))
+
@SUMRANGE("Actual"->"Final",@XRANGE("FY23"->"Jan","FY23"->"Feb")))/12;

Using this method ensures that the XRANGE stays within the Jan:Feb scope of the Period
dimension.

Writing Optimized Business Rules: Optimizing Essbase Calculation Scripts

by Using NOT in IF Statements
In Oracle Essbase calculation scripts, you use the if statement to execute code if a condition
is true, else and else if statements to specify each new conditions to test if the previously
evaluated condition is false.
You can optimize code that use if and else if statements by analyzing the condition that
meets the majority of your data and then moving the evaluation of that condition to the
beginning of the code so that it is executed as early as possible.

4-20
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Consider the following Calculation Script example for Sample.Basic, where Accounts and Time
are dense:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

"SalesYTD"(
IF(@ismbr("Jan"))
SalesYTD" = "Sales";
Else
"SalesYTD"="Sales" + @prior("SalesYTD");
Endif
)

In this case, over 90% of the data meets the criterion of the else condition. Only about 10% of
the data meets the criterion of the if condition. Because of the @prior function in the else
condition, January must be calculated before all other months. On running this calculation, the
total elapsed time is reported as:

Total Calc Elapsed Time for [IF.csc] : [0.203] seconds

In this calculation, note that the "SalesYTD" member is calculated in Cell mode, which means
that January, because it appears before other months in the outline, is calculated first,
regardless of the order of the if conditional statements.

You can optimize such scripts by reordering the statements and adding a NOT operator to the
first condition as shown in this example:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

"SalesYTD"(
IF(NOT(@ismbr("Jan")))
"SalesYTD" = "Sales" + @prior("SalesYTD");
Else
"SalesYTD"="Sales";
Endif
)

The calculation, in this case, takes less than a quarter of the time compared to the previous
example because over 90% of the data meets the criterion in the if statement.

Note:
In this example, it is imperative to calculate the formula in outline order (February
must be calculated after January, March after February, and so on) to get the correct
results. You can use the @calcmode(Cell) to force order if it does not happen
automatically.

Creating a Business Rule Using a Unit Test

Creating a Unit Test
When creating and debugging business rules, it is important to remember that Oracle Essbase
calculations work on a relative reference system where in Essbase calculates the provided
syntax as it travels through the blocks in the FIX statement. Consequently, the easiest way to

4-21
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

create or debug a business rule is to look at each individual calculation: pick a combination that
you are calculating and see if it works. This allows you to consider a small number of values if
the business rule does not work and makes your business rule calculate quickly. After the unit
test calculates successfully you can test with a wider data set.
For example, assume this scenario: You want to calculate a percentage of Cost of Sales to
identify the spread across Products, write the calculated value to a new member named COS
Product% for all months, all years, all scenario, and all departments. In this scenario, you
should create the business rule for COS Product% account and then pick one product as the
single unit test for one department, one month, one year, and one scenario.
The formula that you should calculate against the COS Product% member in the dense Account
dimension is COS Product% = "Cost of Sales" as a Percentage of "Cost of Sales"-
>Total Product.

You can then create a spreadsheet that contains all the individual data values required to
perform this calculation for a specific combination (a unit). For this, you can choose "Sales
Central" ->Jan->FY15->Forecast for the "Television".product, a Computer Accessory.

For this example, Television has a Cost of Sales value of 12 and Total Products adds up to
100, which means that the only values in the database are the values against 9 Product
members for COS Account, all in January FY15 Forecast for "Sales Central". So, you start with
a database that has been cleared and has input levl0 data only and create an Oracle Smart
View for Office ad hoc query to retrieve the following data values you need.

The formula for this combination or unit test is:COS Product% (D3) = = COS (D1) as a
Percentage of Total Product COS (D2), which means that this spreadsheet contains
everything required to unit test this business rule.

Using the Unit Test to Create Business Rules

Start the business rule to calculate the COS Product% = member with COS (the first part of the
formula). Look at the difference between the target line (line3) and the data source. So, for the
COS (individual COS) look at the difference between column C in line 3 and line 1, each
identifying Television. The only difference in members between line 3 and line1 is in Account;
we only have to specify that as follows:
COS Product% = COS %

Do the same for the second part of the formula (Total COS ), which, in this case, is COS at the
top level of Product. Because there are two differences between line3 and line2: COS and
Product, specify the location in Product as well to complete the formula:
COS Product% = COS % ->Product;

At this point, executing this rule will retrieve #missing instead of the correct total as shown in
the following illustration:

4-22
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

You must precalculate the data you require (Total COS in cell D2) to get the correct total.

Precalculating Required Data

To precalculate the required data to ensure that the business rule COS Product% = COS % -
>Product; returns the correct value, you must include COS in it by modifying the rule as follows:

Fix (COS)
Agg (Product);
EndFix
COS Product% = COS % ->Product;

Debug Methodology for Developing Business Rules

• Always unit test the business rule on a small data set where you know the source data and
the expected results, and can manually follow the calculation.
• Run the business rule in Calculation Manager and review the log messages. Log
messages are displayed in a new tab after the rule is completed and can be exported or
saved. Analyzing the log files helps you identify where calculation time is being spent.
• Run each rule in a ruleset individually in Calculation Manager and review the log
messages.
• Use Calculation Manager in debug mode to debug rules during development.
• If the business rule uses CALCPARALLEL or FIXPARALLEL, especially when using one of the
allocate functions (@ALLOCATE or @MDALLOCATE), test by removing the parallel calculation to
see if the rule runs and whether the performance improves.
• Ensure that all required data (for example, total for allocations) is present and is pre-
calculated as needed before the calculation takes place.
• For lengthy scripts, start debugging at the top and work down. An issue at the beginning of
the script may create issues further down. Debug section by section to ensure that all data
is created correctly. Check that later sections of script do not overwrite earlier sections.
When debugging scripts, consider the syntax length within each calculation pass. If you
are unsure which part of the calculation is failing, comment out sections, one at a time,
from the bottom and re-run the calculation until it runs and yields the correct results. At this
point, remove comments from sections, one at a time, from the top of the calculation,
testing each change as you progress.
• Use debug mode to ensure that each section of script is calculated sequentially, where
required.
• To ensure that all blocks are created successfully, manually clear the data and reload. Do
not use a clear script as this does not adequately test block creation.
• Always test by rerunning a script to ensure that the syntax creates correct results for input
and populated data.
• Always test all data results with more than one data set. In development, always test by
changing the input data from a value to another and then to #missing, and from #missing

4-23
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

to a value and then to another value. Rerun the rule for each change and validate the
results.
• Where user input may change data sets (for example, for allocations) test data changing
from #missing to a value and from a value to #missing. This ensures that previously
calculated results are removed, if required, during the reruns. For example, if you input
data for Product A, B, and C in the first run, and for Product B, C, and D (but not A) in the
second run, changing the value to #missing before the second run ensures that the
allocation result for Product A is correctly removed in the second run.

Business Rule Optimization

In this Section
• Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Candidates for Optimization
• Identifying Areas for Rule Optimization
• Optimizing Rules: An Example

Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Candidates for Optimization

The Activity Report contains information on the impact of the calculation scripts used by the
application on overall performance.
See Reviewing the Activity Report to Identify Performance Bottlenecks. Carefully review the
following sections of the report to identify the business rules that are taking the longest time to
execute.
• Top 10 Longest Performing Business Rules over 30 Seconds, which identifies the
business rules that take the most time to run, and are candidates for optimization.
• Top 5 Longest Performing Calc Scripts Commands over 1 Min, which identifies
specific sections in a rule that take a long time to execute and should be reviewed to
improve performance.
Begin by identifying the name of the calculation scripts that are reported as being the worst
performers. For example, the areas highlighted in red in the following illustration show the
names of the scripts reported among the top 5 longest performing scripts.

Identifying Areas for Rule Optimization

Run the slow performing business rule from Calculation Manager to identify the steps that take
the longest time.

4-24
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Note:
For Consolidation and Close business process, you can run only On Demand rules
from Calculation Manager.

To identify steps that take the longest time:

1. Launch Calculation Manager.
a. Sign in to the environment as a Service Administrator

b. On the Home page, click Navigator , and then from Create and Manage, select
Rules.
2. Locate and then double-click the rule to open it.

3. Click Launch to run the rule.

4. Input the required runtime parameters and click OK.
5. Click Log Messages to open the log file.

Note:
You may export the log messages to an XLS format file for easier evaluation and
for submitting to Oracle Support, if needed.

4-25
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

6. Assess the log messages, paying special attention to how the total business rule execution
time is spread across the number of calculation passes. Identify the following, which are
candidates for optimization:
• Passes that consume a bulk of the total rule execution time.
Review the Pass # and Pass % columns to determine which pass is consuming most
of the rule execution time. For example, in the preceding illustration, pass 3 takes the
most time to complete (0.187 seconds) and occupies 96.392% of the pass time,
indicating that it is a prime candidate for optimization. The start of a new pass is shown
in bold.
• Messages that indicate dynamic calc dependencies. Dynamic calc dependency
messages identify member formulas that are dependent on another dynamically
calculated member. Dynamic calc dependency, especially dependencies on sparse
dynamically calculated members, can slow the overall calculation performance.

Note:
Use of CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL for concurrent processing in business
rules by many users may result in slow performance. Because cache is allocated
per calc thread, business rules that use CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL result in
an exponential increase in resource consumption compared to serially processed
rules.
A single invocation of a business rule that uses CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL
may perform acceptably. However, overall performance will deteriorate if multiple
concurrent users execute such business rules (same or different). As more users
concurrently run calculations with CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL, resource
usage increases and may reach capacity, thereby decreasing the overall
performance. Do not use CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL for business rules run
by end users. Also, do not use CALCPARALLEL and FIXPARALLEL for business rules
run in batch that are run concurrently with end user business rules.

Optimizing Rules: An Example

After identifying the passes to optimize, edit the business rule. Ensure that the optimal logic
and conditions are specified for each pass.
Consider the following business rule definition, which calculates two YTD accounts and then
aggregates the values through the Product and Entity dimensions:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

/* PASS 1 BEGINS*/
FIX ("BaseData","Plan","FY17", "FY17" "FY16")
"BU Version_1"(
IF(@ismbr("Jan"))
"4110_YTD" = "4110"; "4120_YTD" = "4120"; "4130_YTD" = "4130";
"4140_YTD" = "4140"; "4150_YTD" = "4150";
Else
"4110_YTD"="4110" + @prior("4110_YTD"); "4120_YTD"="4120"
+ @prior("4120_YTD");
"4130_YTD"="4130" + @prior("4130_YTD"); "4140_YTD"="4140"
+ @prior("4140_YTD");
"4150_YTD"="4150" + @prior("4150_YTD");
Endif)

4-26
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

/* PASS 1 ENDS -- PASS 2 BEGINS*/

Agg("Entity","Product");
/* PASS 2 ENDS */
ENDFIX

On running this rule in Calculation Manager (see Identifying Areas for Rule Optimization), the
Log Message tab shows a message similar to the following when Pass Only is selected:

An analysis of the information in the log file indicates that 99.995% of the execution time
(79.235 seconds) is spent on pass 1, and only 0.005% on pass 2.
If you deselect Pass Only, blocks, read, and write information, similar to that shown in the
following illustration, is displayed:

The preceding rule definition has these issues:

• It does not have a FIX on Entity and Product dimensions, thereby forcing all the rules to be
run on all levels of Entity and Product dimensions.
• Pass 1 needlessly calculates the upper levels. The Agg function in pass 2 does this and
overwrites what is done in pass 1.
The script can be optimized as follows:

SET UPDATECALC OFF;

FIX ("BaseData","Plan","FY17")

/* PASS 1 BEGINS*/

Fix(@LEVMBRS("Entity",0), @LEVMBRS("Product",0))
"BU Version_1"(
IF(@ismbr("Jan"))
"4110_YTD" = "4110";
"4120_YTD" = "4120";

4-27
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Else
"4110_YTD"="4110" + @prior("4110_YTD");
"4120_YTD"="4120" + @prior("4120_YTD");
Endif)
ENDFIX
/* PASS 1 ENDS -- PASS 2 BEGINS*/

Agg("Entity","Product");

/* PASS 2 ENDS */

ENDFIX

On running the updated rule in Calculation Manager (see Identifying Areas for Rule
Optimization), the Log Message tab shows a message similar to the following:

An analysis of the information in the log file indicates that the execution time taken in pass 1 is
15.901 seconds less compared to the previous run.
If you deselect Pass Only, blocks, read, and write information similar to that shown in the
following illustration is displayed for pass 1:

A comparison of the blocks, read, and write information with similar data from pre-optimization
indicates an across the board reduction in the processing statistics of the business rule.

Business Rule Optimization for Hybrid-Enabled Cubes

A hybrid-enabled cube ensures that it is hybrid-enabled for queries (for retrievals, reports, and
so on). By default, cubes are not hybrid-enabled for calculations because hybrid aggregation is
not supported for some functions (including AGG, CALC DIM,and @MDALLOCATE). If your
calculations involve formulas with dynamic dependency and are not using functions for which
hybrid is not supported, turning on hybrid for such calculations may provide some performance
benefit: you can turn on hybrid for calculations in a business rule as needed using the following
directive:

4-28
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT FULL; for detailed information on this command, see "SET
HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT" in Calculation and Query Reference for Oracle Essbase.
Hybrid mode can be turned off using the SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE; directive.

For a list of functions for which hybrid aggregation is supported, see Functions Supported in
Hybrid Aggregation Mode in Technical Reference for Oracle Analytics Cloud - Essbase
As with all commands, these should be carefully tested to ensure that they give benefit. Note
the following:
1. Only formulas that have dynamic calc dependencies are supported in hybrid mode.
2. DATAEXPORT for dynamic members does not use hybrid mode.
3. Do not use CREATENONMISSINGBLOCK or CREATEBLOCKONEQ in calculation scripts
you want to run in hybrid mode.

Effect of Dynamic Calc Parent Members that have Member Formula with
Aggregating Children
Parent members tagged as Dynamic Calc with member formula having aggregating children
result in double calculation. Thus, this should be avoided by either not having member formula
for parent members with aggregating children, or not having aggregating children for parent
members with member formula.

Effect of Generation 2 Members that are not Never or Ignore but have
Shared Member Descendants
Gen2 parent members with shared member descendants must have calculation property value
set to Never or Ignore.
Cube outline designs that do not abide by this condition risk double counting the data at top
level and can introduce unnecessary or redundant calculations that may adversely affect
performance.

Impact of Enabling Hybrid Cubes on Calculations and Member Formula in

Planning
Review your calculated results in Hybrid Cube-enabled Planning business processes if you are
using constants, and not data values from other members (for example, for Feb, Days in month
= 28), to assign values in calculations.
Calculation results in Hybrid Cube-enabled Planning business processes may be different from
the results observed in business processes that are not Hybrid Cube-enabled. The difference
in calculation results may be attributed to the fact that Hybrid Cube-enabled Planning business
processes use a configuration that ignores any formula that is based only on constants to
assign a data value. To resolve this issue for dynamic calc members, add a @CreateBlock into
the formula on a dense element of the formula.
Note: Use @CreateBlock with dynamic calc only. The use of @CreateBlock on a dense
dimension simultaneously creates the blocks for all the other dense elements.
For information on the user of Oracle Essbase in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management, see About Essbase in Cloud EPM in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

4-29
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Troubleshooting Incorrect or No Data in Member Formula in Hybrid BSO

and ASO Cubes
ASO cubes and hybrid BSO cubes use the solve order against members to determine the
calculation order.
Always start the debugging of member formula by reviewing the data from a data retrieval in
which all members from all dimensions are level0. If the data retrieval does not yield expected
results at level0:
• Review all members for dynamic calc formula to ensure that dependent elements are
calculated in the correct order.
• If the formula has a NONEMPTY statement, review the solve order and ensure it is lower
than the solve order of the formula.
• Retrieve the data again with all members from all dimensions set to level0.
• Ensure that the retrieved data is correct.
• Review other levels.
In your test, if the data does not calculate correctly at level0, review the members in the unit
test to determine if another formula is impacting calculations. If the formula being debugged is
the only formula in the unit test, identify its dependants and ensure that the order of calculation
(as determined by the solve order against the member) is set correctly. A lower solve order will
be calculated before a higher solve order. Test removing the NONEMPTY statement and, if this
resolves the issue, review the solve order of the members in the NONEMPTY statement.
Where solve orders are the same, members are calculated in the default order by which
members are evaluated in a dimension.

Performing Calculations Using Dates Stored in Planning

Planning allows users to enter date values in forms. For example, a start date can be entered
as 11/01/2021 if the format in use is MM/DD/YYYY. Although the values are entered in date
format, it is possible to calculate values based on dates entered.
Oracle Essbase stores Planning date values as numeric values. For example, Essbase the
start date 11/01/2021 is stored as 20211101. If the end date in Planning is 06/30/2022
(Essbase value 20220630), you can calculate the number of months between the dates using
the @ROUND Essbase function as shown in this example:

1. Calculate the number of months between the end date and the start date years
(@ROUND ("End Date",-4) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/10000*12
The calculation (20220000 - 20210000/100000*12) yields the result 12.
2. Calculate the number months between the start of the end date year and the end date.
(@ROUND ("End Date",-2) - @ROUND ("End Date",-4))/100
The calculation (20220600 - 20220000/100) yields the result 6.
3. Calculate the number months between the start of the start date year and the start date.
(@ROUND ("Start Date",-2) - @ROUND ("Start Date",-4))/100
The calculation (20211100 - 20210000/100) yields the result 11.
4. To determine the number of months between the start date and end date, subtract the
result of step 3 (11) from the sum of the results of step 1 (12) and step 2 (6)
The number of months between the start date and end date = (12+6)-11=7

4-30
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

You can write a similar formula using the @INT or @TRUNCATE Essbase functions.

Using a Business Rule to Populate System Date in Planning

Oracle Essbase stores dates from Planning as numerical values, for example, the Start Date
May 21, 2021 is stored as 20210521.
Business processes other than Planning that use the Essbase database utilize a date
functionality that uses the number of elapsed seconds since midnight, January 1, 1970 (a non-
numerical format different than how Planning stores dates) to store such dates.
It is possible to convert Essbase date format to Planning format for use in forms to populate
the system date (today's date) in Planning date members.
For example, assume that you want to dynamically add a system-generated date (based on
the current system date) to a Planning member as "Start_Date" using a calculation in a form.
This need may stem from an audit requirement to dynamically add a read-only, non-user date
input against a record, for example, to identify when a new contract or customer was added.
To convert the Essbase date value May 21, 2021 to equivalent Planning numerical value,
multiply the month by 100 and year by 10,100, and then add the products of these calculations
to the number of days as shown below:

Year = 2021 * 10,000 = 2021000

Month = 05 * 100 = 500
Day = 21
2021000 + 500 + 21 = 2021521

You can do this in a business rule by holding the Essbase date elements in variables until you
write the result to a Planning member. To accomplish this, Essbase provides functions that
help you extract today’s date (@TODAY) and to derive the day, month or year from that date
(@DATEPART).

The following example shows how to use @TODAY and @DATEPART to create variables that store
the date, month, and year from system date in Essbase format, perform the calculation to
convert them to Planning date format, and store the Planning date format in a variable to
populate "Start_Date" as required:

Var_Day = @DATEPART(@TODAY(),DP_DAY);
Var_Month ==@DATEPART(@TODAY(),DP_MONTH)*100;
Var_Year = @DATEPART(@TODAY(),DP_YEAR)*10000;
Var_TodayDate = @sum(Var_Day, Var_Month, Var_Year);

Start_Date = Var_TodayDate;

You could use a formula, using syntax similar to the following, to dynamically add the system
date as the "Start_Date" to a member:

@MEMBER(@HspNthMbr(@name(@descendants("AllMembers")),nextMember))-
>"Start_Date"=Var_TodayDate;

4-31
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

Avoiding the Attempt to Cross a Null Member in Function Error

Generally, the Attempt to cross a null member in function [@X] error is displayed in
business rules that use an @concatenate or substring function to create a new member name
and the resulting member is not present in the database in which the business rule is being
executed.
Consider the example
"Begbalance"=@member(@concatenate(@name(@parent(@currmbr("Company"))),"_Input"));
, which writes the BegBalance value into the Company member with an _Input suffix for each
Company member.

If the member is named Company1, there should also be a member Company1_Input for this
formula to work. If, for example, a Company2 member is created and a corresponding
Company2_Input member is not, the business rule fails with an attempt to cross a null
member in function [@X] error.

To resolve this issue, the FIX statement around the @concatenate or @sibling syntax should
be amended to exclude members that do not have the corresponding _Input members. In this
example, you should find and exclude members of Company dimension that do not have
corresponding Company_Input members or add Company_Input members to Company
dimension members that do not have them.

Resolving Essbase Error(0): Error Executing Formula

Validation of business rules during the development phase may display the Cannot
calculate. Essbase Error(0): Error executing formula for [xxxxx]:status code
[1200397] in function [@SXCOMBINE] error if incorrect parameters are used in a function,
commonly in @SUMRANGE. If you are using @SUMRANGE, review the documentation to ensure that
you are using the correct syntax, which is @SUMRANGE (mbrName [,XrangeList]). Additionally,
usage has to be accurate, for example, mbrName cannot contain cross dimensional operators (-
>).

About Deploying Business Rules to Applications

At times, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management may display a warning,
while refreshing Hybrid Cube-enabled Planning applications, that the best practices governing
the number of business rules in the application have been violated.
This issue is reported if your application contains more than 20 deployed business rules. You
may find only 20 rules in Calculation Manager, but the application reports more than 20 rules.
This issue occurs if you deleted, from Calculation Manager, some business rules that were
previously deployed to the application but did not follow it up with a full redeployment of rules
from Calculation Manager to the application.
To resolve this issue, from Calculation Manager, perform a full deployment of rules to the
Planning application. When you perform a full deployment of rules:
• All existing rules in the Planning application are deleted.
• All rules marked as deployable in Calculation Manager are deployed to the Planning
application.
To perform a full deployment of rules marked as deployable to a Planning application:

4-32
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

1. In Deployment View in Calculation Manager, ensure that only the rules that you want to
deploy to the Planning application are marked as deployable.
2. Right-click the application to which rules are to be deployed.
3. Select Deploy.

Why Does the Execution Time of a Business Rule Vary?

Quite often, users notice that the execution time of a business rule varies from one
environment to another or when used with different run-time prompts. Invariably, the difference
in execution time is associated with the amount of data (number of blocks, cells, and so on)
that the rule is processing.
In Calculation Manager, after a business rule execution against a BSO cube finishes, log
messages appear in a new tab. You can export these messages to a CSV file for easier
parsing and comparison. Log messages contain a Calculator Information Message section
containing information similar to the following

Total Block Created: [XXXX] Blocks

Sparse Calculations: [XXXX] Writes and [XXXX] Reads
Dense Calculations: [XXXX] Writes and [XXXX] Reads
Sparse Calculations: [XXXX] Cells
Dense Calculations: [XXXX] Cells

In this example, [XXXX] indicates a number such as 1.2600e+02. To convert [XXXX] to real
numbers that indicate the calculations and read and write operations performed on blocks and
cells:
1. Using Microsoft Excel, open the CSV file that contains the log messages from one
environment or rule.
2. Locate the Calculator Information Message section, for example:

Total Block Created: [0.0000e+00] Blocks

Sparse Calculations: [2.7760e+03] Writes and [4.4136e+04] Reads
Dense Calculations: [0.0000e+00] Writes and [0.0000e+00] Reads
Sparse Calculations: [1.1561e+08] Cells
Dense Calculations: [0.0000e+00] Cells

3. Copy each value in the Calculator Information Message section into adjoining free cells
and then change the cell format to Number.

On reformatting these cells, the values 2.7760e+03 and 4.4136e+04 from the line Sparse
Calculations: = [2.7760e+03] Writes and = [4.4136e+04] Reads are converted to
real numbers 2776.000 and 44136.00.
4. Repeat the preceding steps to get the number of calculations and read and write
operations performed on blocks and cells in the environment or rule to which you are
comparing performance.

4-33
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance

5. Compare the calculations and read and write operations performed to determine the
reason for difference in performance.
Because of a change in the run time prompt, for example, the same rule may have to deal
with more blocks and cells during two executions on the same process. Generally, a
calculation may take longer to run if it deals with more blocks and cells. Similarly,
calculations that entail larger read or write value take longer to run than those that have
lower values.

Getting Help
If you were unable to optimize the rule or member formula using the information in the
preceding sections, review these factors before seeking help from Oracle, especially if the
issue manifested itself recently:
• Recent changes to the application.
Compare the following tables in the Activity Report with the information available in an
Activity Report from a previous date when the rule or member formula was working well.
This comparison will help you identify application design changes that have taken place
between the two dates:
– Application Size
– Oracle Essbase BSO Cube Statistics.
For example, if a dimension of a BSO cube is changed from Dense to Sparse, it may
adversely affect business rule or member formula performance.
• Whether you made any recent changes to the use of the impacted business rule or
member formula (for example, different values of run-time prompts, change in user or
substitution variables, more concurrent users, and so on).
If your review does not resolve the issue, complete these steps:
• For business rule issues only: Re-run the rule in Calculation Manager and export the log
messages output.
• Use the Provide Feedback utility right after running the rule in Calculation Manager to
gather the information that Oracle Support needs to identify and fix your problem. See
Helping Oracle Collect Diagnostic Information Using the Provide Feedback Utility in
Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
• Submit a technical service request indicating the reference number that the Provide
Feedback utility created. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Provide the
following to Oracle in the service request:
– Name of each cube that has the issue.
– Cube type (ASO or BSO) of each cube that has the issue.
– For business rule issues only:
* Rule name. If you are using a ruleset, run each rule in Calculation Manager to
determine the specific rule that you want Oracle to review. Please include the cube
name reference for navigation purposes in Calculation Manager.
* Values of all runtime prompts. If a rule performs differently when you change
runtime prompts, provide all runtime prompts and explain which prompt relates to
each behavior.
– For member formula issues only:
* Member name that contains the formula.
* Dimension of the member that contains the formula.

4-34
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

– Values of all user and substitution variables. If a rule or member formula performs
differently when you change substitution variables, provide all user and substitution
variables and explain which variable relates to each behavior.
– Expected and actual durations. If running a comparison, provide the expected and
actual duration for all comparisons.
– For business rule issues only:
* Exported log messages output generated while running the rule in Calculation
Manager.
* Business purpose of the calculation shown in the longest running pass of the rule
(available in log messages under Pass%).
* The timestamp and time zone of the start and end time of the rule run to help
Oracle locate the specific execution instance within the logs available in Provide
Feedback.
– For member formula issues only: Attach the Oracle Smart View for Office Excel file
with level 0 members showing the issue .
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– Is this a newly developed rule or an existing rule?
– The date, time and time zone of the last time when the rule or member formula was
known to function or perform as expected and when the issue first occurred (for
existing rules and member formulas only).
– The snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the business
rule or member formula was functioning or performing as expected (for existing rules
and member formulas only).
– A list of recent application, rule or formula changes that could have caused the issue
(for existing rules and member formulas only).
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Performance and functional issues in forms may be caused by factors such as business rule
execution settings and the complexity of business rules. Other factors impacting performance
include database design, the number of cells on the form, and dynamic content in the form.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Enterprise
Profitability and Cost Management, Tax Reporting, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce
Planning.

In this Section
• Identifying and Correcting Issues
• Level0 Members Tagged as Dynamic Calc but without a Formula
• Resolving the Unable to load the data entry form as the number of data entry cells
exceeded the threshold Error
• Resolving the Required Dimensions are Not Present Error When Opening Forms
• Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time
• Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Retrieval Performance

4-35
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

• Fixing Data Entry Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Identifying and Correcting Issues

Use the procedures in this section to identify and correct issues that may cause unacceptable
Planning forms performance.
1. Review the best practices to replace zero blocks and remove #missing blocks in BSO
cubes to reduce database size. See Optimize BSO Cubes.
2. Review the Activity Report, which contains information on the impact of business rules on
performance. Specifically, review the Business Rules Attached to a Form Taking
Longer than 3 Seconds section of the report to determine if an attached business rule is
causing poor performance. Use the instruction in Troubleshooting Business Rules and
Member Formula Errors and Performance to optimize business rules attached to the form.
Ensure that the network proxy timeout setting is sufficient to meet the business rule
execution time requirements. If a business rule attached to a form takes longer than three
minutes to execute and the network proxy timeout is set to three minutes or less, your
proxy may repeatedly execute the rule. You can avoid this issue by setting the network
proxy timeout to more than 3 minutes.
3. If performance does not improve after completing the preceding steps, review the
application design, the number of cells on the form, and dynamic content in the form in
order to improve the performance.
a. Ensure that the member data storage property of all Level 0 members that do not use
a member formula is set to Never Shared.
b. Ensure that level 0 members tagged as Dynamic Calc has a formula. See Level0
Members Tagged as Dynamic Calc but without a Formula.
c. Always design a symmetric (versus asymmetric) form. Oracle Essbase queries may be
symmetric or asymmetric. Symmetric queries are those where members queried on
rows or columns are of cross-dimensional layout. Asymmetric queries are those where
the cross-dimensional layout of the members being queried changes in either the rows
or the columns.
On encountering an asymmetric query, the Essbase hybrid query engine, which
processes only symmetric grids, automatically breaks it into multiple symmetric grids.
These symmetric grids are processed one at a time and then returned in the original
asymmetric form, which makes the process less efficient.
4. If you get the Unable to load the data entry form as the number of data
entry cells exceeded the threshold error, see Resolving the Unable to load the
data entry form as the number of data entry cells exceeded the threshold Error for options
to resolve the error.
5. If performance still does not improve, seek help from Oracle.
• Create a Provide Feedback submission, and include screenshots of the form as you
run it in your environment.
Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference
number. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must
contain the following additional information:
– Is this a Forms 1.0 form or a Forms 2.0 form?

4-36
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

– Name and path of the form, all POVs, and all user and substitution variables being
used.
– Expected performance parameters and actual results.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– If the performance of the form was acceptable previously, but is not now, include
the date, time, and time zone when performance was acceptable.
– Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the performance
of the form was acceptable.
– Form changes that you made since the last time when the performance was
acceptable.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Level0 Members Tagged as Dynamic Calc but without a Formula

If level 0 members are tagged as Dynamic Calc but do not have a formula, either remove the
Dynamic Calc tagging or create formulas for them. You cannot load data into level 0 members
tagged as Dynamic Calc. They cannot show values because members tagged as Dynamic
Calc require a formula to calculate values, which is missing. Such members adversely affect
retrieval performance.

Resolving the Unable to load the data entry form as the number of data
entry cells exceeded the threshold Error
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management uses a number of governor
thresholds to ensure optimum performance. Planning displays the Unable to load the
data entry form as the number of data entry cells exceeded the
threshold message and prevent you from loading data into the form if it exceeds the data
entry cell threshold. This threshold, which ensures the availability of Cloud EPM while running
large queries, cannot be raised. Such forms are too large to be run in Oracle Smart View for
Office.
These options are available to avoid the Unable to load the data entry form as
the number of data entry cells exceeded the threshold error:

• Suppress missing blocks in the affected form.

• Redesign the form.
Because Planning is used for planning and budgeting, the initial goal should be to not use
forms for reporting purposes or data mining. It is a mistake to try and use Planning as a
way to hunt for data.
It is quite likely that business users know the specific location of the data slice allowing
them to narrow the scope of the form by moving the largest row or column dimension to
the page. Designing and maintaining a form that looks everywhere for a specific data slice
is easier, but is not optimal. Forms should be designed for a specific business purpose and
should focus on a select slice of the overall data for the portion of the budget that is being
worked on at the time. This concept of designing forms provides better security access
control to slices of data.
For example, assume that iDescendants of DimA and DimB are added as rows and there
are 1000 members in each dimension, which means you are starting with one million rows.
If four columns are present in this form, this form has a cell count of four million. To reduce
form size, you can create a form with one of these dimensions, preferably, the largest

4-37
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

sparse dimension (for example, DimA), as the anchor dimension. The redesigned form is
then based on the number of members in DimA. The other dimension (DimB) remains in
the row, which means that you have 1000 rows in the form. If you use the page dimension
to toggle between available members in DimA and analyze and budget accordingly, you
will not run a query on four million cells.
• Reduce or clear empty block
While the cell count does not include missing blocks, it includes empty blocks (blocks
without data). You should clear empty blocks if they are not needed for allocation
purposes. You can clear empty blocks using Calculation Manager. You can do this also by
exporting level0 data, then clearing all data, then importing level0 data, and then running
aggregation.

Resolving the Required Dimensions are Not Present Error When Opening
Forms
While attempting to open a form, Planning and Planning Modules business process may
display the following error:
You are trying to open the form, but cannot because all of the required
dimensions are not present. Possible causes may be that you do not have access to
at least one member of a required dimension, or the member selection resulted in
no members present. Contact your administrator.

Cause
This error is displayed when members of a dimension included in the form are not valid for the
cube on which the form is created.

Solution
• Ensure that you have read or write access to at least one member of each dimension on
the form.
• Ensure that at least one member of each dimension on the form is valid for the cube on
which the form is created.
• Push newly created members referenced on the form, if any, to Oracle Essbase by
refreshing the database.

Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time

Slow execution of Oracle Smart View for Office queries can make other activities in the
environment slower and drastically increase the CPU utilization, leading to slow performance.
If you identify that long running queries are causing performance degradation, consider setting
limits on the maximum time allocated for query processing.
To limit Oracle Essbase query processing time, run the setEssbaseQryGovExecTime EPM
Automate command.

Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Retrieval Performance

The following troubleshooting steps can help retrieval performance in a Financial Consolidation
and Close environment.

4-38
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Perform a Smart View Health Check in Your Environment

You can perform a health check on your environment to optimize performance. See Performing
a Health Check On Your System in Oracle Smart View for Office User's Guide.

Application Metadata Analysis

To ensure that your metadata is valid, you can run Validate Metadata from the Application
Overview tab at any time. See Validating Metadata.

Fix any metadata errors when possible, especially members with Level 0 Dynamic Calculations
without formulas. If necessary, add a stored child placeholder member as described below. A
Level 0 Dynamic Calc member must have a member formula or it will adversely affect
performance.
Check seeded Level 0 Dynamic Calc Account Dimension members
Review the following FCCS seeded members in the Account Dimension in the Dimension
Editor to ensure they each have a child member with Data Storage set to Store.
If your application does not need child members for any of the following FCCS seeded
members, you will need to create a stored "dummy" or placeholder account since you cannot
directly change the FCCS seeded members to Store.
• FCCS_Cash And Cash Equivalents
• FCCS_Acct Receivable
• FCCS_Inventories
• FCCS_Fixed Assets
• FCCS_Other Long Term Assets
• FCCS_Acct Payable
• FCCS_Other Current Liabilities
• FCCS_Long Term Liabilities
• FCCS_Sales
• FCCS_Cost of Sales
• FCCS_Operating Expenses
• FCCS_Other Income Expense
• FCCS_Provision for Income Tax
• FCCS_Other Equity
For example, if "FCCS_Cash And Cash Equivalents" does not have a stored child member,
create one called "FCCS_Cash And Cash Equivalents_Placeholder".

4-39
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Make sure that you set Data Storage to Store on both Member Properties and Member
Formula tabs.

4-40
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Ensure Correct Solve Order for Dynamic Calc Dimension Members

The following table shows the Consol Solve Order values when you are using the Standard
option of Account as the Dense dimension.

The following table shows the Consol Solve Order values when you are using the Dense
Sparse Optimization option that uses Period and Movement as the Dense dimensions.

4-41
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Note:
A Solve Order conflict may exist with the Parent Total member formula and YTD
formula. The FCCS_Parent Total member applies only for Parent Currency in
Multiple-Currency applications. It is recommended that you use Entity Total instead of
Parent Total, if possible. If not, try changing the Solve Order on FCCS_Parent Total to
51 and then refresh the database. Be sure to verify your data.

Example Screenshots for changing Solve Order

Click Applications, then Overview, then select the Dimensions tab. Right-click on a column
and uncheck Default mode. Then scroll over to the Consol Solve Order column to edit it. You
can click and drag columns for easier viewing.

4-42
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

After all the above changes have been made, run Validate Metadata again and then run
Refresh Database.

Note:
Unnecessary Solve Order on Custom Dimension
Be sure to clear any Solve Order on Custom dimension members. These conflict with
the Account dimension solve order, and unnecessarily aggregate Account as the last
dimension.
Two Pass Calculation on Account Dimension Hierarchy Not Required
Make sure that Two Pass Calculation is set to No. See Working with Member
Formulas in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close .

Retrieval Optimization Analysis

Do not use HSGetValue Formulas
Convert your HSGetValue spreadsheet retrievals to Ad Hoc retrievals. They perform much
better as retrieval size grows and are easier to maintain once converted. HSGetValue formulas
are supported. Use them only when necessary for small to medium size retrievals.
Start with Periodic View
If you are using the Control To-Date View, the stored View dimension member YTD is
#missing. Use the YTD_Rule member to dynamically calculate the YTD Balances upon
retrieval. Note - You can use YTD or YTD_Rule member when using the Dense/Sparse
Optimization option.
For Optimization Analysis, change your View from YTD_Rule to Periodic for quicker analysis.
Once optimized, you can switch back to YTD_Rule as needed.
Analyze the Account Dimension for slow member formulas

4-43
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

Check performance for all accounts in the spreadsheet, especially with member formulas.
Remove the accounts with member formulas from the spreadsheet and execute the retrieval. If
the retrieval is now quick, add groups of accounts with member formulas back in the retrieval
to isolate the slow members formula(s). Once isolated, optimize the member formula, ensuring
the correct Consol Solve Order and add them back to the spreadsheet to confirm they are
optimized.
If the retrieval is still slow without the member formulas and with Periodic View, you can
continue to isolate account members to determine which ones are slow. This is a rare
occurrence that is usually a metadata problem with level 0 dynamic accounts without formulas
or a solve order problem.
For Hybrid-enabled applications, use @NONEMPTYTUPLE(); directive at the beginning of a
member formula.
Enable the Control To-Date feature if needed
If the application is currently an Extended Dimension application that does not use the Dense/
Sparse Optimization option and your YearTotal and QTD retrievals are slow, enable the Control
To-Date feature. Enabling this feature replaces these formulas with more efficient ones.
Analyze the other Dimensions for slow member formulas if needed
Check performance one dimension at a time in the spreadsheet, especially with member
formulas. If the Dimension to be analyzed is not in the POV dialog box, drag the Dimension
into the POV dialog box. Then drill down in the POV Member Selector to the next level and
execute the retrieval process. Continue doing this until you find the member formula or level
member that slows down the retrieval. Once found, optimize the member formula or level
member, ensuring the correct Consol Solve Order and add them back to the retrieval process.
Periodic to YTD_Rule
If your Periodic View retrieval is now faster after the preceding analysis and optimization,
change your View to YTD_Rule as needed. Your YTD_Rule View member should now perform
better. If not, consider pulling back the Periodic View for most of your Balance sheet accounts
as they already have a YTD Balance, and then adding up the periods in Excel for your YTD
balance for Income Statement accounts. You may have to make a few extra worksheet tabs
with retrievals and add Excel sum formulas. You can then create a Summary YTD balance
report worksheet tab referencing the Excel formulas and data on the other worksheet tab(s).
Once done, you can just click Retrieve All in the SmartView menu and the multiple retrieval
and Summary tabs will be refreshed and the formulas calculated.
Executing Update View Calculation Rule to optimize retrieval performance for the
Control To-Date View Storage option
When you use the Control To-Date View Storage option, the stored View dimension member
YTD is #missing and not calculated and stored unless you execute the Update View
Calculation rule. The YTD_Rule member will calculate the YTD Balances dynamically and
should be used when possible.
If a retrieval is still too slow using the YTD_Rule member, consider moving to the Dense
Storage Option or pre-consolidating and storing YTD for some Entities. You can determine
which Entities are slowest by using a process of elimination based on level in the Hierarchy
and size, and then run the Update View Calculation rule for those Entities to store YTD and
retest.
When you consolidate for those Entities in the POV(s) using this feature, the consolidated
values will be stored in the YTD View member. Only the Entities consolidated with the Update
View Calculation feature will have values for the YTD View member; all other Entity values will
be #missing. For the other Entity values, you will need to use the YTD_Rule View member. You

4-44
 Chapter 4
Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues

can mix and match YTD and YTD_Rule View members as it makes sense in your reports. For
reports where this is not feasible and you are using just the YTD View member, you must
remember to consolidate all Entities on the report using the Update View Calculation feature.
Each time a Periodic Consolidation is executed again for a Period, any previously executed
Update View Calculation for that Period and Entities will need to be re-executed to reflect the
latest Period Consolidation in the YTD values.

Disable View Calculations

Financial Consolidation and Close provides an Application Settings option to disable View
calculations. This option disables computation and storing of YTD, HYTD, and QTD data for
data input (through forms, data import, Data Management, and so on) and reporting in the
YTD, HYTD, and QTD members. Turning this setting to Yes helps improve the performance of
data loads and reports. For more information, see Disabling View Calculations in Administering
Financial Consolidation and Close.

Review Spreadsheet design

Asymmetric
Symmetric report design is much faster than Asymmetric. A high number for nOdometers in
the Activity Report (see the following sample report for an example) is a good indicator of an
inefficient Asymmetric report. Ideally a Symmetric report would have nOdometers:1.
Top 10 Worst Performing Essbase Queries over 15 seconds

Ideally, the columns have only one Dimension where the members are changing, for example,
periods (Jan-Dec). As you start adding more Dimensions, for example, Year (FY15,FY16,etc.),
the grids become more Asymmetric and retrievals may slow down. The same concept applies
for Rows.
When needed for performance, create multiple worksheet tabs, each pulling smaller specific
retrievals. You can then use Excel functionality to combine data referencing the smaller specific
retrieval worksheet tabs into a summary sheet. Once created, you can then just click Retrieve
All in the menu and the multiple worksheet tabs and summary sheet will be refreshed.
Other Considerations

4-45
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues

If an application has a member formula that requires a lot of data for proper calculation, it may
make sense to store the data versus Dynamic Calc if the member is not in the Account the
dimension for the Control To-Date View Storage, or the Movement and Period dimension for
the Dense Storage Option.
Spreadsheets with a smaller number of worksheet tabs and well-defined Oracle Smart View for
Office queries with dynamic POVs perform better than large spreadsheets with all kinds of
different data and text.
Apply traditional Oracle Essbase Hybrid retrieval optimization procedures.

Using Substitution Variables

To improve performance for applications that use the Dense/Sparse Optimization option
(where Period and Movement are the Dense dimensions), you can add the
ParallelCustomDimDSO and ParallelCustomDimTranslation substitution variables. To see
performance improvements, you should set both of these substitution variables to True.
To improve performance for multi-period consolidations in applications that use the Dense/
Sparse Optimization option, you can add a substitution variable named EnableYearlyConsol
and set the value to True.
See Substitution Variables for Financial Consolidation and Close.

Fixing Data Entry Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Valid intersections enable you to define rules, which filter certain cell intersections to users
when they enter data or select runtime prompts. Incorrect valid intersection rules will cause
data entry and update issues in your Financial Consolidation and Close application. Some
possible issues caused by incorrectly defined valid intersections include:
• Failure to refresh the database because the process fails to create form definition
• Dropdown lists in POVs of forms not displaying selectable members
• Failure to load account members from a CSV file because the form prevents data entry
• Inability to upload exchange rate and enter rates against application currency
If you are faced with these issues, review the valid intersection definitions in your application.
Especially, review newly added valid intersections to ensure that valid intersection rules are not
the root cause of your issue. For detailed information on valid intersections, see Understanding
Valid Intersections in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.

Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Enterprise
Profitability and Cost Management, Tax Reporting, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce
Planning.

In this Section
• Preventing Daily Maintenance from Terminating Database Refresh and Cube Restructures
• Resolving Financial Consolidation and Close Database Refresh Failure Error 1060200
• Resolving Database Refresh Failure Error: Invalid Character 0x19
• Getting Help

4-46
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues

For best practices to replace zero blocks and remove #missing blocks in BSO cubes to reduce
database size, see Optimize BSO Cubes.

Preventing Daily Maintenance from Terminating Database Refresh and

Cube Restructures
The daily maintenance process terminates all processing, including any in-progress database
refreshes and cube restructures.
To ensure that long running database refreshes and cube restructures are not impacted by the
daily maintenance process, before starting a long lasting database refresh or cube restructure,
run the daily service maintenance process specifying the option to skip the next occurrence of
the process using the runDailyMaintenance EPM Automate command as indicated below.

epmAutomate runDailyMaintenance skipNext=true

Resolving Financial Consolidation and Close Database Refresh Failure

Error 1060200
Database refresh from Financial Consolidation and Close non-hybrid application displays the
following error:
Cube refresh failed with Essbase Cube: Consol, Error code: 1060200, Message:
HSP_TMP_db248fa7-058e-4ddc-9891-46c9346a8b33

Cause
This error occurs, generally, after you add a shared entity under mid-hierarchy where the entity
being added was already shared above and below the hierarchy.

Solutions
1. Use one of these performance substitution variables to improve performance. The degree
of performance improvement varies widely across different applications as it is driven by
the application design and data distribution.
• OptimizeConcurrency: Use this substitution variable with a value of true
(OptimizeConcurrency=true) to improve the concurrency of the consolidation process
by executing some of the calculations at the very beginning or at the end. The degree
of improvement depends on the entity structure. Deep entity hierarchies will see more
performance improvement than shallow entity hierarchies.
• DeltaDBRefresh: Use this substitution variable with a value of true
(DeltaDBRefresh=true) to perform only necessary actions based on metadata change.
Not applicable for Legacy Non "Extended Dimensionality" applications.
• OluRatesLoad: Use this substitution variable with a value of true (OLURatesLoad =
True) to improve database refresh peformance if the application has a lot of scenarios,
currencies and rate accounts.
• OptimizeDBRefresh: Use this substitution variable with a value of true
(OptimizeDBRefresh=true) to improve performance by streamlining the way that
exchange rates are pushed to the Console cube during the database refresh.
2. Change the newly added shared member down to the bottom.
a. Open the Financial Consolidation and Close application.

4-47
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues

b. Select Navigator, then Dimensions, and then Entity.

c. Select the hierarchy where you recently added the shared member.
d. Move the selected hierarchy to the bottom using the Move Down icon.
e. Refresh the database and verify that the process completes successfully. If database
refresh fails, take necessary corrective actions.
f. After the database refresh is complete, move the shared entity to its original location.
g. Refresh the database again and verify that the process completes successfully.

Resolving Database Refresh Failure Error: Invalid Character 0x19

Database cube refresh operation may fail and display the following error:
Cube refresh failed with Essbase Cube: <CubeName>, Error code: 1060374,
Message: Error XML Exception: invalid character 0x19 attribute value 'alias'

Cause
This error is caused by the presence of special (control) characters in the member name or
member alias within the application.
At times, an upstream integration process may introduce illegal control characters in member
aliases. Example, the hexadecimal control character 0x19 is an illegal character per the XML
standard and cannot be used in member names and aliases. Upstream systems should
remove or filter out such illegal characters from member names and aliases.

Solution
To resolve this error:
1. Sign in to the application.
2. On the Home page, select Tools and then Migration.
3. In Categories, click Core.
4. Make sure that no artifact is selected in Artifact List: Core.
5. Expand Global Artifacts and then Common Dimensions.
6. Export one or more dimensions to a CSV file. Exporting the artifacts to CSV helps you use
Microsoft Excel or a text editor to locate the special character that causes this error.
You can export all standard and attribute dimensions to one file or choose a few
dimensions to export. For example, you may select Standard Dimensions to export all
standard dimensions.
a. Select the dimensions that you want to export to review and identify the member or
alias name that cause this error.

4-48
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Database Refresh Issues

b. Click Export and follow the screen prompt to save the export file.
7. Download the exported file to a local computer. See these information sources:
• downloadFile in Working with EPM Automate
• Downloading Files and Snapshots from an Environment in Administering Migration
8. Using Microsoft Excel or a text editor, review the CSV file to identify special characters
present in artifact names or member aliases.
9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 to export and review Attribute Dimensions to identify special
characters present in artifact names or member aliases.
10. In the application, remove special characters present in member names and aliases.

11. Refresh the database to verify that the process finishes without errors.

Getting Help
Seek help from Oracle if a database refresh results in timeouts or does not perform as you
expect.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission that captures your actions while refreshing the
database.
You may, optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment
by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?

4-49
 Chapter 4
Resolving Issues with Smart Push

• If the process was working and performing better previously, but is not now, include the
date, time, and time zone when the process was working as expected.
• Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the database refresh
worked and performed better.
• Application changes that you made since the last time the database refresh worked
properly and performed better.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Resolving Issues with Smart Push

If you encounter performance issues or errors while performing smart push, try to optimize
them. Smart push errors may include a resource not being available to complete the job and
an inability to allocate needed resources for smart push.
For best practices to replace zero blocks and remove #missing blocks in BSO cubes to reduce
database size, see Optimize BSO Cubes.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Enterprise
Profitability and Cost Management, Tax Reporting, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce
Planning.

Handling Smart Push Errors

Typical Smart push errors related to lack of resources include the following:
• Smart Push Error – There are not enough resources available for cube xxx to complete
this job. The job will complete when the resources are available.
• Push Data failed – Unable to allocate resources for cube xxx for 45 seconds. Reduce the
number of simultaneous operations on this cube or try again later.
To fix resource allocation-related errors:
1. Review the Activity Report to identify resource intensive activities and slow performing
Oracle Essbase operations. Typically, the impact such operations have on system
resources could deprive smart push of needed resources. Be sure to review the following
tables in the Activity Report. See About the Activity Report in Getting Started Guide for
Administrators.
• Top 10 Worst Performing Calc Scripts
Optimizing these calculation scripts may free up system resources that can be
allocated to smart push.
• Top 10 Worst performing Business Rules over 30 seconds
Execution of business rules require system resources. Redesigning these business
rules may free up resources that can be allocated to smart push. See Troubleshooting
Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance.
• Top 10 Worst Performing Essbase Queries over 15 Seconds
This table identifies up to 10 long running Essbase queries that take more than 15
seconds to run. Evaluate these queries to make them more efficient.
• Business Rules Attached to a Form Taking Longer than 3 Seconds
Evaluate these rules to see if they can be streamlined to take less execution time.
2. Review recent application changes, especially changes to data maps definition.

4-50
 Chapter 4
Resolving Issues with Smart Push

Review data map and other application changes and evaluate how they impact the use of
system resources. Redo data map definitions that contribute significantly to resource use.
Review the Application Design Changes table in the Activity report to identify recent
changes to the application.
3. Avoid smart pushes to the ASO cube when exclusive operations such as merge slices and
clear data are in progress.
ASO cube exclusive operation behavior affects smart push. Because other operations
have to wait for the completion of exclusive operations, smart push waits if exclusive
operations on the Essbase cube are in progress. Smart push, which is an end-user
operation, has a limited wait period. If the exclusive operation finishes within the wait
period, smart push is initiated; otherwise smart push fails.

Optimizing Smart Push

To optimize smart push:
• Drop aggregate views
• Enable query tracking
• Run a few smart pushes to ensure that everything works as designed
• Create aggregate views based on query tracking
• Set up a nightly job to drop and re-create aggregate views
If these optimization steps do not improve performance, seek help from Oracle.

Resolving Smart Push Performance Issues

If you encounter performance issues while performing smart push, evaluate whether the data
calculations are causing the performance issues.
Dynamic calculation members may impact the performance of smart push operations. To
ensure optimal performance of smart push, exclude dynamic calc members from the smart
push definition. If you must transfer dynamic calc members, move only the required members
and exclude the members that are not required.

Getting Help
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission that captures your actions.
Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the process was performing better previously, the date, time, and time zone when
smart push was performing as expected.
• Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when smart push was
performing as expected.
• Application changes that you made since the last time smart push was performing as
expected.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

4-51
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

Performance of Aggregate Storage Option (ASO) reporting cubes is governed by many factors,
including the number of slices in the cube, the outline of the cube, and the type of dimensions
in the cube.
Optimizing ASO cubes involves the following steps:
• Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros
• Compacting the Outline
• Reviewing Dimension Hierarchy Types
• Creating Required Aggregate Views
• Reviewing ASO Retrieval Formula Statistics in the Activity Report
• Getting Help from Oracle

Applies to
, Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Profitability and Cost Management, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros

A data slice is an incremental store for data. Fewer data slices improve a cube’s performance
and reduce the database size.
A data slice is created in the following situations:
• When you load data into an ASO cube
• When you submit data from Oracle Smart View for Office
• When you run a calculation or allocation
Creating a data slice when loading data improves the performance of incremental data loads,
but increases the size of the database. After loading the new slice into the database, Oracle
Essbase creates all necessary views on the slice (such as aggregate views) before the new
data is visible to queries. The number of incremental data slices is displayed under Essbase
ASO Cube Statistics in the Activity Report. See About the Activity Report in Getting Started
Guide for Administrators.
Fewer data slices improve a cube’s performance. To improve performance, you can merge all
incremental data slices into the main database slice. Alternatively, you can merge all
incremental data slices into a single data slice without changing the main database slice.
If you clear data before pushing it into an ASO cube, the affected data cells show the value 0
instead of #Missing. Additionally, when you delete a value through Smart View or data forms,
the value is set to 0 instead of #Missing. For optimal performance, you must replace 0 with
#Missing.

You can merge data slices and remove zeros manually from Calculation Manager or schedule
the process as a job. Because the database is locked during the process, Oracle recommends
scheduling the job when users are not using the application.
• Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using A Job
• Merging Incremental Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using Calculation Manager

4-52
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

Merging Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using A Job

Jobs are actions that you can schedule to start at a convenient time. To merge data slices you
create and schedule a Merge Data Slices job.
To merge incremental slices and remove zeros using a job:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.
2. Click Application, then Jobs, and then click Schedule Jobs.
3. Select Merge Data Slices as the job type.
4. In Name, enter a name for the job.
5. Select when to run the job. You can run a job right away or schedule it to run at a later
time.
6. Click Next.
7. Specify merge options in Job Details:
a. Select the cube.
b. Select how you want to merge data slices. Choose one of the following:
• Merge all into the main slice to merge all data slices into the main data slice.
• Merge all into a single incremental slice to consolidate all data slices.
c. Under Merge Options, select Remove cells with zero value to replace 0 with
#Missing as the value in cells from which data has been cleared prior to the data push.
8. Click Next and then review the selected job settings.
9. Click Finish.

Merging Incremental Data Slices and Removing Zeros Using Calculation Manager
You can merge data slices and remove zeros by running the merge operation using Calculation
Manager. You cannot schedule the merge operation in this manner.
To merge data slices and remove zeros using a business rule:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.

2. Click Navigator and then Rules under Create and Manage.

Calculation Manager is displayed.
3. In Calculation Manager, Click Actions and then Database Properties.
4. From Enterprise View, expand the database node.
5. Right-click the cube and select Merge Data, then All, and then Remove cells with zero
value.

4-53
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

6. Click OK to start the merge process.

Compacting the Outline

Although ASO cubes do not contain blocks, cube fragmentation may occur when members or
dimensions are added or deleted. Compacting the cube outline, especially after changing
metadata, defragments the cube to improve performance and reduce size. Compacting the
outline optimizes size, but does not clear data.
You must compact the ASO cube outline on a routine basis, especially after modifying
hierarchies. Because compacting the outline requires locking the cube, this process is best
scheduled to run when the application is idle. If you are in development phase, you may
compact the cube manually using Calculation Manager and review the output to identify areas
for optimization. See the following topics:
• Compacting ASO Outline Using a Job
• Compacting ASO Outline Using Calculation Manager

Compacting ASO Outline Using a Job

To schedule a job to compact the outline:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.
2. Click Application, then Jobs, and then click Schedule Jobs.
3. Select Compact Outline as the job type.
4. In Name, enter a name for the job.
5. Select when to run the job. You can run a job right away or schedule it to run at a later
time.
6. Click Next.
7. In Job Details, select the cube to compact.

4-54
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

8. Click Next and then review the selected job settings.

9. Click Finish.

Compacting ASO Outline Using Calculation Manager

Compact the ASO outline from Calculation Manager to run the process right away. When the
process is complete, you can review details of the process to optimize the outline. This process
is recommended for streamlining outlines in development environments.
To compact outlines using Calculation Manager:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.

2. Click Navigator and then Rules under Create and Manage.

Calculation Manager is displayed.
3. In Calculation Manager, Click Actions and then Database Properties.
4. From Enterprise View, expand the database node.
5. Right-click the cube and select Compact Outline.
6. Click OK to start the process.
When the process finishes, Compact Outline Action Status is displayed.
7. Click Show Details to view process status. Review warnings to identify changes that can
be made to optimize the outline. Some sample warnings:
Invalid formula for member [<Member1>](reason: depends on a member[<Member2>]
with invalid formula) will be ignored during execution
The formula for member [<Member1>] is Complex. If possible add a non-empty
directive to optimize for sparse data
Invalid Formula for member [<Member1>](reason: depends on a member[<Member2>]
with higher solveorder) will be ignored during execution
Evaluate the warnings and make changes to the indicated member using the Dimension
Editor.

Reviewing Dimension Hierarchy Types

Each ASO dimension is assigned a hierarchy type: Stored, Dynamic, or Multiple. Elements of
dimensions with Stored hierarchy type are stored and aggregations are materialized in
aggregate views.
Elements of Dynamic dimensions cannot be aggregated into views. In Multiple type
dimensions, generation 2 (children of the top node) are set to Stored or Dynamic. For Multiple
hierarchy type, you choose the hierarchy type as either Stored or Dynamic at generation 2.
The first generation 2 child (usually the main hierarchy) must be of type Stored. For such
hierarchies, you should edit all generation 2 members and select either Stored (preferred) or
Dynamic as hierarchy type.
Stored dimensions are preferred to ensure optimal performance. Because the hierarchy types
you choose also impact the number of aggregate views that can be created, Oracle
recommends the following:
• Use only Stored type dimensions, if possible.
• Use Multiple, where possible, if Stored type dimension cannot be used.

4-55
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

• For Multiple hierarchy dimensions, set Generation 2 to Stored rather than Dynamic, if
possible.
• Use Dynamic dimensions only if Multiple hierarchy type cannot be used.
• Account dimension must always be Dynamic because it is the ASO compression
dimension. This cannot be changed.

Impact of Hierarchy Types in Dimension Conversion

When converting a dimension, for example, from Dynamic to Multiple, the node member
(Gen1) becomes Label Only. The conversion will work if the dynamic dimension only has one
child (+) at generation 2. Dimension conversion from Dynamic to Multiple may not be possible
if you require a total at Gen1 (node) level.

Setting Hierarchy Types

Hierarchy type (Stored, Dynamic or Multiple) is set against the top node member of each
dimension. In all cases, the descendants inherit the parent's hierarchy type. Thus, Stored and
Dynamic hierarchy types are set for the entire dimension. For dimensions given Multiple
hierarchy type, each generation 2 member (the children of the node member) is set to either
Dynamic or Stored.
Considerations for Stored hierarchy type include the following:
• Stored hierarchy type can contain consolidation operators + (addition) and ~ (ignore).
• The no-consolidation or ignore operator can be used in a Stored hierarchy type only if the
member's parent is set to LABEL_ONLY.
Considerations for Dynamic hierarchy type include the following:
• Members with Dynamic hierarchy type can use any consolidation operator, including
addition and ignore.
• It is possible to use formulas within Dynamic hierarchy type.
• Shared members may exist within a Stored hierarchy type in some circumstances, but may
need to be in a Dynamic hierarchy (see Shared Members and Hierarchy Types).
• Avoid making large dimensions Dynamic.

Use of Formula and Hierarchy Types

While it is possible to use formulas within Dynamic hierarchy type, it is important to note that
the entire dimension need not be Dynamic; only the hierarchy that the formula exists in need to
be Dynamic.
Where possible, when a dimension contains formula, use Multiple as the hierarchy type. At
generation 2, make only the hierarchies within the dimension that contain formula Dynamic;
make the rest Stored.
The Scenario dimension, which may have Actual, Budget, Forecast, and some formula, is a
good example. Often, these are generation 2 members. In this case, make Scenario hierarchy
type Multiple, make generation 2 members with formula Dynamic, and all other members
Stored.

Shared Members and Hierarchy Types

Shared members can affect decisions about hierarchy type within ASO databases. Whereas
Stored dimensions cannot have shared members Stored hierarchies within a Multiple
dimension type can have shared members.

4-56
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

When setting hierarchy types in Multiple dimensions, set as many hierarchies as possible as
Stored type (setting at generation 2).
Shared members can exist in Stored hierarchies within Multiple dimensions if the shared
member is only shared once and is shared with a level 0 member. There may, however, be the
following restrictions on shared members within a Stored hierarchy requiring you to set a
generation 2 hierarchy within the Multiple dimension as Dynamic:
• To ensure that values are not double-counted, a stored hierarchy cannot contain multiple
copies of the same shared member.
• A Stored hierarchy cannot contain both stored and shared versions of the same member.
• A Stored hierarchy can contain a shared instance of a Dynamic hierarchy member only if
the Dynamic hierarchy member is a level 0 member without a formula. In other words, a
Stored hierarchy cannot contain a shared member of an upper level member or a member
with a formula.
• Shared members can exist within a Multiple dimension if each shared member is used only
once and is a shared instance of a level0 member.
Make your shared member hierarchy (not the dimension) Dynamic only if it is not possible to
set the hierarchy as Stored. In many cases, however, shared members can exist in a Multiple
dimension with all generation 2 members set to Stored, for example, where shared members
are only used once within all shared hierarchies.

Creating Required Aggregate Views

Aggregate or materialized views are higher level dimension intersections that calculate and
store a part of the data to disk based on hierarchies. They enhance retrieval performance by
storing calculated data. You must re-create aggregate views when new data slices are created.
Optimizing aggregation can significantly improve the performance of ASO cubes. ASO cubes
support default aggregation and query tracking aggregation. Query tracking aggregation
requires that you enable query tracking and allow a sufficient time to allow the system to
capture user data retrieval patterns which can then be used to create aggregate views. You
can enable query tracking using a job or using Calculation Manager.

Note:
Existing query tracking data, if any, is removed when you merge data slices.

See the following topics:

• Collecting User Data Retrieval Patterns and Creating Aggregate Views Using Jobs
• Enabling Query Tracking and Creating Aggregate Views Using Calculation Manager

Collecting User Data Retrieval Patterns and Creating Aggregate Views Using Jobs
To enable query tracking and to create aggregate views using jobs:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.
2. Click Application, then Jobs, and then click Schedule Jobs.
3. Select Optimize Aggregation as the job type.
4. In Name, enter a name for the job.

4-57
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

5. Select when to run the job. You can run a job right away or schedule it to run at a later
time.
6. Click Next.
7. In Job Details, select the ASO cube for optimizing aggregation.
8. Select what you want to do:
• Select Enable query tracking to start capturing user data retrieval patterns (queries).
• Select Execute Aggregation Process to create aggregate views, and then select
options:

Note:
Do not select these options to run default aggregation.

– Select Based on query data? to use recorded query data to select the most
appropriate set of aggregate views. Use this option only if query tracking has been
turned on.
– Select Include rollup option? to include secondary hierarchies (with default level
usage) in the view selection process.
– Select Include growth size option? and enter the ratio for maximum cube growth
to aggregate the views the server selects until the maximum growth reaches the
ratio that you specify.
9. Click Next and then review the selected job settings.
10. Click Finish.

Enabling Query Tracking and Creating Aggregate Views Using Calculation Manager
To use Calculation Manager to enable query tracking and to create aggregate views:
1. Sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.

2. Click Navigator and then Rules under Create and Manage.

Calculation Manager is displayed.
3. In Calculation Manager, Click Actions and then Database Properties.
4. From Enterprise View, expand the database node.
5. Select an option:
• To enable the collection of data retrieval patterns, right-click the cube and select Set
Query Tracking.
• To create aggregate views, right-click the cube and select Execute Aggregation. If
you are creating aggregate views using query tracking data, select options:
– Select Include rollup option? to include secondary hierarchies (with default level
usage) in the view selection process.
– Select Include growth size option? and enter the ratio for maximum cube growth
to aggregate the views the server selects, until the maximum growth reaches the
ratio that you specify.

4-58
 Chapter 4
Optimizing Aggregate Storage Option Cubes

Note:
If you are performing a default aggregation, do not select the preceding
options.

6. Click OK to start the process.

Reviewing ASO Retrieval Formula Statistics in the Activity Report

For detailed information on accessing and using the Activity Report, see Using the Activity
Report in the Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
Review the ASO retrieval metrics available in the Top 10 Longest Performing Essbase
Queries over 15 seconds section in of the Activity Report to evaluate whether the formula
executions required to complete ASO data retrieval are optimal. Specifically, evaluate the
values of these metrics:
• ullFormulaExec, which identifies the number of formula executions required to complete
the retrieval. If this number is high, review ullFormulaMissing and ullFormulaExecOOT.
Also, compact the outline and view the output to check whether any formula that is
described as complex can benefit from the use of Nonemptymember or Nonemptytuple
setting.
• ullFormulaMissing, which identifies the number of formula executions required to
complete the retrieve where the values are set to #missing. If this number is high, review
all the member formulas to verify whether Nonemptymember or Nonemptytuple statement
can be used.
Also, compact the outline and view the output to check whether any formula that is
described as complex can benefit from the use of Nonemptymember or Nonemptytuple
statement.
• ullFormulaExecOOT, which identifies the number of formula executions that are
considered out of turn. Generally, Out of turn formula executions indicate a solve order
issue. Compact the outline and view the output to identify the solve order issues and
resolve them. Also, review the solve order of members with formula that are called by other
members with formula to ensure that formula execution occurs in the correct order.
For information on compacting ASO outlines, see:
• Compacting ASO Outline Using a Job
• Compacting ASO Outline Using Calculation Manager

Getting Help from Oracle

If the preceding optimization steps do not improve the performance of ASO cubes, seek help
from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission that captures your actions. Optionally, allow Oracle
to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application
snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following:
• The name of the ASO cube that you are trying to optimize.
• The Form or the Excel spreadsheet you are using to test cube performance.

4-59
 Chapter 4
Handling Issues Related to Large Data Export from ASO Cubes

• If using a Form for testing, a chronological listing of the selections that must be made
in the form to reproduce your issue.
If a combination of steps demonstrates the issue while another does not, provide both
set of selections.
• If the issue is related to zooming in (not related to data retrieval), attach the
spreadsheet before zoom and provide specific instructions to reproduce the issue; for
example, open the spreadsheet, select cell B2, and then zoom in to next level. Also
explain the result of the operation.
• If you currently have aggregate views on this cube:
– Do you use query tracking to create aggregate views?
– Do you select the Include Rollup option?
– Do you select the Growth Size option? If yes, what ratio is used?
• Screenshots of Oracle Smart View for Office options (ensure that all options on each
tab are captured).
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Is this is a critical outage?

Handling Issues Related to Large Data Export from ASO Cubes

This section explains how to troubleshoot issues if you get Oracle Essbase query limit error
when exporting a large number of data cells from ASO cubes.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management, Profitability and Cost Management, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

Using EPM Automate Script

Because of the limits imposed by Essbase QUERYRESULTLIMIT, it is not possible to export a
large quantity of data from Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management user
interface. To resolve this issue, Oracle has published a Windows PowerShell script which
exports a large number of cells from an ASO cube using EPM Automate. See Automate the
Export of a Large Number of Cells from an Aggregate Storage Cube in Working with EPM
Automate for detailed information.

Note:
You must use the 64 bit version of PowerShell to run this script.

Getting Help
If the execution of the EPM Automate script fails to export data or you face an issue when
running the script, contact Oracle for help.
• Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.

4-60
 Chapter 4
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
– The name of the ASO cube from which you are trying to export data.
– The script file that you executed.
– Error messages that were displayed when you ran the script.
– The command, exactly as you used, to run the script.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– If the data export was working previously, the date, time, and time zone when it
stopped working.
– Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when data export worked
as expected.
– Application changes that you made since the last time data export was working as
expected.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

Migration supports two types of exports: backup of the environment and incremental export of
artifacts. When you back up the environment, you create a snapshot of the environment,
similar to the maintenance snapshot, by exporting the application with all of its data and
artifacts. You export from an environment to create an incremental backup of specific artifacts.
Every day, during the operational maintenance of the environment, Oracle backs up the
content of the environment to create a maintenance snapshot, named Artifact Snapshot, of
existing artifacts and data. For detailed information, see Overview of the Maintenance
Snapshot in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Sales Planning, and
Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Managing Exports and Imports
• Upload and Download File Size Limit
• Resolving Migration-Related Errors
• Resolving User does not Exist for this Application Error while Importing Snapshots
• Getting Help

Managing Exports and Imports

Related Topics
• About Exports and Imports
• Performance of the Backup Process

4-61
 Chapter 4
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

• Keeping Snapshots Up to Date

• Exporting Smart List Textual Data During Daily Maintenance for Incremental Data Import

About Exports and Imports

About Exports
The Migration Status Report, which is displayed after you initiate the export operation from
Migration, indicates Failed as the status if the operation fails for any reason. Click Failed in
the report to open the Migration Details screen, which indicates why the export failed and the
corrective action. In most cases, you can fix the export or backup errors yourself by reviewing
the Migration Status Report. You can attempt the export operation again after correcting the
error that caused the export to fail.

About Imports
You import snapshots to create a clone of another environment or to migrate artifacts from
another environment.
You cannot import a backup snapshot into an environment where an application already exists.
If you want to import a backup snapshot into an environment with an existing application, first
run the recreate EPM Automate command (with removeAll=false setting) to restore your
environment to a clean state, and then import the backup snapshot.

Note:
The Migration Status Report will not contain historic import and export details if you
recreate the environment.

You import specific artifacts from a backup snapshot or an incremental snapshot to migrate
artifacts from one environment to another. For example, you can import a snapshot of tested
artifacts from a test environment into a production environment. Similarly, you can import
Oracle Essbase data and artifacts from an incremental snapshot created by exporting them
from another environment.
The Migration Status Report, which is displayed after you initiate the import operation from
Migration, indicates Failed as the status if the import fails for any reason. Click Failed in the
report to open the Migration Details screen, which indicates why the import failed and the
corrective action. You can attempt the operation again after correcting the error that caused the
import to fail.

About Exports
The Migration Status Report, which is displayed after you initiate the export operation from
Migration, indicates Failed as the status if the operation fails for any reason. Click Failed in
the report to open the Migration Details screen, which indicates why the export failed and the
corrective action. In most cases, you can fix the export or backup errors yourself by reviewing
the Migration Status Report. You can attempt the export operation again after correcting the
error that caused the export to fail.

About Imports
You import snapshots to create a clone of another environment or to migrate artifacts from
another environment.

4-62
 Chapter 4
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

You cannot import a backup snapshot into an environment where an application already exists.
If you want to import a backup snapshot into an environment with an existing application, first
run the recreate EPM Automate command (with removeAll=false setting) to restore your
environment to a clean state, and then import the backup snapshot.

Note:
The Migration Status Report will not contain historic import and export details if you
recreate the environment.

You import specific artifacts from a backup snapshot or an incremental snapshot to migrate
artifacts from one environment to another. For example, you can import a snapshot of tested
artifacts from a test environment into a production environment. Similarly, you can import
Essbase data and artifacts from an incremental snapshot created by exporting them from
another environment.
The Migration Status Report, which is displayed after you initiate the import operation from
Migration, indicates Failed as the status if the import fails for any reason. Click Failed in the
report to open the Migration Details screen, which indicates why the import failed and the
corrective action. You can attempt the operation again after correcting the error that caused the
import to fail.

Performance of the Backup Process

Backing up an environment using Migration takes longer to finish than the backup performed
during the daily maintenance of an environment. The difference in backup process
performance during daily maintenance and manual backups using Migration can be attributed
to the logic used during these processes.
Oracle recommends that you use the backup creating during daily maintenance for restoring
the environment and for disaster recovery purposes.

Keeping Snapshots Up to Date

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management supports snapshot compatibility for
one monthly cycle only; you can migrate maintenance snapshots from the test environment to
the production environment and vice versa. However, the auditing requirements of some
customers may necessitate restoring snapshots from multiple years on the latest environment,
and accessing application for a a short period of time.
This can be achieved using an EPM Automate script that you can execute once every month to
convert the available snapshots and make them compatible with the latest Cloud EPM update
level. Oracle recommends that you run the script after the third Friday of the month to ensure
that all issues within the production environment have been resolved.
See Recreate an Old Cloud EPM Environment for Audits in Working with EPM Automate for
information on how to create this script.

Exporting Smart List Textual Data During Daily Maintenance for Incremental Data
Import
If the Export EPM Cloud Smart List textual data during daily maintenance for
incremental data import system setting is set to Yes (enabled), the daily maintenance
process exports the Oracle Essbase data and the business process member-driven Smart List

4-63
 Chapter 4
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

intersections with their corresponding text labels. In environments with high data volume,
enabling this setting can cause the daily maintenance process to exceed the one hour window
because it has to identify all the possible intersections, uniquely identify their mappings, and
then export them.

Note:
Business process member-driven Smart List data is not needed to restore your
environment; it is required only if you plan to use the maintenance snapshot for
incremental (or selective) data load.

If you are experiencing lengthy data exports or if the maintenance process exceeds the
scheduled window in environments with high data volumes, set the Export EPM Cloud Smart
List textual data during daily maintenance for incremental data import to No. For detailed
information on specifying this setting and how to specify them, see What Application and
System Settings Can I Specify? in Administering Planning.

Upload and Download File Size Limit

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management enforces these upload file size
restrictions if you are using the web interface (for example, Migration).
• The maximum snapshot upload size is 2 GB
• The maximum file upload size is 500 MB
Use the uploadFile EPM Automate command to upload files that exceed these limits.
Cloud EPM does not enforce size limits on file and snapshot downloads.

Resolving Migration-Related Errors

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management supports many migration
scenarios. These topics in Getting Started Guide for Administrators provide detailed
information:
• What Applications Can I Migrate to EPM Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise
Cloud Service?
• Migration Paths for Legacy EPM Cloud Snapshots
• Migration Paths for EPM Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise Cloud Service
Snapshots

Importance of the Essbase Version in Use

By default, EPM Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise Cloud Service are deployed
using an Oracle Essbase version capable of supporting Hybrid BSO cubes (referred to as
Hybrid Essbase).
Legacy Cloud EPM environments, for the most part, are configured with an Essbase version
that does not support hybrid-cubes (referred to as Non-hybrid Essbase). The following are
exceptions:
• Enterprise Planning and Budgeting Cloud
• Planning and Budgeting Cloud with Plus One option

4-64
 Chapter 4
Resolving Import and Export and Backup Errors

• Financial Consolidation and Close Cloud with extended dimensionality

For legacy environments, you can use a self-service operation to upgrade from Non-hybrid to
Hybrid Essbase. Compatibility of your snapshot with the Essbase configured in your
environment may cause migration errors even when you are migrating between similar
environments, for example, from test environment to production environment in legacy
Planning and Budgeting Cloud. For detailed information, see About Essbase in Cloud EPM in
Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

What Should I Do If I Get a Migration Error?

• Check if the migration is supported. Information about supported migrations is available in
Getting Started Guide for Administrators:
– What Applications Can I Migrate to EPM Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise
Cloud Service?
– Migration Paths for Legacy EPM Cloud Snapshots
– Migration Paths for EPM Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise Cloud Service
Snapshots
• Verify that a compatible Essbase version is being used. You use the recreate EPM
Automate to upgrade or downgrade Essbase in legacy environments.
• Review the Migration Status Report to see the errors and potential corrective actions to fix
them. See Generating the Migration Status Report in Administering Migration.

Resolving User does not Exist for this Application Error while Importing
Snapshots
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management designates the Service
Administrator who creates the application as the default application owner. If you remove this
user from the environment and then import a snapshot of the environment into another, the
import process displays the User does not exist for this application error because the
application owner recorded in the imported snapshot is no longer a valid Cloud EPM user. To
fix this issue, change the application owner in the source environment and then generate a
new snapshot for import into another environment.
To change the application owner:
1. Sign into the source environment as a Service Administrator.
2. From the Application card, select Settings.
3. Under System Settings, from Assign Application Owner drop down list, select an active
user (other than the current application owner).
4. Click Save.
5. Wait for about 10 minutes and then use the preceding steps to verify that the removed user
is no longer listed as the application owner.
6. Create a new snapshot and import it into the target environment.

Getting Help
If the import or export continues to fail after you correct the errors reported in the Migration
Status Report, seek help from Oracle. To get help from Oracle:

4-65
 Chapter 4
Resolving Clone Environment Issues

1. Create a Provide Feedback submission, which includes screenshots of the import or export
process.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Ensure that you attach additional
screenshots, if needed, to the service request. In the service request, answer these
questions:
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Is this a critical issue?

Resolving Clone Environment Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
The Clone Environment feature of Migration is a screen-based way to clone an environment
and, optionally, identity domain artifacts (users and roles). The cloneEnvironment EPM
Automate command provides equivalent function. These options provide alternatives to writing
an EPM Automate script to clone environments.
If you encounter an error while using the Clone Environment feature, troubleshoot it using
these steps:
• Review the important considerations available in Cloning Cloud EPM Environments in
Administering Migration.
• If the error indicates that the migration has failed, refer to Migration Paths for EPM
Standard Cloud Service and EPM Enterprise Cloud Service Snapshots in Getting Started
Guide for Administrators to check whether the source and target environments are
compatible for migration.

Considerations for IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments

If the destination environment has IP allowlist enabled, see Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud
EPM Regions to verify that the allowlist in the destination environment contains the required IP
address of the source environment.
If you are using a network perimeter in the Identity Cloud service where the target environment
is located, you must add the outbound IP address of the region where the other environment is
located in this network perimeter as well. Alternatively, you can opt to add the outbound IP
address of the region only in the network perimeter and not set up an allowlist on individual
environments.

No space left on device Error

During the cloning of an environment, you might get the No space left on device error
while the snapshot is being imported to the target environment.

4-66
 Chapter 4
Resolving Clone Environment Issues

This error message indicates that the target environment does not have enough disk space to
store the snapshot that is being uploaded.
If this error is displayed, wait for 15 minutes and then retry the operation. Because Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments automatically add the
necessary disk space, the clone operation will succeed if you retry the operation after 15
minutes.

Getting Help
If the issue is only with the Clone Environment screen, use EPM Automate to clone the
environment until the issue is resolved. If you cannot resolve the issue, get help from Oracle:
• Create Provide Feedback submissions for both source and target environments.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshots of the environments by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.

4-67
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

• Submit a technical service request that identifies both the Provide Feedback reference
numbers. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain:
– A screenshot of the error message.
– Whether you chose to clone users and roles.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Resolving EPM Automate Issues

This section lists common EPM Automate issues and how to resolve them.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Finding Your Identity Domain
• Resolving Session Failures if the Environment is Configured for SSO with an Identity
Provider
• Resolving Script Execution Failures After Changing the Cloud EPM Password
• Resolving the EPMAT-7: Unable to Connect, Unsupported Protocol: https Error When
Using a Proxy Server
• Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Read Timed Out Error
• Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Connection Timed out Error
• Resolving EPMAT-11: Unable to Connect to URL Error When Connecting from a Linux
Computer
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Session is Not Authenticated. Please Execute the Login Command
Before Executing Any Other Command Error
• Correcting EPMAT-9: Invalid Credentials and EPMAT-7: Invalid Parameter Errors
• Correcting EPMAT-7:The user doesn't have write permissions to the current working
directory and FileNotFoundException: .prefs (Access is denied) Errors
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Modify Access Permission of Password File: .prefs Error
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: .prefs Error
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: passwordfile.epw Error
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Delete Password File: .prefs Error
• Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as few SSL certificates are missing in the keystore
and EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as above-mentioned SSL certificates are missing in the
keystore Errors
• Correcting HttpConnection - Exception Caught when Closing Output Error
• Handling Upgrade Failures
• Handling Login Failures After Switching Networks

4-68
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

• Correcting EPMAT-9: Insufficient Privileges To Perform the Operation Error

• Resolving EPMAT-7: Invalid TempServiceType Error
• Resolving EPMAT-1: Invalid Snapshot Error
• Resolving EPMAT-1: Command Failed To Execute. The Parameter Location Is Invalid
Error While Running the ImportMetadata Command
• Handling EPMAT-1: A Job with Name <rulename> and Type RULES was not Found Error
• Resolving EPMAT-6: Service Unavailable Error While Running Business Rules
• Resolving copySnapshotFromInstance Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments
• Resolving copyFromSFTP and copyToSFTP Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments
• Handling Perceived EPM Automate Process Freeze
• Getting Help

Finding Your Identity Domain

Ensure that you are correctly specifying your identity domain when logging into an environment
using EPM Automate.
Use one of the following methods to identify your identity domain:
• Look in the Activity Report for your environment. The name of the identity domain is
displayed at the top left corner of the Activity Report. See About the Activity Report in
Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
• Derive the identity domain from the URL that you use to access the environment. For
example, in the URL https://epm-exampleDomain.epm.dataCenter.oraclecloud.com/
epmcloud, the identity domain name is exampleDomain.
The test and production environments of a subscription share the same identity domain.

Resolving Session Failures if the Environment is Configured for SSO with

an Identity Provider
EPM Automate does not work with SSO (identity provider) credentials that you use to access
Cloud EPM or Oracle Smart View for Office.
If the service is configured for SSO, an Identity Domain Administrator must enable EPM
Automate users to sign in with their identity domain credentials.
See Ensuring that Users Can Run Cloud EPM Utilities After Configuring SSO in Getting
Started Guide for Administrators.
Also, see Enabling Sign In With Identity Domain Credentials in Administering Oracle Cloud
Identity Management.

Resolving Script Execution Failures After Changing the Cloud EPM

Password
You will receive periodic password expiry warnings from [email protected] to
change your identity domain password. If you ignore this warning, your password will expire.

4-69
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

After you update the password, scripts that require the use of Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management credentials will fail to run if you do not use the updated password. If
you use an encrypted password file to run scripts, update your password encryption file to
reflect the new password. See the encrypt EPM Automate command for usage and examples.
If you use plain text passwords in scripts, be sure to update the scripts with the new password.
Generally, EPM Automate displays the Invalid Credentials error in situations where the
identity domain password of the user executing the script is invalid (has expired or is locked).
In such cases, ensure that the password of the user is valid.

Resolving the EPMAT-7: Unable to Connect, Unsupported Protocol: https

Error When Using a Proxy Server
This error is displayed if the root CA certificate that EPM Automate uses is not available to
establish a secure connection with the HTTP Proxy server that is being used.
On Windows, EPM Automate uses the Root CA SSL certificate installed in C:\Oracle\EPM
Automate\jre1.8.0_401\lib\security\cacerts to secure communication with the
proxy server, if any, that you use. If the Root CA certificate is not available in this store, you
must install it to resolve this error. Generally, this certificate is available in the default certificate
store used on your computer. Work with your Windows network administrator or use the
following procedure to identify and import it.
To install the Root CA certificate in the certificate store used by EPM Automate:
1. Create a backup copy of the current EPM Automate certificate store (generally,
C:\Oracle\EPM Automate\jre1.8.0_401\lib\security\cacerts).
2. Login to the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environment from
a browser and complete steps appropriate for your browser to identify and save the Root
CA certificate in use:
• Mozilla Firefox:
a. Click the Verified by (padlock) icon in the URL bar and then Connection secure,
and then More Information.
b. On Security, click View Certificate.
c. In Certificates, open the tab listing the root CA certificate.
d. In Miscellaneous section, click PEM (cert) next to Download to save the specific
certificate to the download folder set for Firefox..
• Microsoft Edge:
a. Click the View site information (padlock) icon in the URL bar and then
Connection is secure, and then Show certificate.
b. In Certificate Viewer, click Details.
c. In Certificate Hierarchy, click the root certificate and then click Export.
d. Save the certificate to a convenient location on your computer.
• Google Chrome:
a. Click the View site information icon in the URL bar, then Connection is secure,
and then Certificate is valid.
b. In Certificate Viewer, click Details.
c. In Certificate Hierarchy, click the root certificate and then click Export.

4-70
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

d. Save the certificate to a convenient location on your computer.

3. From an elevated Command Prompt window, navigate to the bin folder of the JRE that
EPM Automate uses; usually, C:\Oracle\EPM Automate\jre1.8.0_401\bin
4. Run Java keytool and import the Root CA certificated that you exported in step 2. Use
changeit, which is the default password, when prompted for the keystore password.

keytool -import -alias "ROOT_CA_NAME" -keystore "EPM

Automate_KEYSTORE_LOCATION" -file
"NAME_AND_LOCATION_EXPORTED_CA_ROOT_CERTIFICATE"
"EXPORTED_CA_ROOT_CERTIFICATE"

For example, you can use the following command to import DigiCert Global Root CA
certificate that you previously exported as C:\downloads\DigiCert Global Root CA.crt:

keytool -import -alias "DigiCert Global Root CA"

-keystore "C:\Oracle\EPM Automate\jre1.8.0_111\lib\security\cacerts" -file
"C:\downloads\DigiCert Global Root CA.crt"

For detailed information on fixing other proxy-related issues, see Fixing Proxy Issues.

Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Connection Timed out Error

The EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Connection timed out error is displayed if
a connection cannot be established because of a bad URL or invalid proxy settings on the
computer.
• Verify that you are using a valid URL.
• If your organization requires the use of a proxy server to connect to the internet, verify that
the proxy settings are accurate.
If your proxy settings require you to authenticate with the proxy server, then you must enter
the proxy server domain, user name, and password as parameters to the loginEPM
Automate command. Contact your network administrator for help with proxy server domain
name and credentials.

Fixing Proxy Issues

EPM Automate uses HTTP/HTTPS proxy; it does not support SOCKS proxy. If you are facing
proxy-related issues, consider the following:
• In the network proxy layer, add all Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management URLs to the allowlist and remove SSL interception of these URLs.
If you cannot remove SSL interception for Cloud EPM URLs, you must import the SSL
certificate of the proxy server into the JRE that EPM Automate uses.
• If the issue is specific to Linux computers, verify that the following environment variables
are set:
– proxyHost
– proxyPort
– https.proxyHost
– https.proxyPort
• If EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as few SSL certificates are missing in the
keystore or EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as above-mentioned SSL certificates are

4-71
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

missing in the keystore error is reported on AIX servers, ensure that JRE 1.8 is
installed on the server and is included in the JAVA_HOME environment variable. Also verify
that the proxy server security certificate is installed in the keystore. See Resolving
EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as few SSL certificates are missing in the keystore and
EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as above-mentioned SSL certificates are missing in the
keystore Errors.
• If EPMAT-6: Service Unavailable error is reported, ensure that an external internet traffic
control tool is not forcing the termination of connection between EPM Automate and the
environment to which it is connected.

Resolving EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Read Timed Out Error

EPMAT-11 Internal Server Error, Read timed out is displayed if a socket
connection from EPM Automate to the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management environment is active but EPM Automate has not received the response from
Cloud EPM within the default timeout of 1 minute.
To resolve this error, customize the environment variable epmatSocketTimeout to a value
higher than 1 minute. The value of this environment variable is specified on milliseconds. For
example, to specify a socket timeout value of 5 minutes, use 300000.
Windows: SET epmatSocketTimeout=300000

Linux and Unix: export epmatSocketTimeout=300000

Resolving EPMAT-11: Unable to Connect to URL Error When Connecting

from a Linux Computer
The error EPMAT-11: Unable to connect to URL can occur if proxy settings are not
specified in the environment variables.
On Linux computers, verify that the following environment variables are set. The utility looks for
the value of these variables to determine proxy settings:
• proxyHost
• proxyPort
• https.proxyHost
• https.proxyPort
For detailed information on fixing proxy-related issues, see Fixing Proxy Issues.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Session is Not Authenticated. Please Execute the

Login Command Before Executing Any Other Command Error
EPM Automate may, intermittently during the execution of batch jobs, display the
EPMAT-7:Session is not authenticated. Please execute the "login" command before
executing any other command message.

The .prefs file is created in the working directory after the login routine is complete. EPM
Automate uses this file while executing commands.
To correct this issue:

4-72
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

• Ensure that your virus scanner is not deleting the .prefs file.
• Check whether multiple simultaneous EPM Automate sessions are in progress from the
same directory.
To run multiple simultaneous sessions from the same directory, you must configure a
unique numeric session identifier (EPM_SID). For more information, see Running Multiple
Instances of EPM Automate in Working with EPM Automate.

Correcting EPMAT-9: Invalid Credentials and EPMAT-7: Invalid Parameter

Errors
EPMAT-7: Invalid Parameter Error
This error is displayed on Linux platforms when you execute the login EPM Automate
command with a password that contains a special character such as the $ (dollar sign).
Sometimes, EPM Automate displays EPMAT-7: Invalid Parameter error in this situation.

To resolve this error, on Linux platforms, escape the special characters using a backslash (\).
For example, to use the password Example$19 with the login command, specify it as
Example\$19. For detailed information, see Handling Special Characters in Working with EPM
Automate.

EPMAT-9: Invalid Credentials Error

EPM Automate displays this error if the identity domain password of the user executing a
command or script is invalid (has expired or is locked).
You will receive periodic password expiry warnings from [email protected] to
change your identity domain password. If you ignore this warning, your password will expire.
After you update the password, EPM Automate commands and scripts that require the use of
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management credentials will fail to run if you do
not use the updated password.
To resolve this error, if you use an encrypted password file, update your password encryption
file to reflect the new password. See the encrypt EPM Automate command for usage and
examples. If you use plain text passwords in scripts, be sure to update the scripts with the new
password.

Correcting EPMAT-7:The user doesn't have write permissions to the current

working directory and FileNotFoundException: .prefs (Access is denied)
Errors
The error EPMAT-7:The user doesn't have write permissions to the current
working directory or FileNotFoundException: .prefs (Access is denied) is
displayed if you do not have write permission in the directory from which you execute EPM
Automate. EPM Automate creates a .prefs file, which contains user information, and log files
in the current directory.
On Windows computers, the contents of .prefs file is visible only to the user who created it
and to Windows administrators. In Linux, UNIX and macOSX environments, .prefs file is
generated with permission 600, which allows only the owner to read and write to it.
To resolve this error, ensure that the current user has read and write access to the directory
from which EPM Automate is run. You do not have to run EPM Automate from the installation

4-73
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

directory. You can run it from any directory on a local drive where you have read and write
access. You cannot run EPM Automate from a mapped network drive.
Additionally, this user must have appropriate access to any other directory from which a file is
accessed (for example, while running the uploadFile command) or written (for example, while
running the downloadFile command).

Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Modify Access Permission of Password

File: .prefs Error
On Linux servers, EPM Automate may display the following error messages:
• EPMAT-7:Unable to modify access permission of password file: .prefs
• Unable to read password file: {0}. Access denied
This issue occurs when EPM Automate is unable to modify the .prefs file. Generally, when a
session is active, EPM Automate generates a .prefs file in the working directory to support the
session. When another user attempts to execute a command from the same directory, EPM
Automate is unable to update the .prefs file that was generated for the session that is already
in progress and owned by a different user. Because the new (second) user does not have the
required permissions on the existing .prefs file, EPM Automate displays this error message.

Always use the logout command to terminate the session. The .prefs file is removed when a
user logs out. Additionally, each user should run EPM Automate from a different working
directory.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: .prefs Error

EPM Automate displays this error if you run EPM Automate from a directory where you do not
have Write access. If the user running EPM Automate does not have Write permissions in the
working directory, EPM Automate is unable to create the .prefs file for managing the session.

Ensure that the user running EPM Automate has Write access to the working directory.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Parse Password File: passwordfile.epw

Error
EPM Automate displays this error if you attempt to login with a 21.10 or older version of EPM
Automate client using a password file that was encrypted using EPM Automate client version
21.11 or later. This scenario occurs if a Service Administrator's password file encrypted using
EPM Automate client version 21.11 or later is shared by users who have not yet updated their
EPM Automate clients.
To resolve this issue, use the Upgrade command, to upgrade your EPM Automate client.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to Delete Password File: .prefs Error

Scheduled EPM Automate jobs may fail intermittently and display EPMAT-7:Unable to delete
password file: .prefs error. Generally, this error is reported when EPM Automate
commands affecting more than one environment are run in parallel from the same directory.
While running commands against an environment, EPM Automate creates a .prefs file that
stores session information. During the parallel execution of commands from one directory
against multiple environments, EPM Automate is able to maintain only one .prefs file within

4-74
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

the directory. As a result, because it is able to execute commands only against the
environment for which the .prefs file is available, EPM Automate reports this error.

To resolve this issue, you have two options:

• Run EPM Automate from different directories so that the script executing commands
against one Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environment is
seperated from the the script running commands against another environment. This allows
scripts to create and maintain .prefs files in different directories.
• Update your scripts so that multiple sessions against different environments can be
maintained from the same directory.
For more information, see Running Multiple Instances of EPM Automate in Working with EPM
Automate.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as few SSL certificates are missing

in the keystore and EPMAT-7: Unable to connect as above-mentioned SSL
certificates are missing in the keystore Errors
These errors are displayed if EPM Automate cannot find the required proxy server SSL
certificate in the key store.
If you are using an internet proxy server, to prevent login errors related to SSL certificates
when accessing Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management from Windows
computers, the login EPM Automate command automatically identifies the missing certificate
that may prevent you from establishing a connection and adds it to the keystore under
C:\Oracle\EPM Automate\jre1.8.0_311\lib\security\cacerts. For this to
happen, you must run the login command with the KeystorePassword=KEYSTORE_PASSWORD
optional parameter. Contact your IT Administrator for the value of the keystore password.
On Linux computers, the login command identifies the missing security certificate from the
proxy server, downloads it, and display an error. A user with root access can then install the
downloaded certificate in the JRE available in the JAVA_HOME identified in the environment
variables.
See these information sources:
• Java Runtime Environment and EPM Automate
• Keytool Java documentation

Correcting HttpConnection - Exception Caught when Closing Output Error

This error is displayed if your organization uses a security software (for example, Forcepoint)
to prevent access to certain web sites but exceptions are not added for Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management URLs.
To prevent this error from occurring, work with your network administrator to add the the URLs
of Cloud EPM environments to the exception list of the security software.

Handling Upgrade Failures

Windows 10 permits only Windows administrators to install programs. As a result, on such
platforms, only Windows administrators can install and upgrade EPM Automate.
To resolve upgrade failures:

4-75
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

• Windows: Ensure that the user running the upgrade command is a Windows
Administrator.
• Linux and UNIX: Ensure that the user running the upgrade command has Read/Write
privileges in the directory where EPM Automate is installed.

Handling Login Failures After Switching Networks

After you switch from one network to another, initial EPM Automate login attempt fails because
of the change in the MAC address of the client computer. For example, this failure occurs at
your first login attempt after you switch from a wi-fi connection to a LAN connection.
To resolve this error, sign in again to make EPM Automate use the current MAC address.

Correcting EPMAT-9: Insufficient Privileges To Perform the Operation Error

Privilege-related errors are displayed under these scenarios:
• A user, who is assigned to a predefined Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management role that does not permit the execution of an EPM Automate command
attempts to run that command.
• A user, who is not assigned to a predefined Cloud EPM role attempts to log in using EPM
Automate.

Insufficient Privilege Error

EPM Automate displays the EPMAT-9: Insufficient Privileges To Perform the Operation
error if a user, who does not have the required predefined role to run an EPM Automate
command attempts to execute that command. For example, a user who is assigned to the User
predefined role executes the downloadFile command. Most commands can be executed only
by Service Administrators.

User Does not Exist for this Application Error

The User does not exist for this application error is displayed when a user who does
not have a predefined role assigned in the Cloud EPM environment executes the login
command. To resolve this error, assign the appropriate role to the user.

Resolving EPMAT-7: Invalid TempServiceType Error

This error is reported when you execute the recreate command under the following situations:
• You used the TempServiceType optional parameter against an environment that cannot be
converted to the requested service type because of the restrictions imposed by the
command.
Legacy Subscriptions: The recreate command can temporarily convert Planning and
Budgeting Cloud, Enterprise Planning and Budgeting Cloud, Tax Reporting Cloud, and
Financial Consolidation and Close Cloud environments to support Account Reconciliation,
Oracle Enterprise Data Management Cloud, Enterprise Performance Reporting Cloud or
Profitability and Cost Management Cloud applications. After this conversion is complete,
you must convert the environment back to the original service type before attempting to
convert it to another service type. For example, you converted a Planning and Budgeting
Cloud environment to a Profitability and Cost Management Cloud. You cannot directly
convert this Profitability and Cost Management Cloud to an Oracle Enterprise Data
Management Cloud environment; you must first convert it back to a Planning and
Budgeting Cloud environment (by using epmAutomate recreate -f), and then convert it to

4-76
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

an Oracle Enterprise Data Management Cloud using epmAutomate recreate -f

TempServiceType=EDMCS.
Legacy Profitability and Cost Management: You can convert your Profitability and Cost
Management environments to Planning or Enterprise Planning environments by running
the following command:

epmautomate recreate -f removeAll=true TempServiceType=PBCS

To convert the environment back to the original Profitability and Cost Management
environment, use the following command:

epmautomate recreate -f TempServiceType=PCMCS

Note:
Profitability and Cost Management environments cannot be converted to Account
Reconciliation, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, or Narrative
Reporting environments.

EPM Standard Cloud and EPM Enterprise Cloud Subscriptions: You can convert an
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environment to support any
other supported business process. After this conversion is complete, you must convert the
environment back to the original service type before attempting to convert it to use another
business process.
For example, you converted a Financial Consolidation and Close environment to support
Profitability and Cost Management. You cannot directly convert this Profitability and Cost
Management environment to support an Enterprise Data Management business process;
you must first convert it back to a Financial Consolidation and Close environment and then
convert it to support Enterprise Data Management business process.
• You specified an invalid value for the TempServiceType optional parameter. For example,
you specified TempServiceType=DMCS instead of TempServiceType=EDMCS.
To correct this issue:
• Verify that you are using an acceptable value for the TempServiceType parameter. The
value of this parameter must be in all upper case. Acceptable values are ARCS, EDMCS,
EPRCS, PBCS, and PCMCS.
• Run the recreate command without any parameters (epmautomate recreate -f) to return
the environment to its original service type. After this process is complete, execute the
command (for example, epmautomate recreate -f TempServiceType=EDMCS) to convert
the environment to support another business process.

Resolving EPMAT-1: Invalid Snapshot Error

The exportSnapshot command, which repeats a previously performed export operation,
depends on a snapshot export definition being available in the business process. EPM
Automate reports this error if it does not find a usable snapshot export definition to create the
new snapshot.
To resolve this error:

4-77
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

1. Using Migration, create a snapshot by exporting the desired artifacts. For detailed
information, see Backing up Artifacts and Application in Administering Migration.
2. Rerun the exportSnapshot command using the name of the exported snapshot from the
preceding step as the value of the SNAPSHOT_NAME parameter.

Resolving EPMAT-1: Command Failed To Execute. The Parameter Location

Is Invalid Error While Running the ImportMetadata Command
EPM Automate displays this error due to a syntax error in the command you specified to run
the importMetadata command.
To resolve this issue, use one of the following methods:
• If the import CSV file name specified in the job is identical to the name of the CSV file you
are using with the command, use the uploadFile command to upload the import CSV file
into to the environment. Run the importMetadata command without specifying the
FILE_NAME optional parameter. In this situation, the command usage should be
epmAutomate importMetadata JOB_NAME.
• If the import CSV file name specified in the job is not identical to the name of the CSV file
you are using with the command or when the import CSV file name is not included in the
job that is being used for the import operation, zip the import CSV file into an archive and
upload it to the environment using the uploadFile command. Run the importMetadata
command using the name of the archive as the value of the FILE_NAME parameter. In this
situation, the command usage should be epmAutomate importMetadata JOB_NAME
FILE_NAME.zip.
• When importing metadata from multiple CSV files, zip the CSV files into one archive and
use the name of the archive as the value of the FILE_NAME optional parameter:
epmAutomate importMetadata JOB_NAMEimport_CSVs.ZIP.

Handling EPMAT-1: A Job with Name <rulename> and Type RULES was
not Found Error
This error is reported when you attempt to run the runBusinessRule EPM Automate command
using the name of a business rule that is not yet deployed in the business process.
To resolve this error, deploy the rule, identified by <rulename> in the error message, to the
business process. You deploy rules and rulesets to business processes from Calculation
Manager. For detailed information, see Deploying Business Rules and Business Rulesets in
Designing with Calculation Manager. Deployed rules in the business process are listed on the
Rules card.

Resolving EPMAT-6: Service Unavailable Error While Running Business

Rules
This error, generally, is displayed when you execute the runBusinessRule EPM Automate
command because an external internet traffic control tool (example, NetLimiter) forces the
premature termination of connection between EPM Automate and the environment to which it
is connected before the business rule execution is finished.
To resolve this issue, check your network configuration, especially the proxy and firewall
settings. If the issue persists, work with your network administrator to identify and correct the
issue.

4-78
 Chapter 4
Resolving EPM Automate Issues

For detailed information on fixing proxy-related issues, see Fixing Proxy Issues.

Resolving copySnapshotFromInstance Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled

Environments
If the current environment has IP allowlist configured, you may get an error while running the
copySnapshotFromInstance command. To fix it, see Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM
Regions to identify the outbound IP address of the source environment that you specified in the
copySnapshotFromInstance command and add it to the allowlist of the current environment.

If you are using a network perimeter in the Identity Cloud service where the current
environment is located, you must add the outbound IP address of the region where the source
environment is located in this network perimeter as well. Alternatively, you can opt to add the
outbound IP address of the region only in the network perimeter and not set up an allowlist on
the current environment.

Resolving copyFromSFTP and copyToSFTP Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled

Environments
If IP allowlist is enabled for the SFTP server, you must add the outbound IP address of the OCI
region that hosts the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments
to the IP allowlist of the SFTP server. See Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions for
the outbound IP addresses that you can use.

Handling Perceived EPM Automate Process Freeze

Sometimes, an EPM Automate job may take an inordinately long time, and look like the
process is stalled. If you face this issue, using a browser, log into Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management and check the following:
• Whether the job has been submitted
• Whether the job has completed
If the EPM Automate process freezes, press Ctrl+C to terminate it and automatically create log
files for the terminated command. These log files are uploaded to Oracle when you create a
Provide Feedback submission to seek help from Oracle (see the following section).

Getting Help
If your issue persists after trying the preceding tips, seek help from Oracle Support. See
Getting Help From Oracle.
Submit the following:
• If you can sign in to your environment using EPM Automate:
– Sign in to your environment.
– Upgrade to the latest version of EPM Automate by running the upgrade command:
epmAutomate upgrade
– Check if your issue is resolved.
– If your issue persists, create a Provide Feedback submission using the feedback
command. Be sure to attach relevant EPM Automate-based script files that you are
using. For example:

4-79
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing REST API Issues

epmAutomate feedback "ListFile command in example.ps1 failed"

file=example.ps1
– Submit a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference
number. See Submitting a Technical Service Request for instructions. In the service
request:
* Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
* Is this a critical outage?
• If you cannot sign in to your environment using EPM Automate:
Use the credentials you are using with EPM Automate to sign into the environment using a
browser. If your sign in attempt fails, see Resolving Login Issues.
If you can sign in using a browser, but not through EPM Automate:
1. Use an Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management screen to create a
Provide Feedback submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission for
information on providing feedback from Cloud EPM screens.
2. Generate the debug log file. To generate the log file attempt to start a new EPM
Automate session using the -d option and direct the output to a file as shown in the
following example:
epmAutomate login username password URL -d > fileName
3. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference
number. See Submitting a Technical Service Request for instructions. In the service
request:
– Attach the debug log file that you generated.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– Is this a critical outage?

Diagnosing REST API Issues

Use the instructions in this section to resolve issues related to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management REST APIs.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

Finding Your Identity Domain

Ensure that you are correctly specifying your identity domain when executing REST APIs.
Use one of the following methods to identify your identity domain:
• Look in the Activity Report for your environment. The name of the identity domain is
displayed at the top left corner of the Activity Report. See About the Activity Report in
Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
• Derive the identity domain from the URL that you use to access the environment. For
example, in the URL https://epm-exampleDomain.epm.dataCenter.oraclecloud.com/
epmcloud, the identity domain name is exampleDomain.

4-80
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing REST API Issues

Resolving Script Execution Failures After Changing the Cloud EPM Password
You will receive periodic password expiry warnings from [email protected].
after changing your password, scripts that use your old Cloud EPM credentials will fail to run.
If you use an encrypted password file to run scripts, update your password encryption file using
the encrypt EPM Automate command to reflect the new password. If you use plain text
passwords in scripts, be sure to update them.

Checking Your Credentials

If you cannot sign in to your environment using REST API, use the credentials you are using
with REST API to sign into the environment using a browser or EPM Automate. If your sign in
attempt fails, see Resolving Login Issues.

Resolving Copy Application Snapshot API Failures in IP Allowlist-Enabled

Environments
If the current environment has IP allowlist configured, you may get an error while issuing Copy
Application Snapshot API. To fix it, see Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions to
identify the outbound IP address of the source environment that you specified in the Copy
Application Snapshot API parameter and add it to the allowlist of the current environment.
If you are using a network perimeter in the Identity Cloud service where the current
environment is located, you must add the outbound IP address of the region where the source
environment is located in this network perimeter as well. Alternatively, you can opt to add the
outbound IP address of the region only in the network perimeter and not set up an allowlist on
the current environment.

Resolving Copy from SFTP and Copy to SFTP API Error in IP Allowlist-Enabled
Environments
If IP allowlist is enabled for the SFTP server, you must add the outbound IP address of the OCI
region that hosts the Cloud EPM environments to the IP allowlist of the SFTP server. See
Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions for the outbound IP addresses that you can
use.

Seeking Help
If you can sign in using a browser or EPM Automate, but not through REST APIs or if you can
sign in using REST API but an error is reported in using an API, contact Oracle Support for
help.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• The REST API URL, user name, payload, query parameters, and headers.
• Error messages that you received.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Is this is a critical outage?

4-81
 Chapter 4
Resolving User, Role, and Group Management Issues

Resolving User, Role, and Group Management Issues

Use this information to resolve user, role, and group management issues.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Role Assignment Is not Immediately Reflected
• No Identity Domain Administrator Exists
• Getting Help

Role Assignment Is not Immediately Reflected

Sometimes, a role assignment may not take immediate effect in an environment. For example,
a user who was assigned a predefined role may get the Not Allowed error while accessing
the environment.
Changes to predefined role assignments performed using the IAM Console are reflected in
Access Control after any user logs into the environment using a browser or Oracle Smart View
for Office at least four minutes after the role assignment was performed. For example, if the
role assignment was completed at 09:20, the role assignment will be reflected if any user logs
in to the environment using a browser or Smart View at or after 09:24.
Newest changes are reflected in Access Control immediately if the following events occur:
• If the users and predefined role assignment were imported using the importSnapshot or
the cloneEnvironment EPM Automate commands or Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management REST APIs
• If the Role Assignment Audit Report is generated using EPM Automate, REST API, or
Access Control
The Role Assignment Audit report contains up-to-date information. See these information
sources:
• Accessing Audit and User Reports in Identity Cloud Service (for OCI (Gen2 only) in Getting
Started Guide for Administrators
• roleAssignmentAuditReport in Working with EPM Automate

No Identity Domain Administrator Exists

Identity Domain Administrators manage Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management users and roles. A user is granted this role when the identity domain is set up for
your service.
The Identity Domain Administrator can assign the Identity Domain Administrator predefined
role to other users. Oracle recommends that you have at least two users assigned to ensure
that you always have an active Identity Domain Administrator in case one of them leaves the
organization or is unavailable. If you do not have an active Identity Domain Administrator, there

4-82
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues

is no way for your organization to perform activities that require this role, for example, adding
new users.
If you are left with no active Identity Domain Administrator, create a technical service request
and provide the first name, last name, email address, and user login of the user who should be
assigned to the Identity Domain Administrator role.

Getting Help
If the issue persists, seek help from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain:
• A screenshot of the IAM screen showing the roles assigned to the user.
• The current Role Assignment report available in the environment.
• A detailed description of the problem.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance

Issues
This section addresses how to identify and correct performance issues and errors in Financial
Reporting reports.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

Note:
If your issue is related to Reports, see Troubleshooting Reports Issues.

In this Section
• Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Performance Issues
• Diagnosing Errors in Financial Reporting Reports
• Resolving the ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException in the Database Connection Manager
• Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time
• Getting Help
For best practices to replace zero blocks and remove #missing blocks in BSO cubes to reduce
database size, see Optimize BSO Cubes.

4-83
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues

Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Performance Issues

Poorly designed Financial Reporting reports can generate several Multi-Dimensional
Expression (MDX) requests or Oracle Essbase queries leading to the consumption of
significant Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management resources. Excessive
resource consumption results in performance degradation when concurrent users access such
reports.
The presence of several segments in the report is the key reason for generating a large
number of MDX requests. This section explains how to make Financial Reporting reports more
efficient by reducing the number of segments.

Redesigning Reports: a Use Case

The Original Report
The following illustration depicts the original report design:

This report illustration shows these design elements:

• Multiple rows for each Entity member 100, 200, 403, and 500.
• Each Entity member has 8 rows each for different accounts.
The following table presents a high-level view of the original report design and the optimized
design:

Original Report Design Optimized Design

Multiple rows for each Entity member: Combines Entity members into one segment:
100 100, 200, 403, 500
200
300
400

4-84
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues

Original Report Design Optimized Design

Each Entity member has 8 rows each for Combines all segments for all members into
different accounts. Example for member 100: one segment:
100 = Children of 1100 Entity members 100,200,403,500=Children
100 = 1100 of 11

100= Children of 1200

100=1200
100 = Children of 1300
100 = 1300 100 =Children of 1400
100 = 1400

The Optimized Report

The following illustration depicts the optimized report design, which reduces the number of
segments. Reducing the number of segments makes the report run faster by reducing the
number of MDX requests:

Other Important Report Design Considerations

• Design reports against ASO cubes, if possible. Design reports against BSO cubes only if
ASO cubes are not available.
• Always select Missing Blocks under Suppression to ensure that missing blocks are not
included in the report.
• Minimize the number of rows and columns. Best practice: use dense dimensions for
columns and sparse dimensions for rows.
• Design reports to query at the required children level of members rather than at the parent
level.
• If level 0 members are tagged as Dynamic Calc but do not have a formula, either remove
the Dynamic Calc tagging or create formulas for them. You cannot load data into level 0
members tagged as Dynamic Calc. They cannot show values because they are tagged as
Dynamic Calc but have no formula to calculate values. Such members adversely affect
retrieval performance.
• If possible, avoid relational-type reports (reports with multiple row dimensions expanded
using functions) with a large combination of members. Big reports may take a significant

4-85
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues

amount of time to execute (or may not execute). A report is considered big when the
number of cells exceeds ten thousand. This is similar to treating Financial Reporting as a
large scale data extraction tool, which it is not.
• Avoid reports with large number of cells with text functions (for example, CellText,
PlanningAnnotations, and ListOfCellDocuments) that retrieve additional metadata from
the data source.
• Use current POV, prompts, or books instead of the Page dimension; all Page members are
retrieved at one time upon executing the report.
• Consider and test the impact of Conditional Formatting and Conditional Suppression,
which can affect performance depending on the size of the report. Performance is
contingent on the type of criteria and frequency with which they are used within the report.
Criteria that are part of metadata or data query, for example, data value, member name,
and member alias or description, are rendered fast. With large reports, minimize the use of
criteria that are not part of the regular metadata or data query. Examples of such criteria
include generation, level, account type, and attribute value.
• Consider the dimension layout. For example, analyze what can be moved from the POV or
page into the body of the report.
• Always design a symmetric (versus asymmetric) report. Essbase queries may be
symmetric or asymmetric. Symmetric queries are those where members queried on rows
or columns are of cross-dimensional layout. Asymmetric queries are those where the
cross-dimensional layout of the members being queried changes in either the rows or the
columns.
On encountering an asymmetric query, the Essbase hybrid query engine, which processes
only symmetric grids, automatically breaks it into multiple symmetric grids. These
symmetric grids are processed one at a time and then returned in the original asymmetric
form, which makes the process less efficient.

Troubleshoot Financial Consolidation and Close Retrieval Performance

See Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Retrieval Performance for information
on troubleshooting the report performance in Financial Consolidation and Close environments.

Review Recent Application Changes

Identify if recent changes to the application causes report generation to slow down. You can do
this by comparing the information in the Application Size table in the current Activity Report
with the information in the Activity Report from a previous date when the report was working
well. Also review any recent changes to the report design and usage to verify that such
changes have not impacted the report.

Diagnosing Errors in Financial Reporting Reports

Setting TRACE level logging in Financial Reporting helps you generate detailed logging
information that helps Oracle troubleshoot reports issues. Before submitting Provide Feedback,
make sure to set TRACE level logging and retry the action that gives the error.
To set TRACE level logging:
1. In Financial Reporting Web Studio, select File, then Manage, and then Log
Configuration.
2. In the Log Configuration dialog box, from the drop-down, select TRACE:32 for the
following components:
• oracle.EPMADM

4-86
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Financial Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues

• oracle.EPMFR
• oracle.EPMFR.frwebstudio
• oracle.EPMFR.jsp
• oracle.EPMJCR
3. Click OK.
4. Reproduce the report issue to generate trace information.
5. When you have finished, from the Log Configuration dialog box, revert the log
configuration to its original setting.

Resolving the ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException in the Database

Connection Manager
While changing the database connection used for the report, you may get the
Java.lang.ArrayIndexOutOfBoundsException in the Database Connection Manager if report
name contains special characters, especially the comma.
To resolve this error, refrain from using special characters in the report name.
1. Remove the special characters in the report name.
2. Change the database connection for the report.

Set Limits on Essbase Query Execution Time

Slow execution of Oracle Smart View for Office queries can make other activities in the
environment slower and drastically increase the CPU utilization, leading to slow performance.
If you identify that long running queries are causing performance degradation, consider setting
limits on the maximum time allocated for query processing.
To limit Oracle Essbase query processing time, run the setEssbaseQryGovExecTime EPM
Automate command.

Getting Help
After optimizing the report to reduce the number of MDX requests, if you do not see
performance improvements or if you have errors in the report, seek help from Oracle Support:
• Use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to
identify and fix your problem. Optionally, consent to submitting the snapshot to Oracle. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Submit a technical service request indicating the reference number that the Provide
Feedback utility created. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
In the service request, answer these questions:
1. Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
2. When was the issue first observed?
3. Was there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
Provide the following information along with the service request:
– Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the financial report
was functioning or performing as expected.

4-87
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Reports Issues

– Report or report book name. If it is report book, identify the report that has the issue.
– All POVs.
– User and substitution variables in use.
– Rows and columns that have the issue.
– Expected and actual report generation times.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Troubleshooting Reports Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales Planning, and
Strategic Workforce Planning.
If you experience errors or performance issues with Reports in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management, seek help from Oracle Support.

Note:
If your issue is related to Financial Reporting reports, see Diagnosing Financial
Reporting Reports Errors and Performance Issues.

• Use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to
identify and fix your problem. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. In the service request, answer these
questions:
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– When was the issue first observed?
– Were there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
• Provide the following along with the service request:
– Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the report was
functioning or performing as expected.
– Type of the artifact that has the issue (Report, Book, Burst Definition, or Snapshot
Report).
– Report or report book name. If the issue is in a report book, identify the report that has
the issue.
– Rows and columns that have the issue.
– All POVs.
– User and substitution variables in use.
– Expected and actual report generation times.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

4-88
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Fixing Smart View Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Fixing Smart View Windows Add-in Issues
• Fixing Smart View (Mac and Browser) for Office 365 Add-in Issues
• Fixing Strategic Modeling Smart View Connection Issues

Fixing Smart View Windows Add-in Issues

Related Topics
• Diagnostics Tools and Health Check
• Microsoft Considerations
• Windows Registry Access Requirement for Smart View Installation
• Smart View Display and Operations Issues After Windows 10 Update
• Problem Opening Files in Excel
• Excel Process Stops Responding (Hangs) on Shut Down
• Smart View Install, Setup, and and Uninstall
• Smart View cfg Folder and Properties File Access Requirement
• Installing in the Windows Program Files Folder
• Enabling and Disabling Smart View and Other Office Add-ins
• Excel Looks for HsTbar.xla File After Uninstall
• Language and Locale
• Windows, Office, and Smart View Locale Settings
• Installation and Languages
• Startup and Display
• Error When First Launching Excel After Installing Smart View
• Smart View Ribbon Fails to Display After Non-Admin Installation
• Ribbons Not Selectable After Installation
• Office Slow to Start when Internet Connectivity is Not Available
• Login and Connections
• Diagnosing Login Issues
• Connection Error
• Failure to Establish Connection with Integrated Windows Single Signon
• Issues When Starting Excel in Automation Mode

4-89
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

• Fixing Function Links on Machines where Smart View was Reinstalled in a User-specified
Location
• Extensions
• Slowness with Extension Options Dialog Box
• Extension Installation from Cloud EPM and Message Window Focus
• Extension Updates and Office Applications Remaining Open
• Extension Updates and Outlook
• Enabling the Smart View Extension for Firefox
• Performance
• Performance and Memory Usage Considerations for Smart View with Excel
• Flickering Issues on Office 2013 and Office 2016
• Duplicate Queries in Word Slow to Refresh
• Session Timeout when Connected Using Vanity URLs
• Clearing Smart View Cookies
• Clearing WebView2 Cookies
• Third-Party Monitoring Tools May Impact Smart View Stability
• Issues with Dynamic Data Exchange Option in Excel
• Browser Settings When Working with XML Files on HTTP Server
• Smart View HTTP Session Timeout
• Smart View General
• Office Unknown Exception Error on a Protected Sheet
• Spreading Issue, Smart View Installation, and HsSpread.dll
• Drill-through with Chrome: Blocklist and Allowlist for Native Messaging

Diagnostics Tools and Health Check

Diagnostic Tools
Health Check

Diagnostic Tools
When an issue arises while using Oracle Smart View for Office that you cannot resolve on your
own, use the Smart View Diagnostic tools to create and collect log files and screenshots to
send to Oracle Support. When you are finished collecting diagnostic data, you use the
diagnostic tools to zip up the files. Then you transmit the ZIP file to Oracle Support for analysis.
The log files and screenshots are used by Oracle Support to troubleshoot and resolve your
issue.
The Smart View Diagnostic tools are located in the Diagnostics group in the Smart View
ribbon. You enable the display of the tools by
You can customize certain features of Smart View Diagnostic tools; for example:
• Hide data values in an Office document.
• Hide member names in an Office document.

4-90
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

• Direct the diagnostics output files to a folder other than the default.
• Allow automatic screenshots for each warning or error message that is displayed.
See Smart View Diagnostics and Health Check in the Oracle Smart View for Office User's
Guide for more information on the Diagnostics tools.

Health Check
You can perform a "health check" on your system to optimize performance and to get
information about your machine, Microsoft Office version, Smart View version, and the
extensions you have installed.
You can view the following information about your system:
• Version Information—Operating System, Excel Version, Smart View Version
• Hardware Information—RAM Memory, Processor, Smart View Installed Drive Space
• Excel Add-ins—Depends on the Excel add-ins that are installed
• COM Add-ins—Depends on the COM add-ins that are installed
You can make the following changes to system settings and Smart View options:
• Registry Information
– KeepAlive Timeout
– Receive Timeout
– ServerInfo Timeout
• Smart View Options
– Undo Buffer
– Improve Metadata Storage
• Graphic Setting
– Disable Windows Transitions on Addin Task Panes
– Disable Animations
For more information, see Performing a Health Check on Your System in the Oracle Smart
View for Office User's Guide.

Microsoft Considerations
Related Topics
• Windows Registry Access Requirement for Smart View Installation
• Smart View Display and Operations Issues After Windows 10 Update
• Problem Opening Files in Excel
• Excel Process Stops Responding (Hangs) on Shut Down

Windows Registry Access Requirement for Smart View Installation

The Oracle Smart View for Office installation writes to the Windows Registry.
In order for Smart View to write to the Registry, the following is required:
• The user account from which Smart View is installed must have permission to write to the
Windows Registry.

4-91
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

• The "Run as administrator" option is used when installing Smart View.

If a user without the appropriate permissions to the Registry installs Smart View, issues can
arise with some Smart View operations, such as drill-through.

Smart View Display and Operations Issues After Windows 10 Update

After a Windows 10 update on some high-resolution displays, drag-and-drop may not work as
expected, some controls may look blurry, and some operations may not work properly. For
example, an "Invalid selection" error occurs when trying to drag and drop members from the
POV.
To avoid the "Invalid selection" error and other display issues after a Windows update:
1. Select the Windows 10 Start button, then Settings, then System, then Display, and then
Advanced scaling settings.
2. Under Fix scaling for apps, set Let Windows try to fix apps so they are not blurry to
On.
3. Restart Excel.
Drag-and-drop and other operations should work as expected, and the display of Oracle Smart
View for Office controls should be improved.

Problem Opening Files in Excel

Sometimes, temporary files and folders stored in the
C:\Users\UserName\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Excel folder can cause issues when trying
to open a workbook file in Excel. You can back up the contents of this folder and then clear the
folder to improve performance when opening a workbook.
To improve Excel performance when opening a workbook:
1. Close all applications and restart your computer once.
This is to ensure that there are no hidden instances of Excel running in the background.
2. After the reboot, create a folder on your computer (for example, in the Desktop or the
Documents folder) and give is a descriptive name (for example, Excel AppData Backup).
3. Open Windows File Explorer, then select the View menu, and then select the check box to
show Hidden items.
4. Navigate to:

C:\Users\User_Name\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Excel

Replace User_Name with your Windows login user name.

5. Use Windows Cut and Paste to move all the files and folders from the directory you
created in the previous step to the backup folder that you created in step 2.
The C:\Users\User_Name\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Excel folder should be empty.
6. In File Explorer, go to the View menu and clear the Hidden items check box.
7. Close File Explorer, and then start Excel.
8. Try opening the files that you were having problems opening earlier.

4-92
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Excel Process Stops Responding (Hangs) on Shut Down

Excel may be slow to shut down if the Excel15.xlb file is corrupted. This file stores changes to
the ribbons in Excel.
A simple fix to this issue is to rename Excel15.xlb. A clean Excel15.xlb file is rebuilt the next
time you start Excel.
The Excel15.xlb file is located in the
C:\Users\user\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Excel folder.

To rename the Excel15.xlb file, see Renaming or Deleting the Excel xx.xlb File.

Smart View Install, Setup, and and Uninstall

Related Topics
• Smart View cfg Folder and Properties File Access Requirement
• Installing in the Windows Program Files Folder
• Enabling and Disabling Smart View and Other Office Add-ins
• Excel Looks for HsTbar.xla File After Uninstall

Smart View cfg Folder and Properties File Access Requirement

Oracle Smart View for Office requires Write access to the <Smart View Install>/cfg folder,
properties.xml file during runtime. An "Access Denied" error may occur if users do not have
permission to write to this folder or file when attempting the following operations:
• Saving a file to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management using the Save
or Save As commands in the Smart View ribbon
• Performing ad hoc analysis

Installing in the Windows Program Files Folder

On Windows operating systems, such as Windows 10, non-administrator users are not
authorized to modify the Program Files folder or the Program Files (x86). If an administrator
installs Oracle Smart View for Office in Program Files or Program Files (x86), a non-admin
user will not be able to uninstall Smart View.
The default installation folder for Smart View is C:\Oracle\SmartView.

Oracle advises that you do not install in Smart View in the Program Files or Program Files
(x86) folder.

Enabling and Disabling Smart View and Other Office Add-ins

You can enable and disable Oracle Smart View for Office and other Microsoft Office add-ins
from the Add-Ins tab in Excel Options. In some cases, Smart View performance can be
improved when other Office add-ins are disabled.
To enable or disable Smart View or other Office add-ins for all applicable Office applications
(including Outlook):
1. Open Excel, Word or PowerPoint.
Do not use Outlook to enable and disable Office add-ins.

4-93
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

2. Go to File, then Options, and then Add-Ins.

Continue with step 3 to work with COM Add-ins. Continue with step 4 to work with Excel
Add-ins.
3. To enable or disable COM add-ins, from Manage, select COM Add-ins, then click Go and
then perform a task:
• To enable add-ins, ensure that the check box next to the add-in is checked.
If the check box next to the add-in is cleared, then click the check box to select it, and
then click OK.
If the add-in you want to enable is not in the list, click Add, navigate to the location of
the add-in file in your system and select it, then click OK, and then click OK again in
the COM Add-Ins dialog to close it.
• To disable add-ins, ensure that the check box next to the add-in is cleared.
If the check box next to the add-in is checked, then click the check box to clear it, and
then click OK.
In the following example COM Add-Ins dialog box, the Acrobat PDFMaker Office COM
Addin, is disabled; other available add-ins are enabled, including Smart View.

4. To enable or disable Excel add-ins, from Manage, select Excel Add-ins, then click Go and
then perform a task:
• To enable add-ins, ensure that the check box next to the add-in is checked.
If the check box next to the add-in is cleared, then click the check box to select it, and
then click OK.
If the add-in you want to enable is not in the list, click Browse, navigate to the location
of the add-in file in your system and select it, then click OK, and then click OK again in
the COM Add-Ins dialog to close it.
• To disable add-ins, ensure that the check box next to the add-in is cleared.
If the check box next to the add-in is checked, then click the check box to clear it, and
then click OK.
In the following example Add-Ins dialog box, the Smart View add-in, Hstbar, is disabled;
other available add-ins are enabled. Note that these add-ins are not related to Smart View.

4-94
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

5. Restart any open Office applications.

Excel Looks for HsTbar.xla File After Uninstall

Sometimes, after uninstalling Oracle Smart View for Office and subsequently launching Excel,
Excel may still try to locate the Smart View HsTbar.xla file.

To correct this, you must edit the Windows Registry.

To edit the Windows Registry to keep Excel from looking for HsTbar.xla file after uninstalling
Smart View:
1. Open the Windows Registry Editor (enter regedit in a command window).
2. Locate this key:
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\<OfficeVersion>\Excel\Options
3. Delete the OPEN or OPEN<n> entry where the value in the Data column contains HsTbar.xla.
For example:
C:\Oracle\SmartView\bin\HsTbar.xla
When there are multiple OPEN entries, perform these steps:
a. Delete all OPEN entries where the Data column value contains HsTbar.xla.
b. Rename all remaining OPEN<n> entries, maintaining their sequential values.
For example, here are six OPEN entries, where two of the entries, OPEN and OPEN4,
contain HsTbar.xla in the Data column.

Name Value in Data Column

OPEN Contains HsTbar.xla
OPEN1 Does not contain HsTbar.xla

4-95
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

OPEN2 Does not contain HsTbar.xla

OPEN3 Does not contain HsTbar.xla
OPEN4 Contains HsTbar.xla
OPEN5 Does not contain HsTbar.xla

Delete the OPEN and OPEN4 entries, and then rename the remaining entries as follows,
maintaining their sequential order:
• Rename OPEN1 to OPEN
• Rename OPEN2 to OPEN1
• Rename OPEN3 to OPEN2
• Rename OPEN5 to OPEN3
The remaining entries are:

Name Value in Data Column

OPEN Does not contain HsTbar.xla
OPEN1 Does not contain HsTbar.xla
OPEN2 Does not contain HsTbar.xla
OPEN3 Does not contain HsTbar.xla

Language and Locale

Related Topics
• Windows, Office, and Smart View Locale Settings
• Installation and Languages

Windows, Office, and Smart View Locale Settings

On each Oracle Smart View for Office client machine, the following locale settings should
match:
• Smart View language option
• Microsoft Office language
• Windows Regional Settings
• Windows operating system
Running Smart View in a language other than the language of the machine's Windows
operating system, system locale, or Office language, may result in incorrect data being
returned. For example, if the Windows operating system, system locale, and Office language
are English, and you run Smart View in Russian, reports or chart data may display incorrectly.

Installation and Languages

The Oracle Smart View for Office installer uses the language set in the Format field of the
Windows Region and Language dialog box, Formats tab. This language also becomes the
default language when running Smart View.
After installation, anytime you change the Smart View language setting (Options dialog box,
Advanced tab), Smart View remembers the new setting on each subsequent launch of Excel.
To return Smart View to the default language, you can use either of the following methods in
the Options dialog box, Advanced tab:

4-96
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

• Click the Reset button.

• Select the first option in the Language drop-down list. This is always Default, which is the
language specified in the Region and Language dialog box, Formats tab
After uninstalling and then reinstalling, Smart View reverts to the language specified in the
Windows Region and Language dialog box, Formats tab, and not the last language specified
in the Smart View Options dialog box, Advanced tab.

Startup and Display

Related Topics
• Error When First Launching Excel After Installing Smart View
• Smart View Ribbon Fails to Display After Non-Admin Installation
• Ribbons Not Selectable After Installation
• Office Slow to Start when Internet Connectivity is Not Available

Error When First Launching Excel After Installing Smart View

After installing Oracle Smart View for Office and launching Excel for the first time, you may get
an error message similar to the following: "Unable to set the installed property of the add-in
class."
Workarounds:
• Enable the Smart View add-in for Microsoft Office using one of the following methods:
– Trust Center Method
– COM Add-ins Method
• If the above methods do not resolve the issue, try reinstalling Smart View as administrator.
See Smart View Ribbon Fails to Display After Non-Admin Installation .

Trust Center Method

1. In Office (for example, in Excel), go to File, then Options, and then Trust Center.
2. Click the Trust Center Settings button.
3. In the left pane, select Trusted Locations.
4. Click Add new location to launch the Microsoft Office Trusted Location dialog box.
5. In Path, enter the path to the Smart View bin folder; for example:
C:\Oracle\SmartView\bin
6. Click OK.
7. Click OK to close the Trust Center, and then click OK to close Excel Options.

COM Add-ins Method

1. In Office (for example, in Excel), go to File, then Options, and then Add-ins.
2. From Manage, select COM Add-ins, and then Go.
3. In COM Add-ins, select the check box to enable the Oracle Smart View for Office add-in,
and click OK.

4-97
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Smart View Ribbon Fails to Display After Non-Admin Installation

In some cases, installing Oracle Smart View for Office on Windows 10 or 11 as a non-admin
can cause the Smart View ribbon to fail to display.
In a non-admin install, you double-click the SmartView.exe file to launch the installer. In an
admin install, you right-click SmartView.exe and select Run as administrator.

If you installed Smart View as a non-admin and the Smart View ribbon does not display,
complete the following procedures to troubleshoot this issue:
Add the COM Add-in
Reinstall Smart View as Administrator

Add the COM Add-in

To add the Smart View COM add-in:
1. In Excel, select File, then Options, and then Add-ins.
2. From Manage, select COM Add-ins, and then click Go.
3. In COM Add-ins, select the check box to enable the Oracle Smart View for Office add-in,
and click OK.
4. Restart Excel.
If the Smart View ribbon does not display after restarting Excel, proceed to Reinstall Smart
View as Administrator.

Reinstall Smart View as Administrator

If the Smart View ribbon still fails to display after adding the COM add-in, perform these steps:
1. Uninstall Smart View.
See Uninstalling Smart View for more information.
2. Reinstall Smart View by right-clicking SmartView.exe and selecting Run as administrator.
See Installing from My Oracle Support or Oracle Technical Resources for more
information.
3. Launch Excel and verify that the Smart View ribbon is displayed.

Ribbons Not Selectable After Installation

On Windows 10 and 11, after installing Oracle Smart View for Office and starting Excel for the
first time, you are not able to select any other Excel ribbons or the Smart View ribbon, or select
any menu items on the default Home ribbon.
Workaround: Click the X in the top right corner to close Excel, and then restart Excel. Now
you should be able to select the Smart View ribbon and any other Excel ribbon.

Office Slow to Start when Internet Connectivity is Not Available

When starting Office, Oracle Smart View for Office performs various security checks at startup,
including checks on all the installed extensions. Internet connectivity is required in order to
perform these checks.

4-98
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Without internet connectivity, the security checks on extensions cannot be carried out and
Office applications will be very slow to launch.
You may disable extensions in order to improve Office startup time, but you will lose the
functionality related to those extensions, even if you are still able to connect to data providers
through your company's intranet.
Oracle recommends verifying that you can connect to the internet when starting Office with
Smart View installed.

Login and Connections

Related Topics
• Diagnosing Login Issues
• Connection Error
• Failure to Establish Connection with Integrated Windows Single Signon
• Issues When Starting Excel in Automation Mode
• Fixing Function Links on Machines where Smart View was Reinstalled in a User-specified
Location

Diagnosing Login Issues

Related Topics
• Smart View Does Not Connect to a Data Source
• Attempts to Connect to the Server Fail in SSO-Enabled Environments

Smart View Does Not Connect to a Data Source

Oracle Smart View for Office fails to establish a connection with a data source primarily
because of errors in the shared or private connection URL that is being used. For information
on connection types, see Shared Connections and Private Connections in Working with Oracle
Smart View for Office.
• Verify that the connection URL syntax and the credentials being used are accurate.
Consult your Smart View administrator to verify:
– The shared or private connection URL you are using is correct
– You have a valid user name and password to access the connection
• Using a browser, access the environment that supports the data source. Make sure that
you can log in using the credentials that you are using to access the data source through
Smart View.
For example, if you are attempting to connect to an Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management data source, launch a browser and enter the connection URL
for the web business process. In the signon screen, enter the user name and password
you would use to access that business process as a connection in Smart View. Consult
your Smart View administrator if you need help forming the URL or if you do not know the
user name and password that you would use to access the connection in Smart View.
• If the issue persists, seek Oracle's help using the steps detailed in Getting Help in the
Operations Guide.

4-99
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Attempts to Connect to the Server Fail in SSO-Enabled Environments

Smart View fails to establish a connection to a Cloud EPM environment that is configured for
SSO and displays the following error:

This error is displayed if you previously selected the Remember my choice option in a
browser while signing into a Cloud EPM environment using the Company Sign In button.

To resolve this issue, complete this procedure:

1. Close Microsoft Excel.
2. Delete browsing history, temporary internet files, cookies and site data, and form data.
You can use browser-specific procedures for deleting the above items. Additionally, you
can complete the procedure in Clearing Smart View Cookies.
3. Open Excel and sign into Smart View.

Connection Error
Oracle Smart View for Office may fail to connect to Planning or Planning Modules with the
script error,
An HTTP error occurred with the code "-1"

The workaround is to set the Browser Emulation Mode option in the Health Check dialog; for
example, set this option to 11001 for Microsoft Internet Explorer 11 compatibility.

For more information on the Browser Emulation Mode option in the Health Check dialog,
see Performing a Health Check on Your System in the Oracle Smart View for Office User's
Guide.

4-100
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Note:
Microsoft discontinued support for Internet Explorer on June 15, 2022. However, you
should not uninstall Internet Explorer. For more information, see Internet Explorer 11
End of Support and Smart View.

Failure to Establish Connection with Integrated Windows Single Signon

When Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management is configured to use
Windows single signon with Microsoft Azure AD, attempts to establish connection to Cloud
EPM using a shared connection can fail and you may see this error message:
The provider running at <serviceURL>/workspace/SmartViewProviders is not a Shared
Services provider.

Using a private connection, the message reads:

Unable to connect to the provider.

This error is related to Oracle single signon setup, and occurs when users are already logged
in to their Microsoft Azure AD account (also known as Microsoft Entra ID).
Workarounds: To resolve this error, try either of the following workarounds:
• Enable "Chooser login page" during Fusion SSO setup. Once enabled, users are brought
to the chooser login page and they are able to connect by clicking Company Sign On.
• If the "Chooser login page" is not enabled, then add full URLs, including Oracle Smart
View for Office shared or private connection URLs, to the secure site list in Windows
Internet Options.
Be sure to add all URLs that are used during authentication.

Note:
Administrators should perform a trace to assist in collecting the URLs of all the
sites involved in authentication. For example, there should be "oraclecloud" sites
for production, possibly a test site, as well as Azure AD sites, along with the
Smart View connection URLs.
Do not use an asterisk (*) to abbreviate URLs, for example, do not use
*.oraclecloud.com. You must always use the full URL.

To add URLs, including Smart View connection URLs, as secure, or trusted sites, in the
Windows Control Panel, go to Internet Options, then select the Security tab, then select
Trusted Sites, and then click the Sites button. Enter the full URL and click Add. Repeat
for all required authentication and connection URLs.
Some Smart View connection URL syntax examples follow:
– Shared connection:
https://<serviceURL>/workspace/SmartViewProviders
– Private connection:
https://<serviceURL>/HyperionPlanning/SmartView

4-101
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

See Creating Shared Connections and Creating Private Connections in the Oracle Smart
View User's Guide for more information on data source connection syntax.

Issues When Starting Excel in Automation Mode

In some cases, third-party software that automates Excel processes, such as exporting to
Excel, may cause issues with Excel and a conflict with Oracle Smart View for Office.
Workaround:
To disable Smart View when Excel is started in automation mode, you may enable
"DisableInAutomation" by adding a key and key value to the Windows Registry. To do this,
create the Options key and DisableInAutomation key value as follows:
• Key Name:

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Oracle\SmartView\Options]

• Key Value:

"DisableInAutomation"=dword:00000001

When set to 00000001, Smart View is disabled when Excel is started in automation mode.
Smart View starts correctly when Excel is started manually, outside of an automated
process.
When set to 0 or not created at all, then Smart View is enabled and starts when Excel is
started in automation mode, which may cause issues. Smart View starts correctly when
Excel is started manually, outside of an automated process.

Creating the Registry Key and Key Value

To create and update the registry key, Options:
1. Click Start, click Run, type regeditin the Open box, and then click OK.
2. Locate and then select the following registry subkey:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Oracle\SmartView\

3. From the Edit menu, select New, and then select Key.
4. Type Options, and then press Enter.
5. From the Edit menu, select New, and then select DWORD Value.
6. Type DisableInAutomation, and then press Enter.
7. In the Details pane, right-click DisableInAutomation, and then click Modify.
8. In the Value data box, type 00000001, and then click OK.
The value, 00000001, enables the DisableInAutomation key.

Note:
If a zero value is entered, then this option is disabled.

4-102
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

9. Exit Registry Editor.

10. Restart Excel.

Fixing Function Links on Machines where Smart View was Reinstalled in a User-specified
Location
When connected to an Oracle Smart View for Office provider, such as Tax Reporting in Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management or Essbase in EPM System, and using
functions on a machine where Smart View was reinstalled in a different location (for example,
originally Smart View was installed in the default installation location and then, on the same
machine, Smart View was reinstalled in a user-specified, non-default location), the functions
may not work correctly after reinstalling Smart View. To fix this issue, perform the following
steps:
1. In Excel, go to File, then Options, then Add-ins, then Excel Add-ins, and click Go.
2. In the Add-ins dialog, select the check box for Hstbar. This gives an error message
stating that "the HsTbar.xla file is not found in the location. Do you want to delete it?" Click
Yes to delete it.
3. Close and relaunch Excel.
4. Open the saved workbook and connect to the data provider.
5. In the Smart View ribbon, go to Functions, and then Fix Links.
Fix Links updates the function definitions.

Extensions
Related Topics
• Slowness with Extension Options Dialog Box
• Extension Installation from Cloud EPM and Message Window Focus
• Extension Updates and Office Applications Remaining Open
• Extension Updates and Outlook
• Enabling the Smart View Extension for Firefox

Slowness with Extension Options Dialog Box

When opening the Extensions tab of the Options dialog box or when checking for extension
updates, if your system seems to be taking a long time to complete these tasks, ensure that
the machine has access to the internet.

Extension Installation from Cloud EPM and Message Window Focus

Installing extensions from supported Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management services involves downloading an extension installer file and double-clicking it.
When double-clicking an extension installer (.svext), a message window is displayed
indicating the success or failure of the installation. The message window can sometimes lose
focus and go behind another open window, and can easily go unnoticed. This may lead to
users trying to install the extension again, causing an error due to the previous open message
window having a hold on the folder and files.
To clean up this extension installation issue:
1. Close all Office applications (Excel, Word, PowerPoint, Outlook).

4-103
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

2. Check the Windows task bar for an existing message window, and close it.
3. Remove prior extension installations:
a. Navigate to %AppData%\Oracle\SmartView\extensions\bin
b. Delete the extension folder.
For example, to delete the Narrative Reporting extension folder, delete the
Oracle.SmartView.EPRCSExtension folder.
c. Delete the extension installation folder.
For example, to delete the Narrative Reporting extension installation folder, delete the
EPRCSProviderInstaller folder.
4. Remove pending installations:
a. Navigate to %AppData%\Oracle\SmartView\extensions\update
b. Delete the pending extension installation folder.
For example, to delete the Narrative Reporting pending extension installation folder,
then delete the Oracle.SmartView.EPRCSExtension folder.
5. Return to the location where you previously downloaded the extension installer file, and
double-click it.
For example, to install the Narrative Reporting extension, double-click
EPRCSProviderInstaller.svext.
6. Open Excel, Word, or PowerPoint, and in the Smart View ribbon, click Options, then select
Extensions, and then verify that the extension you installed is listed.

Extension Updates and Office Applications Remaining Open

In order for extensions to be properly installed, removed, or updated, all Office applications
must be shut down. When an Office application is reopened, updates for extensions are
applied.
Sometimes, even though an Office application has been closed, it does not completely shut
down, or does not shut down in a timely manner. In these cases, an instance of Office is still
running and Oracle Smart View for Office is unable to apply the extension updates correctly.
For these situations, it may be necessary to open the Windows Task Manager and look for
possible Office applications that may still be running. For Windows 10 and 11, select the
Details tab to find the correct process name corresponding to the Office applications.
Application names to look for are:
• EXCEL.EXE
• OUTLOOK.EXE
• POWERPNT.EXE
• WINWORD.EXE
If any of these application names are displayed in the Task Manager, click on the name and
end the process.
Once all Office applications are closed, reopen one of the applications so that Smart View can
apply pending updates.

4-104
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Extension Updates and Outlook

When applying extension updates, if any Office application is running, including Outlook, a
message directs the user to close all Office applications. This includes Outlook, as well as
Excel, Word, and PowerPoint.
If the message in Figure 1 is displayed after attempting an extension update, it means that one
of the Office applications was not closed. Often, the application left open is Outlook.

Figure 4-1 Message - Office Application Open During Extension Update

If Smart View is not needed for Outlook, it can be disabled to help avoid this issue during
extension updates.
To disable Oracle Smart View for Office in Outlook:
1. In Outlook, go to the Smart View ribbon, then select Options, and then select Advanced.
2. Under Display, select the Disable Smart View in Outlook check box.
3. Click OK, and then close Outlook.
4. Restart Outlook.
Verify that the Smart View ribbon no longer appears.
5. Start a different Office application to continue the extension update process.

Enabling the Smart View Extension for Firefox

During installation, Oracle Smart View for Office automatically installs an extension for Mozilla
Firefox.
If you specify Firefox as your default browser, Smart View utilizes the extension for Firefox in
these scenarios:
• Performing drill-through in Smart View
• Launching forms in Smart View from browser-based applications, such as Oracle Hyperion
Financial Management or the Planning business module in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management.

4-105
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

The extension for Firefox is automatically enabled after installing Smart View. However, if the
extension should become disabled, follow the procedure in this topic to enable it again.
To enable the Smart View extension for Firefox:

1. In Firefox, in the upper right corner of the browser, click , and then select Add-ons
from the drop-down menu:

2. In the left pane, select Extensions, and then scan or search the list to locate the Oracle
Smart View Office entry.

3. Click Enable, and restart Firefox.

You can restart Firefox immediately using the Restart now link, or restart Firefox at your
convenience.

Performance
Related Topics
• Performance and Memory Usage Considerations for Smart View with Excel
• Flickering Issues on Office 2013 and Office 2016
• Duplicate Queries in Word Slow to Refresh
• Session Timeout when Connected Using Vanity URLs
• Clearing Smart View Cookies
• Clearing WebView2 Cookies
• Third-Party Monitoring Tools May Impact Smart View Stability
• Issues with Dynamic Data Exchange Option in Excel
• Browser Settings When Working with XML Files on HTTP Server
• Smart View HTTP Session Timeout

4-106
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Performance and Memory Usage Considerations for Smart View with Excel
Oracle Smart View for Office is a Microsoft Office add-in. As an add-in, it is loaded in to the
Microsoft Excel process. When a report is imported into Excel through Smart View, the Excel
process consumes memory and this can negatively impact performance.
For example, instances of grids and forms, objects in the Undo buffer, XML parsing, etc., will
cause the Excel process to consume memory. Because of this, the Excel or machine memory
limit becomes the Smart View memory limit as well. This can severely impact performance.
There is no memory configuration parameter in Smart View to manage this.
Excel 32-bit and 64-bit have different memory limits:
• For Excel 32-bit, the maximum memory limit, or RAM, is 2GB.
Oracle testing showed that when Excel 32-bit memory usage reaches beyond 700 MB,
Excel can behave abnormally and can terminate unexpectedly.
• The 64-bit versions of Excel are not constrained to 2 GB of RAM, as are the 32-bit Office
applications.
For large reports, Oracle recommends using 64-bit Excel. Or consider reducing the data
being sent to Smart View by reducing the number of rows, columns, and POVs in the
reports.
Oracle suggests that you consider taking some or all of the actions listed below in an effort to
limit memory usage and improve performance.
The following actions can help to limit memory usage:
1. In the Smart View Options dialog box, Advanced tab, ensure that these options are
enabled:
• Reduce Excel File Size
• Improve Metadata Options
2. In the Options dialog box, Advanced tab, set Number of Undo Actions to '0' (zero), if
possible, or to a low number such as 1 or 2.
3. Change Excel calculation from Automatic to Manual. Go to the Excel Formulas ribbon,
then select Calculation Options, and then select Manual.
4. In the Options dialog box, Formatting tab,
a. If you have selected the Use Excel Formatting option, then you should clear the
Move Formatting on Operations option.
b. Clear the Adjust Column Width option.
c. Clear the Retain Numeric Formatting option.
5. In the Options dialog box, Extensions tab, disable any unneeded extensions.
6. In Excel, to improve performance and stability, disable or uninstall any unused add-ins. For
example, disable or uninstall the Oracle Essbase Spreadsheet Add-in. Other possible add-
ins to disable or uninstall are, for example, Adobe PDF, WebEx, or Send to Bluetooth
7. Reduce the workbook size.
8. Limit the data imported to Excel:
a. Use prompts, filters, POVs, or other ways to reduce the data returned back to Smart
View.

4-107
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

b. Enable the Suppress Rows and Suppress Columns options in the Data Options tab
of the Smart View Options dialog box.
The following actions can help to improve performance, as well as limit memory usage:
1. In the Options dialog box, Advanced tab, set Number of Undo Actions to '0' (zero), if
possible.
2. In the Options dialog box, Member Options tab, ensure that these options are cleared:
• Preserve Formulas and Comments in ad hoc options
• Formula Fill
Clear these options only if you do not need to preserve formulas or comments during ad
hoc operations.
Also, refer to the following documentation from Microsoft, "Excel 2010 Performance:
Performance and Limit Improvements":
http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ff700514(v=office.14).aspx

Flickering Issues on Office 2013 and Office 2016

When using Oracle Smart View for Office with Microsoft Office 2013 or 2016, 32-bit or 64-bit,
flickering occurs with the POV toolbar and the Smart View Panel. The flickering is likely caused
by changes in Excel 2013 and Excel 2016.
To reduce flickering, use the Health Check utility in Smart View to specify the settings for
"Disable Window Transitions on Addin Task Panes" and "Disable Animations," listed under
"Graphics Settings." Oracle advises using the recommended settings for these options. See
Performing a Health Check On Your System for more information.

Duplicate Queries in Word Slow to Refresh

In some Word documents containing a large number of queries and created prior to Oracle
Smart View for Office release 11.1.2.5.520, performance may be an issue when refreshing the
data in the document. In some cases, instead of re-using existing queries where appropriate,
each Smart View data point in the Word document is treated as a separate query. The result is
that Refresh operations can be very slow.
If the document contains many duplicate queries (that is, queries with the same name), the
duplicate queries are displayed in the Document Contents pane in Word. For example,
Document Contents might look like this:

4-108
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

The duplicate queries are SmartView14446361770 and SmartView14446541490.

You can run the Visual Basic macro below to remove the duplicate queries:

Sub DeleteExtraQueries()
'
' DeleteExtraQueries Macro
'
Dim queriesName As Variant
Dim uniqueQueriesName As New Collection
Dim varName, newList As String
Set vars = ActiveDocument.Variables

4-109
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

For i = 1 To vars.Count
varName = vars.Item(i).Name
If Not StrComp(vars.Item(i).Name, "SV_QUERY_LIST", vbTextCompare) Then
List = vars.Item(i).Value
queriesName = Split(List, "<|>")

On Error Resume Next

For Each queryName In queriesName
uniqueQueriesName.Add queryName, queryName
Next
newList = ""
For Each queryName In uniqueQueriesName
newList = newList & queryName & "<|>"
Next
newList = Left(newList, Len(newList) - 3)
vars.Item(i).Value = newList
End If

Next

End Sub

After running the macro, the two queries, SmartView14446361770 and SmartView14446541490,
appear only once in Document Contents:

Session Timeout when Connected Using Vanity URLs

You may experience a timeout error when trying to connect in Smart View using a vanity URL.
This issue is vendor-specific, as the timeout is occurring on the vanity URL provider. The
vendor is delivering the error message in this case.

Clearing Smart View Cookies

Occasionally, you may need to clear Oracle Smart View for Office cookies.
For example, after using the Disconnect All command and restarting Smart View, you may
find that you're not prompted to log in. Clearing cookies will clear the browser cache and
facilitate the signoff and subsequent login.

4-110
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

To clear Smart View cookies:

1. Close all Office applications.
2. Use either method to launch the Microsoft Windows Internet Options dialog:
• In a Windows Command Prompt, enter inetcpl.cpl
• From the Windows Control Panel, select Internet Options.
The Internet Options dialog is displayed.
3. In the General tab, click the Settings button.
The Website Data Settings dialog is displayed.
4. Optional: In the Temporary Internet Files tab, under Check for newer versions of
stored pages, select Every time I visit the webpage.
5. In the Temporary Internet Files tab, click the View files button.
A File Explorer window displays the contents of this folder:

C:\User\<user>\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache

6. Delete the contents of the AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache folder.

7. Click OK to exit the Website Data Settings dialog, and then click OK to exit the Internet
Properties dialog.
8. Restart Office, select a data provider, and provide your login credentials when prompted.
If you still experience issues, try clearing the WebView2 cache, described in Clearing
WebView2 Cookies.

Clearing WebView2 Cookies

Occasionally, you may need to clear Microsoft WebView2 cookies.
For example, after using the Disconnect All command and restarting Oracle Smart View for
Office, you may find that you're not prompted to log in. Clearing WebView2 cookies will clear
the cache and facilitate the signoff and subsequent login.
To clear WebView2 cookies:
1. Close all Office applications.
2. In File Explorer, navigate to:

%AppData%\Oracle\SmartView\WebView

3. Clear the contents of the WebView folder.

Note:
On Windows Server operating systems, clear the content of the WebView folder
and any other folders under %AppData%\Oracle\SmartView where the name
begins with WebView.

4. Restart Office, select a data provider, and provide your login credentials when prompted.
If you still experience issues, try clearing the Smart View cache, described in Clearing Smart
View Cookies.

4-111
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Third-Party Monitoring Tools May Impact Smart View Stability

Some of the applications monitoring Microsoft Office, such as MacAfee or Trellix, may interfere
with Oracle Smart View for Office. Smart View makes many Office and Windows API calls,
which may be detected, blocked, or delayed by these applications, causing stability issues for
Office and Smart View. Some users may experience Excel failing when Smart View add-in is
enabled.
Workaround: Administrators may review other applications running on the machine and adjust
the appropriate settings.
For example, for MacAfee, deselect the "Enable deep inspection of Windows API calls EDR
policy for affected hosts."
Refer to the documentation for your monitoring tools for information on disabling this option.

Issues with Dynamic Data Exchange Option in Excel

Various issues may arise when the Excel option, Ignore other applications that use
Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE), is selected. For example, there are problems launching
Excel, launching Excel files from outside of Excel, and using the Export in Query Ready
Mode option from a browser to export balances from Financial Reporting.
Workaround: Click the Microsoft Office Button (upper left corner of Excel), and then click
Excel Options. In the Advanced category, scroll down to the General options, and then clear
the Ignore other applications that use Dynamic Data Exchance (DDE) check box. Restart
Excel.

Browser Settings When Working with XML Files on HTTP Server

Web browsers may cache XML files posted on an HTTP server and referenced by Oracle
Smart View for Office. This can cause problems when using the following Smart View
functionality:
• Accessing shared connections from an XML file
This is the XML file posted on an HTTP server and noted in the Shared Connections URL
field of the Smart View Options dialog box. If you plan to access online help from a local
drive or internal web server, this file can also specify the location of the help.
• Updating extensions
Smart View references the UpdateList.xml file that is posted on an HTTP server when
Smart View end users install, update, and remove extensions in the Extensions tab of the
Options dialog box.
Complete the steps in this topic to clear the browser cache so that the latest version of the
XML file is used for the purposes noted above.
To clear the cache so that Smart View is accessing the latest XML file version posted on an
HTTP server, set the following options in the Internet Properties dialog in the Control Panel
1. Launch the Control Panel, and then select Internet Options.
2. In the General tab, Browsing history group, select Settings.
3. In the Check for newer versions of stored pages section, select Every time I visit the
webpage, and then click OK.
4. In the Internet Options dialog box, select the Advanced tab.

4-112
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

5. In the Security section, select the Empty Temporary Internet Files folder when
browser is closed option.
6. Click OK to close Internet Options and restart the browser.

Smart View HTTP Session Timeout

HTTP session timeouts can occur, for example, when working with large queries that take a
long time to run, or when you're experiencing slower internet connections.
Other errors you may see in an HTTP session timeout include:
• An "Invalid pointer" error
• "XML Load Error: XML Document must have a top level element"
To avoid HTTP session timeouts, you may add the following Windows Registry DWORDS to
the Internet Settings key:
• Key Name:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet
Settings

• Key Values:
– DWORD: ReceiveTimeout
Value data: value in milliseconds
– DWORD: KeepAliveTimeout
Value data: value in milliseconds
– DWORD: ServerInfoTimeout
Value data: value in milliseconds
For example, 900000 milliseconds is the equivalent of 15 minutes. Adjust the timing
according to your requirements.
As a guideline, 900000 milliseconds is the equivalent of 15 minutes.
To add the timeout key values to the Internet Settings registry key:
1. Ensure that all Office applications, including Outlook, are closed.
2. Launch the Windows Registry Editor.
3. Locate and then select the following registry subkey:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet
Settings

4. Add the three DWORD key values, ReceiveTimeout, KeepAliveTimeout, and

ServerInfoTimeout:
a. From the Edit menu, select New, and then select DWORD Value.
b. Type the DWORD name, and then press Enter.
c. In the Details pane, right-click DWORD you added in step 4.b, and then select
Modify.
d. In the Value data text box, type the timeout value in milliseconds, select Decimal, and
then click OK.

4-113
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

e. Repeat step 4.a through step 4.d for each of the three required DWORD key values.
5. Exit Registry Editor.
6. Restart Excel.

Smart View General

Related Topics
• Office Unknown Exception Error on a Protected Sheet
• Spreading Issue, Smart View Installation, and HsSpread.dll
• Drill-through with Chrome: Blocklist and Allowlist for Native Messaging

Office Unknown Exception Error on a Protected Sheet

Upon opening a password-protected worksheet, an exception is thrown as Oracle Smart View
for Office tries to set Range.ID, required for duplicate (non-unique) member name support. An
exception is also thrown by the Excel API on any operation that requires Smart View to write
into worksheet if the worksheet is password protected.
Note that Smart View does not work with password-protected worksheets.
If possible, try the following workarounds:
• Remove password protection.
• Rewrite macros in a way that prevents Smart View from trying to write in password-
protected worksheets.

Spreading Issue, Smart View Installation, and HsSpread.dll

In some cases, spreading is not working as expected.
Oracle Smart View for Office is not automatically spreading data from the YearTotal or Quarter
level down to the months. Data is spread automatically when entering values into forms on the
web, but the same functionality is not working in Smart View.
The issue may be due to the dynamic link library, HsSpread.dll, not being registered correctly,
which can happen when Smart View is installed by a non-admin user.
This issue affects Planning 18.02.67+ and Planning Modules 17.12.54 and later.
To fix this issue, Oracle recommends the following:
• Uninstall Smart View and reinstall as the Windows administrator. See Reinstall Smart View
as Administrator.
• If the spreading issue persists after reinstalling Smart View as the administrator, then
manually register the HsSpread.dll file. See Register HsSpread.dll.

Reinstall Smart View as Administrator

To reinstall Smart View as administrator, perform these steps:
1. Uninstall Smart View.
See Uninstalling Smart View for more information.
2. Reinstall Smart View by right-clicking SmartView.exe and selecting Run as administrator.

4-114
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

See Installing from My Oracle Support or Oracle Technical Resources for more
information.
3. Launch Excel, open a form or ad hoc grid, and verify that spreading is working.
If the spreading issue persists, complete the steps in Register HsSpread.dll.

Register HsSpread.dll
To register the HsSpread.dll with Windows:

1. Start a Windows command prompt as administrator.

2. Switch to the bin folder in your Smart View installation.
The default location is Oracle\SmartView\bin.
3. Run the following command:
C:\Windows\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v4.0.30319\regasm.exe /codebase
HsSpread.dll
4. In the command prompt, check for any errors in the output.
5. Test the spreading functionality.
If the issue persists, contact Oracle Support.

Drill-through with Chrome: Blocklist and Allowlist for Native Messaging

Drill-through with a Google Chrome browser can fail when Chrome is managed by enterprise
policy. In this case, native messaging applications can use a blocklist or an allowlist. For
example, if an administrator restricts access to all messaging hosts by using a blocklist (by
specifying "*" in the blocklist registry key), then drill-through from Oracle Smart View for Office
would not work with Chrome.
In order to enable the Smart View native application which supports the Chrome extension (the
application is C:\Oracle\SmartView\bin\SVNatvMsg.exe), then an administrator must add the
name of the application, com.oracle.smartview.nmh (as specified in
C:\Oracle\SmartView\bin\chromenmh.json) to the allowlist registry key.

Note:

• Creating a blocklist is described here:

https://cloud.google.com/docs/chrome-enterprise/policies/?
policy=NativeMessagingBlocklist
• Creating an allowlist is described here:
https://cloud.google.com/docs/chrome-enterprise/policies/?
policy=NativeMessagingAllowlist

Fixing Smart View (Mac and Browser) for Office 365 Add-in Issues
Related Topics
• Library Folders do not display in Home Panel (Clear Storage Option)
• Disabling the Popup Blocker on Chrome

4-115
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

• Clearing the Chrome Browser Cache

• Clearing the Office and Web Cache on a Mac
• Task List Display Issue
• Making Smart View (Mac and Browser) Work after Enabling SSO

Library Folders do not display in Home Panel (Clear Storage Option)

After login, sometimes the Library folder for your application does not appear in the Home
panel. For example:

If the Library folder for your application does not display in the Home panel after logging in, try
this procedure to clear Smart View cache:
1. In the Smart View ribbon, click the Options button:

2. In the Settings tab of the Options panel, click Clear Storage.

4-116
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

3. Exit and then relaunch Excel 365 on the Mac or browser.

If you have sideloaded the Smart View add-in on Excel 365 on the Mac, then you must
perform the sideload again. See Sideloading and Logging In.
4. Select the Smart View ribbon, and then select Home.
The Library folder is displayed in the Home panel along with the application cubes.

Disabling the Popup Blocker on Chrome

To use drill-through, you must disable the Chrome popup blocker for your environment.

4-117
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

To disable the Chrome popup blocker:

1. Click the Chrome menu (the three dots icon, ) on the browser toolbar.
2. Select Settings.
3. Scroll down the page and click Advanced to see more settings.

4. In the Privacy and security section, click , for Site Settings.

5. In the Pop-ups and redirects section, click .

6. Under Allow, click Add.
In the Add a site dialog, enter the URL for the environment; for example:
https://<<your env name>>.oraclecloud.com
7. Click Add.
The URL should appear in the list under Allow.

Clearing the Chrome Browser Cache

Clear the browser cache, along with the contents of two folders in Windows, before sideloading
or deploying a modified or updated manifest file in the following cases:
• If you have previously sideloaded the Oracle Smart View for Office (Mac and Browser)
add-in in an earlier session.
• If the "Include Functions support" option is enabled in the manifest file, to avoid seeing this
error:
There was an issue installing custom functions in this add-in. Please try to
install this add-in again. If this issue persists, please visit: https://aka.ms/
customfunctions-troubleshooting.
To clear the cache in Chrome:
1. Launch Chrome.

2. Click the Chrome menu (the three dots icon, ) at the right of the Chrome screen.
3. Select More tools, and then Clear browsing data.
4. Click the Advanced tab, and make these selections:
• In Time range, select All time
• Select all check box items except Passwords and other sign-in data, which is
cleared

4-118
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

5. Click Clear data.

6. In Windows File Explorer, perform these tasks:
• Clear the contents of this folder:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\Microsoft\Office\16.0\Wef\
• If it exists, clear the contents of this folder:
%userprofile%
\AppData\Local\Packages\Microsoft.Win32WebViewHost_cw5n1h2txyew y\AC\
7. Relaunch Chrome.

Clearing the Office and Web Cache on a Mac

Clear the Office and Web cache for Excel on a Mac in the following cases:
• If the provider you are connecting to has been updated; for example, after a monthly
update has been applied.
• Before sideloading or deploying a new or modified manifest file.
• If you have previously sideloaded the same Oracle Smart View for Office (Mac and
Browser) add-in in an earlier session and are experiencing issues, such as login issues.
• If the Include Functions support option is enabled in the manifest file.

4-119
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

To clear the Office cache for Excel on a Mac:

1. Clear the Office cache by manually deleting files:
a. Close all Office applications.
b. Delete the contents of the following folder:
/Users/{your_name_on_the_device}/Library/Containers/
com.Microsoft.OsfWebHost/Data/
If that folder does not exist on your Mac, then check your system for the following
folder locations and, if found, delete their contents:
~/Library/Containers/com.microsoft.excel/Data/Library/Caches
~/Library/Containers/com.microsoft.excel/Data/Library/Application Support/
Microsoft/Office/16.0/Wef
com.microsoft.Office365ServiceV2/Data/Caches/
com.microsoft.Office365ServiceV2/
For more information, see Clear the Office cache on the Microsoft support site and see
"Clear the Office cache on Mac."
2. Re-sideload or redeploy the manifest file, launch Excel, and log in to Smart View.
See Mac: Sideloading on Excel 365 and Logging In or Mac: Sideloading on Excel 365 and
Logging In.
3. Clear the web cache using the Clear Web Cache command:
a. In the Smart View ribbon, select Home.
b. Click the i icon in the upper-right corner of the Login dialog or the Home panel to
display the"personality" menu.

c. From the personality menu, select Clear Web Cache.

In this example, the personality menu is accessed from the Login screen:

4-120
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

For more information, see Clear the Office cache on the Microsoft support site and see
"Clear the Office cache on Mac."
4. Continue working in Smart View.

Task List Display Issue

The current logged-on user must be assigned to at least two task lists in order to display them
in the Task List panel.
If there is only one task list assigned to the current logged-on user, then the following message
is displayed in the Task List panel:
• Chrome:
"TypeError: e is not iterable Please close this panel"
• Mac:
"TypeError:undefined is not a function (near '...t of e...')Please close this
panel"
Workaround: Create another task list for the user.

Making Smart View (Mac and Browser) Work after Enabling SSO
After you set up SSO with an identity provider, Oracle Smart View for Office (Mac and Browser)
will not work until you complete these tasks:
• Create a new manifest file with the domain of the identity provider
• Redeploy the manifest file
For detailed information, see these topics in Deploying and Administering Oracle Smart View
for Office (Mac and Browser):
• Creating and Saving the Manifest File
• Deploying the Manifest File to Office 365 Users

4-121
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

Fixing Strategic Modeling Smart View Connection Issues

Use the information in this topic to troubleshoot if the Strategic Modeling ribbon does not
appear in Smart View (Microsoft Excel).
Related Topics
• Strategic Modeling Ribbon is not Displayed
• Even after Reinstalling Strategic Modeling, the Ribbon is not Displayed
• Strategic Modeling Node is Not Displayed in Shared Connections
• I have Other Problems

Strategic Modeling Ribbon is not Displayed

To ensure that the Strategic Modeling ribbon appears in Microsoft Excel:
1. Uninstall Strategic Modeling using Windows Control Center (Add or Remove Programs).
2. Reinstall Strategic Modeling installer. Right-click StrategicModeling.exe and select Run
as administrator.
If you do not have the installer handy, you can download it from your environment. For
instructions, see Downloading and Installing Clients in Getting Started Guide for
Administrators.
3. Verify whether the Strategic Modeling ribbon appears in Microsoft Excel.

Even after Reinstalling Strategic Modeling, the Ribbon is not Displayed

This happens if your computer did not correctly register the Strategic Modeling extension
SMExtension.dll. Check the Windows Registry to ensure that the path of SMExtension.dll is
valid.

Note:
The following instructions are for Windows 10. Procedures for other Windows
versions may be slightly different.

1. Open the Registry Editor application. Type Registry Editor in Windows Search and then
click Registry Editor.
2. Click Yes to confirm that you want the application to make changes to your device.
3. Navigate to the appropriate entry:
64 Bit Operating Systems:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ORACLE\SmartView\extensions\{2AB4F430-ED75-4dad-
A8A5-6AA2FB9D35DF}
32 Bit Operating Systems:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\ORACLE\SmartView\extensions\{2AB4F430-
ED75-4dad-A8A5-6AA2FB9D35DF}
4. Make sure that the default string data points to the location where SMExtension.dll
stored, generally,
C:\Oracle\Middleware\EPMSystem11R1\products\hsf\Client\bin-64\smextension.dll
(64 bit computer) or

4-122
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

C:\Oracle\Middleware\EPMSystem11R1\products\hsf\Client\bin\smextension.dll (32
bit computer). See the following illustration:

5. Close the Registry Editor.

6. Restart your computer.

Strategic Modeling Node is Not Displayed in Shared Connections

The Strategic Modeling node does not appear as a selectable option (see the following
illustration) if the Strategic Modeling server is not properly registered on your computer.

To correctly register the Strategic Modeling provider:

1. Start a Windows Command Prompt as an Administrator.
2. Change directory to the Strategic Modeling binaries folder, generally:
64 Bit Operating Systems:
C:\Oracle\Middleware\EPMSystem11R1\products\hsf\Client\bin-64
32 Bit Operating Systems:
C:\Oracle\Middleware\EPMSystem11R1\products\hsf\Client\bin
3. Run the following command to unregister the Strategic Modeling server:

HSFSVProvider.exe /UnRegServer

4. Run the following command to register the Strategic Modeling server:

HSFSVProvider.exe /UnRegServer

4-123
 Chapter 4
Fixing Smart View Issues

I have Other Problems

The following problems may occur if the EPM_ORACLE_HOME system environment variable is not
defined or points to an invalid location.
• Models are not visible under the Models node
• An error is displayed when you open a model
• Models open, but you experience an Excel crash
• Reports are not formatted correctly
Verify that EPM_ORACLE_HOME system environment variable is defined on your computer and that
it points to the Strategic Modeling installation folder, generally,
C:\Oracle\Middleware\EPMSystem11R1. You must be an Administrator user to add or modify
Windows system environment variables.

Getting Help
If the preceding information fails to resolve your issue, seek help from Oracle.
1. Generate a Fiddler trace file of your session while performing the activity that results in a
functional or performance issue. See Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information.
Watch this overview video for information on configuring Fiddler to capture HTTPS traffic.

Overview Video
If you are unable to generate a Fiddler trace file of your session, see Collecting Network
Performance Trace Using a Browser for information on collecting network trace using a
browser.
2. Create a Provide Feedback submission, which includes the steps (and screenshots)
leading up to the occurrence of this issue.
Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
3. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Fiddler trace or network diagnostic HAR file that you created in Step 1.
• Microsoft Windows version.
• Microsoft Office version being used.
• Smart View version being used.
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Is the language setting the same across the Operating System, Microsoft Excel, Smart
View, and User Preferences?
• If the issue is with Enterprise Journals, is the Smart View connection to Enterprise
Journal successful?
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the performance was acceptable previously, but is not now, the date, time, and time
zone when performance was acceptable.

4-124
 Chapter 4
Fixing Workforce Issues

• Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the performance
was acceptable.
• Changes that you made to the application since the last time when the performance
was acceptable.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Fixing Workforce Issues

Applies to
Planning Modules and Strategic Workforce Planning

In this Section
• Resolving the Assignment of Double Benefits in Workforce
• Resolving HSP_ID_xxxx Errors while Running Rules in Workforce
• Troubleshooting New Hire Requisition being Added to Existing Requisition Issue

Resolving the Assignment of Double Benefits in Workforce

In Workforce, sometimes, benefits are assigned twice to employees.
This issue occurs when you assign employee records to All Union Code, which is meant to
only capture the defaults applicable to multiple union codes. All Union Code is not meant to be
assigned as a property of an employee.
In Workforce, employee records should be assigned to a specific Union Code and not to All
Union Code. If you load Applicable Union Code as the out-of-the-box OWP_All Union Code,
additional earnings, benefits, and taxes get doubled. To resolve this issue, ensure that you do
not load data to the members such as OWP_All Union Code, OWP_All Jobs, and OPW_All
Pay Type, which are pre-seeded depending on the chosen level of granularity.

Resolving HSP_ID_xxxx Errors while Running Rules in Workforce

What Causes HSP_ID_XXXX Errors
HSP_ID_xxxx errors can be caused by the following:
• Migrating only the Oracle Essbase data from one environment to another.
• Deleting members from a component, account (for example, options and tiers) or driver
dimension (for example, union code and employee type) which is already assigned to
employees as Smart List values.
• Deleting members from the Financials cube used as Smart List values in the Workforce
Financials mappings.

Fixing HSP_ID_xxxx Errors

The easiest method to fix HSP_ID_xxxx errors is to perform a complete migration of the
application using an application snapshot. If this is not possible, use the following instructions
to fix invalid data and correct HSP_ID_xxxx errors.
Fix Invalid Data

4-125
 Chapter 4
Fixing Workforce Issues

Using Oracle Smart View for Office, perform an ad hoc analysis on the Identify invalid data
form. Change the form definition to arrange all lev0 entities (employees, jobs, and periods) in
rows and OWP_Financial Account (if enabled) in columns so that you can easily identify invalid
data.
Fix any invalid data present in the application.
Correct HSP_IDs
If you find no invalid data in the application, use the following procedure to find HSP_ids that
cause the error ad fix them.
1. Using a browser, sign into your Workforce environment.
2. Export data to a CSV file.
a. From the Home page, select Application and then Overview.
b. From Actions, select Export Data.
c. In Export Data, click Create.
d. In Export Data, for Dynamic Members option, select Exclude.
e. Define the Slice Definition: In Slice Definition, select lev0 accounts in Row, lev 0
period in Column, and other dimensions in Point of View for data export. Note: Select
the members of the Smart Lists OWP_Option, OWP_Tier, OWP_Salary Basis, and
No Property from Property dimension).
f. Click Export.
3. Open the CSV file that you created by exporting application data.
4. Using the error number as the search string, search the CSV file to locate the intersection
that is causing the error. For example, if the error is HSP_ID_1234, search for 1234.
5. In Workforce, review and correct the data as needed until all reported errors are fixed.

Fixing Member HSP_ID_0 Specified External Reference Formula does not Exist Error
Load all mandatory fields in Workforce.
For more information, see Checklist for Compensation Calculation in Administering Planning
Modules .

Troubleshooting New Hire Requisition being Added to Existing Requisition

Issue
This issue occurs under the following conditions:
• You cleared the OWP_IsEmpty flag, which determines the next member to be added, using a
custom rule.
• You added new hires using Data Integration, but did not set the value for the OWP_IsEmpty
flag.
To fix this issue, set the OWP_IsEmpty flag to yes again at the intersection of new hire employee
member and/or job, any other sparse dimension member, and at specific members of the
following dimensions:
Account: OWP_IsEmpty

Year: "No Year"

4-126
 Chapter 4
Fixing Strategic Modeling Issues

Property: "No Property"

Period: "BegBalance"

Getting Help
If your issue persists after trying the preceding tips, seek help from Oracle Support. See
Getting Help From Oracle.
Submit the following:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission for
information on providing feedback from Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management screens.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request for instructions. In the service request:
– Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when the issue
was first noticed.
– A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
– Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Fixing Strategic Modeling Issues

Applies to
Planning and Planning Modules

In this Section
• Fixing General Issues
• Fixing Smart View Extension Issues
• Fixing Strategic Modeling Web Issues
• Getting Help

Fixing General Issues

• Imports fail if the snapshot being imported contains models, consolidations, or templates
that have the same name as those in the existing Strategic Modeling model.
To correct this issue, delete duplicate artifacts from the target environment before starting
the import process.
• If the data map does not reflect the changes that were made to the Strategic Modeling
model, use one of these synchronize actions:
– Click Synchronize on the data maps listing page to refresh the data map to reflect
changes made to the Planning cube referenced in the data map.

4-127
 Chapter 4
Fixing Strategic Modeling Issues

– Click Synchronize after opening the data map to refresh the data map to reflect the
changes that were made to the Strategic Modeling model referenced in the data map.
• To improve data map performance, consider these options:
– Reduce the number of entities used in the data map
– If Planning is the source for the data map, be sure to follow Oracle Essbase best
practices. For example, because a member containing a complex formula that takes
time to execute may create performance issues for the data map execution, Oracle
recommends that you not use members which have such complex formulas as part of
a data map.

Fixing Smart View Extension Issues

• Ensure that the version of the Strategic Modeling Oracle Smart View for Office extension is
the same as the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management version of the
environment.
To check the version of Strategic Modeling Smart View extension, in Smart View, select
Options and then Extensions.
• To improve performance, reduce the number of accounts in the Account View by creating
account groups with smaller number of accounts and checking in the model. The model,
when checked out or reopened, defaults to the Account View it was checked in with.
• In some cases, turning off formatting in User Preferences improves performance. To
access formatting preference setting:
1. Click Start on the Strategic Modeling ribbon and select User Preferences.
2. Click Accounts.
• For Freestyle reports, better performance may be achieved by assigning cell attributes by
sheet, row, or column instead of assigning attributes for each cell.
• If a calculation reports a circular error, load the file in Smart View and troubleshoot the
issue using the Where Used dialog box, which allows you to see where an account is
used. You may also use the audit trail to track down this information.
For example, the report may show that v0385:397/e in the first forecast period in May
2021 requires v0385:401/e in the same period. Repeated use of the Where Used dialog
box may show the following information ending with v0385:397/e, which is where the
calculation started:

v0385:397/e is used by
v0385:399/e is used by
v1680:100/e is used by
v0360:419/e is used by
v0360:499 is used by
v0360:500 is used by
v0360:750 is used by
v0360:999 is used by
v0385:401/e is used by
v0385:397/e

Fixing Strategic Modeling Web Issues

Note that not all Microsoft Excel charts and graphs are supported on Strategic Modeling web.
Currently, only two-dimensional versions of the following chart types are supported:

4-128
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

• Bar
• Line
• Pie
When designing Freestyle reports in Excel, avoid the unsupported artifacts and layouts. For
example, embedded images such as logos are not supported.

Getting Help
If your issue persists after trying the preceding tips, seek help from Oracle Support. See
Getting Help From Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Submit a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request for instructions. The service request must
contain:
• Whether the issue occurs with the Oracle Smart View for Office extension, Strategic
Modeling web, or both.
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
• Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
• Specify whether this is a critical outage.

Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in

Financial Consolidation and Close
Financial Consolidation and Close performance issues may be caused by poor application
design, use of unnecessary calculations, suboptimal customizations, lack of regular
housekeeping, or a software bug. It may also be caused by functional issues.

Applies to
Financial Consolidation and Close

Reasons for Performance Degradation and Functional Issues

As a first step to diagnose issues, view recommendations on how to optimize your application,
such as running a configuration task or enabling a substitution variable. For detailed
information, see Viewing Application Recommendations in Administering Financial
Consolidation and Close.
To identify and correct factors that cause performance degradation, use these steps:
• Use the Dense Sparse Optimization Option

4-129
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

• Poor Application Design

• Identify Unnecessary Calculations
• Optimize Configurations and Extensions
• Perform Regular Housekeeping
• Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Consolidation Rules
• Consider Using Control To-Date View Storage
• Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Calculation (Insertion Point)
Rules
• Enable Consolidation Rules Logs and Submit Feedback to Oracle
• Address Functional Issues
• Get Help from Oracle

Use the Dense Sparse Optimization Option

All new Financial Consolidation and Close applications, by default, are created to use the
Dense Sparse Optimization option that uses Period and Movement as the dense dimensions.
Older applications used the Standard option of Account as the dense dimension.
Unless you have a valid business requirement to use the Standard option, migrate existing
applications to use the Dense Sparse Optimization option to improve consolidation
performance.
The Dense Sparse Optimization option is available only if your environment is on Hybrid-
enabled Oracle Essbase. If your environment is not on hybrid-enabled Essbase, see these
sources for more information:
• About Essbase in Cloud EPM in Getting Started Guide for Administrators
• recreate command in Working with EPM Automate
To update existing applications to use the Dense Sparse Optimization option, use the migration
utility, which is available from the Application Overview screen. When you create or migrate an
application with Period and Movement as dense dimensions, Financial Consolidation and
Close makes the required changes to seeded members and member formulas.

Prerequisites
Before converting an existing application to use the Dense Sparse Optimization option:
• Ensure there are no metadata validation errors.
• Ensure there are no pending metadata changes and that Refresh Database has run
successfully.
• Make a backup of the application.
• Disable scheduled jobs and reschedule daily maintenance so that it does not interfere with
the migration.

Migration Steps
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application, and then Overview.
3. From Actions, select Make Period and Movement Dense to launch the Migration wizard.

4-130
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

4. Confirm that you already completed the pre-conversion actions, then click Next and follow
the prompts in the Migration wizard.
5. Wait for the migration process to finish, then log out of the application and log back in.

Post-Migration Steps
1. Review all member formulas that you created, insertion points, and on demand rules to
ensure that they are written following the best practices.
2. Ensure that the solve order for all parent account members is set to 58. You must set the
solve order of any new parent Account member to 58.
3. Recreate Data Export jobs. Because Period and Movement are now dense dimensions,
put either of them in the column instead of Account.
4. Make these changes to saved metadata load files (csvs) so that they can be used to import
metadata into the migrated application:
• Account.csv: Set the solve order of all parent accounts to 58.
• Movement.csv: Set all parent movements to Dynamic Calc. Remove the solve order
for all members.
• Data Source.csv: Remove solve order for all members.

Poor Application Design

Faced with performance issues, a Service Administrator must review the application design
and validate metadata to ensure that the application will yield optimal performance.

Using the Simplified Dimension Editor to Review and Fix Errors

Optimal consolidation performance requires that metadata properties of each dimension in the
application are set correctly. Incorrect metadata properties may cause consolidation errors,
leading to poor performance. Use the Simplified Dimension Editor to verify that your
metadata abides by the best practices for consolidation.
Review application dimensions to ensure that they are defined with the correct member
properties. For information on reviewing member properties, see Editing Member Properties in
the Simplified Dimension Editor in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.
To review and fix errors:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. On the Dimensions tab, click the name of the dimension, for example, Account, that you
want to evaluate.
The Edit Member Properties screen for the selected dimension is displayed.

a. Click Zoom In All Levels .

b. Click Validate Metadata Definition .

A validation pane, which lists the validation errors in the current dimension, is
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
c. Use Fix Validation Errors to select and fix each validation error. Click Apply to apply
changes to the metadata property value.
d. Click Save after fixing all validation errors.
e. Click Cancel to return to the Dimensions tab.

4-131
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

4. Repeat Step 3 for each dimension.

5. Refresh the database.
a. From Actions, select Refresh Database.
b. Click Create.
c. In Refresh the database, set actions that are to be completed before and after
refreshing the database.
d. Click Refresh Database.
6. Run Consolidation to check if performance has improved.

Validating Metadata
Use the Metadata Validator to ensure that metadata properties, such as assigned default and
consol cube data storage, consolidation operator, and parent member are valid. Invalid
metadata property assignment may cause errors during consolidation, leading to poor
performance.
To validate metadata using the Metadata Validator:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. From Actions, select Validate Metadata.
4. In Validate Metadata, click Run.
Errors, if any, are displayed in [Parent].[Child] format, along with an error description. For
detailed information on error messages, see Metadata Validation Messages in
Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.
5. Open the Dimension Editor and correct the reported metadata errors. See About Editing
Dimensions in the Simplified Dimension Editor in Administering Financial Consolidation
and Close.

Identify Unnecessary Calculations

Financial Consolidation and Close performs many default calculations during the consolidation
process. A Service Administrator must ensure that the process runs only calculations that are
necessary for the organization's needs. Turning off unnecessary calculations could yield
performance improvements.
See Consolidation Process in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close for a detailed
discussion of the consolidation process.

Consider Turning Off Automatic Calculation of Balance Seeded Account

If the Balance Sheet is out of balance, a balancing amount is calculated and posted to
Balance, a seeded account. You may disable this calculation if you do not want the application
to automatically balance the Balance Sheet for a scenario.
To stop automatic calculation of Balance seeded account:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Consolidation.
3. Click Balance the Balance Sheet on Local Currency tab.
4. Add an exclusion for one or more scenarios:

4-132
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

a. Under Disabled Scenarios, click Add Scenario and select the scenario for which you
do not want automatically calculate the Balance seeded account. You may disable this
calculation for all scenarios, if you so want.

b. Click Save and Deploy to save and activate the exclusion rule.
5. Run Consolidation.

Consider Turning Off Ratio Calculations

Most ratios, including Liquidity Ratios, Asset Management Ratios, Profitability Ratios, and
Leverage Ratios, are dynamically calculated as needed. The two performance ratios, Days
Sales in Inventory, and Days Sales in Receivables, are calculated as part of the consolidation
process. If you do not use these ratio calculations, consider excluding them from selected
scenarios to improve performance. This option is available only if the Asset Management
feature is enabled. See Ratio Calculation in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close
for instructions to disable ratio calculations.

Consider Processing System Calculations on Custom Dimensions Using Top Member

By default, Financial Consolidation and Close performs system calculations for all level 0
members of the custom dimensions in the application. Consider processing system
calculations using Top Member instead of level 0 members if your application does not require
the level of detail provided by system calculations on level 0 members.

Note:
This suggestion does not apply to extended dimension-based applications.

To process system calculations on custom dimensions using Top Member:

1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Consolidation.
3. Click Options.
The System Calculation Options dialog box, listing the custom dimensions in the
application, is displayed.
4. Select the custom dimensions for which Top Member processing is to be activated.

4-133
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

5. Click Save.

Optimize Configurations and Extensions

Use of suboptimal logic in consolidation extensions and configurations can adversely impact
performance.
You can extend the default consolidation logic of Financial Consolidation and Close
applications. Methods that can be used to extend the consolidation logic include the following:
• Member formulas
• Calculation logic
• Translation or consolidation overrides
Use the information in the Activity Report, specifically, the information in the following sections,
to identify scripts that take considerable time to run:
• Top 10 Worst Performing Business Rules over 30 Seconds
• Top 5 Worst Performing Calc Scripts Commands over 1 Min
• Top 10 Worst Performing Essbase Queries over 15 seconds
See About the Activity Report in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

Review Member Formulas

Review member formulas to optimize calculations and logic and to remove unnecessary
formulas. You can review member formulas using Oracle Smart View for Office.
Use the Edit Member Properties screen to review, edit, and remove formulas from a
dimension. You can remove formulas only from custom dimensions. Seeded formulas on
default (out-of-the-box) dimensions, for example, YTD, cannot be removed.
To edit or remove formulas from custom dimensions:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. Click Dimensions to open the Simplified Dimension Editor.
4. Click the name of the dimension that you want to work with.

5. Click Zoom in All Levels .

6. In the Console Formula column, locate the formula that you want to edit or remove.

4-134
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

You may remove columns from the current view to declutter the screen by right-clicking in
the column header and deselecting some columns.
7. Edit or delete the formula, as needed, and then click Save to preserve your changes.
8. Click Save and then Cancel in Edit Member Properties.

Disable Custom Calculations Deployed to the Application

Financial Consolidation and Close uses many predefined rules templates to assist in the local
currency or multi-currency calculation process. You may have modified these by including
custom scripts and redeploying them to the application. To verify that custom calculation scripts
are not affecting performance, disable (comment) out the custom scripts, redeploy them to the
application, and then perform the consolidation.
To disable custom calculations:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Consolidation.
3. On the Consolidation Process tab, click Local Currency.
4. Click After Opening Balance Carry Forward or Final Calculations to open Calculation
Manager.
5. In Calculation Manager, display available rules by expanding EPM Cloud, then the node
for your application, then Consol, and then Rules.
6. Comment out the custom script and redeploy the rule:
a. Right-click a rule, for example, FCCS_10_After Opening Balance Carry
Forward_Local_Currency, and select Open.
b. Comment out any custom script to revert the rule to its default state, as shown in the
following illustration:

c. Redeploy the rule and then run consolidation to check performance.

If performance improves, revise and optimize the script, paying special attention to roll
ups and ad hoc calculations that may affect performance. You should then redeploy
the rule to the application.

4-135
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

If performance does not improve, you can assume that this rule is not contributing to
performance degradation. You should restore the custom script and then redeploy the
rule to the application.
7. Perform Step 6 for each rule.

Undeploy Consolidation Rules

1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Consolidation.
3. On the Consolidation Process tab, click Consolidated.
4. Click Configurable Consolidation.
Manage Consolidation Rules opens.
5. Undeploy the consolidation rule set, one at a time, and then run consolidation to assess
performance.

If performance improves, revise and optimize the rules in the rule set. You should then
redeploy the rules and rule sets to the application.
If performance does not improve, you can assume that this rule set is not contributing to
performance degradation. You should redeploy the rule set to the application.

Add Substitution Variables

Consider adding these substitution variables to evaluate whether they increase the
consolidation performance.

Note:
These substitution variables are not created by default; you must manually create
them and enable them. For each substitution variable, use the setting Cube = Consol
to enable the variable and Value = true to utilize it during Consolidations.

• EnableSimpleAggregation
Create this substitution variable and set its value to true to optimize consolidation
performance during roll-up.

4-136
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Note:
EnableSimpleAggregation and EnableOptimalBlockCreation are mutually
exclusive. When EnableSimpleAggregation is set to true, the consolidation
process treats EnableOptimalBlockCreation value as false, whether or not a
value is set in the application.

• OptimizeDBRefresh
Create this substitution variable and set its value to true to optimize performance while
pushing exchange rates from Rates to the Consolidation cube.
• OptimizeYTDCalculation
Create this substitution variable and set its value to true to optimize the performance of
YTD calculations during Consolidations.

Note:
OptimizeYTDCalculation shows optimized consolidation performance for
extended dimensionality application only.

• OptimizeConcurrency
Create and enable this substitution variable and set its value to true to take advantage of
higher concurrency during Consolidations.
The Consolidate and Translate business rules in Financial Consolidation and Close
execute on multiple entities. Oracle Essbase can execute business rules calculations
concurrently using multi-threading. Using the OptimizeConcurrency variable forces
Financial Consolidation and Close calculations to make judicious use of multiple Essbase
process threads so that calculations run faster.
• OptimizePelimCalculation
This substitution variable, when set to True, improves Partner Eliminations (PElim)
performance. If there is a consolidation performance degradation when deploying a user-
created Partner Eliminations Configurable Consolidation Rule that has an account re-
direction, adding this variable can provide significant performance improvement.
• EnableYearlyConsol
This substitution variable, when set to True, can improve performance for multi-period
consolidations in applications that use the Dense/Sparse Optimization option (where
Period and Movement are the Dense dimensions). This substitution variable is applicable if
the application meets all of these conditions:
– The application uses the Dense/Sparse Optimization option (Period and Movement are
Dense dimensions)
– The application has two or more dirty periods, and two or more hierarchy levels
– The dirty entities are identical across periods
– Equity Pickup sequence is not enabled
• ParallelCustomDimDSO
If set to True, this substitution variable improves the performance of the consolidation
process in applications with Dense/Sparse Optimization, where the Period and Movement

4-137
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

dimensions are Dense dimensions. To see performance improvements, you should set this
substitution variable to True.
• ParallelCustomDimTranslation
When set to True, this substitution variable can improve the performance of the
consolidation process in applications with Dense/Sparse Optimization, where the Period
and Movement dimensions are Dense dimensions. To see performance improvements,
you should set this substitution variables to True. If any degradation is noticed, set the
variable to False or delete it.

Note:
The degree of performance improvement provided by OptimizeConcurrency,
OptimizePelimCalculation, EnableYearlyConsol,
ParallelCustomDimDSO, and ParallelCustomDimTranslation varies widely
across applications as it is driven purely by the application design and data
distribution.

Perform Regular Housekeeping

A Service Administrator must perform needed housekeeping tasks on a regular basis to guard
against performance degradation. Tuning the Oracle Essbase by regularly removing
unnecessary data blocks and ensuring that data block structure is stored efficiently are
essential for optimal consolidation performance.

Note:
You may run the restructureCube EPM Automate command to remove empty blocks
and restructure the cube.

Clear Empty Blocks

Clearing empty blocks helps optimize database calculation speed. For example, if an initial
calculation creates numerous consolidated level blocks, subsequent recalculations take longer,
because the calculation must pass through the additional blocks.
To clear empty blocks:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. In the Home page, click Rules.

3. In the Business Rules tab, click Launch in the ClearEmptyBlocks row.

4. In Business Rules, select the scenario, year, and period for which empty blocks are to be
cleared.

4-138
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

5. Click Launch.
6. Run consolidation.

Restructure Dense Cubes

Data fragmentation occurs naturally in Block Storage (BSO) databases as a result of end user
data updates, incremental data loads, and executing calculations. The performance of
Financial Consolidation and Close application will be impacted if the database is fragmented.
To check if a cube restructuring is required:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Consolidation.
3. Launch Calculation Manager by clicking Final Calculations.

4. In Calculation Manager, click Database Properties .

5. In the left pane of Database Properties, expand EPM Cloud, then the node of your
application, and then click Consol.
6. In the right pane, click Statistics.
7. Check the value of Average clustering ratio. If the displayed value is 1.00 (maximum) or
close to it, a restructuring is not required. If the value is much lower, for example,
0.01032828, you must restructure the cube to defragment it.
Before running this command, ensure that no one is using the application.
To restructure a cube:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Jobs.
3. Schedule and run the Restructure Cube job.
a. Click Schedule Jobs.

4-139
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

b. From What type of job is this?, select Restructure Cube.

c. Select Run Now to start the restructuring immediately. Click Next, and then Finish.
Alternatively, you can schedule the job to start at a later time.

Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Consolidation

Rules
Performance of configurable consolidation rules in Financial Consolidation and Close may be
caused by not limiting the scope of the calculation (poor selection of source members in
custom rules) or by the use of multiple stored members from a dense dimension, for example,
as the source of the rule.
You can use an automated or manual approach to resolve performance issues:
• Automated Approach to Resolve Performance Issues
• Manual Approach to Resolve Performance Issues

Automated Approach to Resolve Performance Issues

Note:
This approach to resolving performance issues is not applicable to Dense Storage
Option (DSO) applications.

This approach to resolving performance issues is implemented as a part of consolidation and

involves these steps:
• Executing the Create System Accounts configuration task
• Setting optimizeConfigConsol substitution variable

Executing the Create System Accounts Configuration Task

As a part of executing the Create System Accounts configuration task, Financial Consolidation
and Close creates these temporary system accounts under FCCS_System Accounts.
• FCCS_ConsolAccount1

4-140
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

• FCCS_ConsolAccount2
These temporary accounts are used internally as a part of consolidation. The data storage type
of these accounts should be set to Never Share. For FCCS_ConsolAccount1, the account type
should be Asset while for FCCS_ConsolAccount2 the account type should be Revenue.

Financial Consolidation and Close handles six account types that fall into two buckets:
• Bucket 1: Asset, Expense
• Bucket 2: Revenue, Liability, Equity, Saved Assumption
Data values must be reversed if source and target selections belong to different buckets. For
instance, if the source selection of a configuration rule has multiple accounts from Bucket 1
and Bucket 2, you must check the account type of target selection and use either
FCCS_ConsolAccount1 or FCCS_ConsolAccount2 as the source temporary account.

Setting optimizeConfigConsol Substitution Variable

Set the value of the substitution variable optimizeConfigConsol to true to enable the
automated approach to resolving performance issues.

Manual Approach to Resolve Performance Issues

Checking for Poor Rules Design
To ensure correct results and optimal performance, as a best practice, always specify
dimensions and members against which calculations are to be run.
Optimal consolidation rules performance requires the scope of calculation be restricted to the
required dimensions and members. Not adding the necessary dimensions and members to a
calculation forces the rule to run against all the possible member combinations. For example,
the following sample rule requires that calculations be run only against the custom dimension
member No Department. Adding the dimension member in the source results in faster
execution by making the rule run only against No Department.

4-141
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Checking for Multiple Stored Members in the Source of the Rule (Account Dimension)
Performance degradation may occur when many level 0 stored accounts in a source of
consolidation rule are redirected to a single destination account. In such scenarios, Oracle
recommends that you create a place holder account member with stored data storage and
write an insertion rule in FCCS_110 (single currency applications) or FCCS_30 (multicurrency
applications) to redirect the children amount into it. You can then use the place holder account
in the source of the consolidation rules in place of the dynamic parent to ensure faster
execution of the rule.

Use Case: Resolving Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Consolidation

Rules
This example assumes that 100 P/L accounts (Acc_001 through Acc_100) exist under the
dynamic parent Retained Earnings Current, which is one of the many P/L accounts in an
application. See the following graphic.

The rules that use Retained Earnings Current as a source either directly or indirectly through
references are illustrated in the following graphic.

4-142
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

In the preceding indirect reference, all the Level 0 children of Retained Earnings Current are
indirectly a part of the source because it comes under Total Equity.

The following steps are involved in changing the rule definition and adding a redirection script
to make the rule execution faster:
1. Create a placeholder account.
Create a memo account named Retained Earning_Memo under FCCS_BalanceSheet. Set
the consolidation operator to ignore (~) and data storage to Store. All other properties will
be identical to those of the dynamic parent. As shown in the following illustration, the
Retained Earning_Memo place holder account will hold values for Retained Earnings
Current.

4-143
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

2. Refresh the cube.

3. In FCCS_30, copy source income values to the Retained Earning_Memo. You may use the
following sample script to copy the children values to Retained Earning_Memo. Be sure to
modify the script as needed to fit your requirements. See Configurable Calculations Best
Practices in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close for information on best
practices for performance of configurable calculations.

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE;// Use with Hybrid environments only.

FIX("FCCS_Entity Input", "Parent Currency", "Opening Balance",
@RELATIVE("FCCS_Total Data Source", 0), @RELATIVE("FCCS_Intercompany Top",
0))
"Retained Earning_Memo" (
@CALCMODE(BOTTOMUP);
@SUM(@RELATIVE("FCCS_Retained Earnings Current", 0) AND
@LIST(@UDA("Account", "REVENUE") OR @UDA("Account", "LIABILITY") OR
@UDA("Account", "EQUITY") OR @UDA("Account", "SAVED ASSUMPTION"))) -
@SUM(@RELATIVE("FCCS_Retained Earnings Current", 0) AND
@LIST(@UDA("Account", "EXPENSE") OR @UDA("Account", "ASSET")));
)
ENDFIX

4. Use Retained Earning_Memo as the source in configurable consolidation rules where

Retained Earnings Current is used.
a. If ILvl0Descendants(Retained Earnings Current) is directly used in source: The
following illustration shows the rule before implementing the recommendations in this
use case.

4-144
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

The following illustration shows the rule after implementing the recommendations in
this use case.

b. If ILvl0Descendants(Retained Earnings Current) is indirectly used: The following

illustration shows the rule before implementing the recommendations in this use case.

4-145
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

The following illustration shows the rule after implementing the recommendations in
this use case.

Consider Using Control To-Date View Storage

If you have a very large application leading to increased consolidation time, consider enabling
the Control To-Date View Storage feature. For a description of this feature and how to enable
it, see Using the Control To-Date View Storage Option in Administering Financial Consolidation
and Close.

Diagnosing Performance Issues After Deploying Configurable Calculation

(Insertion Point) Rules
Configurable calculations can be used to implement the use-cases that are not provided by the
out of the box consolidation process.
• Multi-currency applications: Configurable calculations can be written for the processing
of Local Currency (untranslated entity level data), Translated (translated entity level data),
and Consolidated data.
• Single currency applications: Configurable calculations can be written for the processing
of Local Currency (untranslated entity level data) and Consolidated data.
These calculations, invoked by Financial Consolidation and Close when a consolidation
process is run, cannot be invoked as standalone calculations. Poorly written configurable
calculations can severely impact the run time performance of the consolidation process. The
Recommendations card of Financial Consolidation and Close displays warnings about rules
that can cause performance degradation during consolidation. These warnings, which are
pointers to the best practices that you should follow while writing configurable calculation
scripts, could, potentially, improve the consolidation performance. For detailed information, see
Resolving Calc Script Validation Warnings in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.
Additionally, use the following suggestions to improve the performance of configurable
calculations.
• Run Local Currency configurable calculations as on demand rules

4-146
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

• Disable CALC DIM logic

• Set HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT
• Run configurable calculations in BOTTOMUP manner
• Use BLOCK mode calculations
• Consider the total members on right hand side of the expression

Running Local Currency Configurable Calculations as On Demand Rules

Configurable calculations written for Local Currency are run for Entity Currency and Entity
Input members from Currency and Consolidation dimensions respectively. With some changes,
Local Currency configurable calculations can be written as On Demand Rules (ODRs).
Benefits to this approach include:
• Shortens consolidation time.
Assume that it takes five minutes for a user to copy prior period (locked) values to current
period at Entity Currency and Entity Input level. This task has to be done only one because
the prior period value is not likely to change. Including this calculation in Local Currency
configurable calculations will cause it to run every time consolidation is invoked causing
the consolidation time to increase. Moving such calculations as ODRs allows you to invoke
them when required, saving time. In this scenario, by avoiding the copying of prior period
data saves you five minutes of consolidation time per period.
• Helps debug Local Currency configurable calculations.
Consider a use-case where you need to execute calculation logic at Local Currency and
Entity Input level during every consolidation. Because such rules have to be a part of Local
Currency configurable calculations, each attempt to debug performance issues with rules
requires you to run consolidation, which is a time consuming process. To save time, you
can move Local Currency configurable calculations as ODRs, debug and fine tune them,
and then move them back in as Local Currency configurable calculations.
• Provides easy run-time access and statistics.
ODRs can be invoked from the Financial Consolidation and Close Rules card or directly
from Calculation Manager. ODRs run from Calculation Manager generate statistics that
help identify where the processing time is being spent and the members on which the
calculation is run. Follow these steps to collect run time statistics:
1. Access Calculation Manager and launch an ODR.

2. Select run time prompts.

3. Click OK in Launch Status.
The Log Messages tab is displayed. This tab displays run time statistics.

4-147
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Moving a Configurable Calculation to ODR

When configurable calculations are written for Local Currency, you cannot use members from
Scenario, Year, Period, and Entity dimensions in FIX, as the anchor, or on the left side of an
expression; you can only use members from Currency and Consolidation dimensions. As Local
Currency rules are invoked during consolidation process, members of Scenario, Year, Period
and Entities dimensions that are supplied to consolidation process as Run Time Prompts
(RTPs) are considered.
You cannot use Scenario, Year, Period, Entity, Currency, and Consolidation dimension
members in ODRs. Relevant dimension members are provided as RTPs to initiate the ODR
run.

Disabling CALC DIM Logic

When you create configurable calculation scripts for an insertion point, Financial Consolidation
and Close automatically generates data at parent levels so that these parent members are
available in the next insertion point. Financial Consolidation and Close adds CALC DIM logic to
roll up the data that you populate. Processing this added CALC DIM logic is a time-consuming
process depending upon the complexity of your hierarchy. If you do not need to refer to
recalculated parent members in later insertion points, you may speed up the overall
consolidation process by disabling the CALC DIM logic that Financial Consolidation and Close
adds for insertion points.

Note:
Disabling CALC DIM logic affects the consolidation script generation. Carefully check
your consolidation results after Disabling CALC DIM logic.

To prevent Financial Consolidation and Close from generating unnecessary CALC DIM logic in
multi-currency applications, define the appropriate Substitution Variables from the following list
and set them to True

• CONFCALC_FCCS10_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS20_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS25_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS30_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS40_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS50_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS60_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS70_DISABLECALCDIM
For example, assume that you have written custom logic in the FCCS_10 and FCCS_20
configurable calculation rules. If you want to disable CALC DIM logic for FCCS_20, but not for
FCCS_10, you should define a Substitution Variable named
CONFCALC_FCCS20_DISABLECALCDIM and set it to True.

To prevent Financial Consolidation and Close from generating unnecessary CALC DIM logic in
single currency applications, define the appropriate Substitution Variables from the following list
and set them to True

• CONFCALC_FCCS110_DISABLECALCDIM

4-148
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

• CONFCALC_FCCS120_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS130_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS140_DISABLECALCDIM
• CONFCALC_FCCS150_DISABLECALCDIM

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT
The SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT command controls whether or not the specific block in a
calculation script execute in hybrid mode.
Consider the following configurable calculations script in Local Currency, After Opening
Balance Carry Forward rule:

FIX("Entity Currency", "Entity Input")

FIX("Data Input", "No Intercompany", "Local GAAP", "No Intercompany",
"No Products")
"Changes In Cash"(
"Cash" = "Bank" -> "Total Product";
)
ENDFIX
ENDFIX

On initiating consolidation, for configurable calculations, Financial Consolidation and Close

enables hybrid mode by encapsulating the rule with SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT FULL; and
the SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE; commands, which are not visible in Calculation
Manager. These commands are not added for ODRs.

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT FULL;

FIX("Entity Currency", "Entity Input")
FIX("Data Input", "No Intercompany", "Local GAAP", "No Intercompany",
"No Products")
"Changes In Cash"(
"Cash" = "Bank" -> "Total Product";
)
ENDFIX
ENDFIX

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE;

To ensure that switching-on hybrid mode during consolidation for configurable calculations is
not impeding performance, turn off hybrid mode (see the following sample) and then run the
consolidation.

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT FULL;

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE;

FIX("Entity Currency", "Entity Input")
FIX("Data Input", "No Intercompany", "Local GAAP", "No Intercompany",
"No Products")
"Changes In Cash"(
"Cash" = "Bank" -> "Total Product";
)
ENDFIX

4-149
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

ENDFIX

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE;

Run Configurable Calculations in a BOTTOMUP Manner

Running configurable calculations in TOPDOWN manner may slow them down. Consequently
the consolidation process that invokes the calculations slows down. To avoid this issue, make
sure to run configurable calculations in a BOTTOMUP manner. For more information, see
@CALCMODE in Essbase Technical Reference.
While switching to BOTTOMUP calculations, ensure that destination blocks exist and that the
data is calculated correctly.

Use BLOCK Mode Calculations

Because CELL mode calculations may slow down configurable calculations, be sure to run
them in BLOCK mode. For more information, see @CALCMODE in Essbase Technical
Reference.
While switching to BLOCK mode calculations, carefully consider data dependencies within the
block to ensure that the resulting data is accurate.

Consider the Number of Members on the Right Hand Side of the Expression
Some times, you may need to pull aggregated data to No members as in the following
example:

"Target_Account_Stored" -> "Mvmt_None" = "FCCS_Mvmts_Subtotal"

-> "Source_Account_DynamicCalc" -> "Total Custom1" -> "Total Custom2";

This example tries to store the result of the dynamic calculation on the right side into a stored
dense member. Financial Consolidation and Close, by default, encapsulates this configurable
calculation within SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT FULL; and SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE;
commands. However, even after encapsulation, this calculation may not perform well because
it is reading from top members. To improve performance, you can rewrite such calculations to
iterate over the level 0 members of required dimensions instead of reading from top members
as illustrated in the following example:

SET HYBRIDBSOINCALCSCRIPT NONE; /*Turn off hybrid mode */

FIX(@RELATIVE( "Total Custom1", 0 ), @RELATIVE( "Total Custom2", 0 ), <other
dimension members of FIX> )
"FCCS_Mvmts_Subtotal" ( @CALCMODE( BOTTOMUP );
"Target_Account_Stored" -> "Mvmt_None" =
"Target_Account_Stored" -> "Mvmt_None" + "Source_Account_DynamicCalc";
)
ENDFIX

Enable Consolidation Rules Logs and Submit Feedback to Oracle

If the corrective steps suggested in the preceding sections failed to resolve your performance
issues, submit a technical service request to Oracle Support.
Before creating a service request, turn on consolidation log files, run consolidation, and then
use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to identify
and fix your problem.

4-150
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Turn on Consolidation Log Files

To turn on consolidation rules log files:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Settings.
3. In Application Settings, under Other Options, select Yes as the value for Enable
Consolidation Rules Logging.
4. Click Save.
5. Run consolidation.

Restart Financial Consolidation and Close

Consolidation rules log files are analyzed when you restart Financial Consolidation and Close.
To restart the Financial Consolidation and Close environment:
1. Using the login EPM Automate command, sign in to the environment as a Service
Administrator.
2. Run the resetService command. For example:
epmautomate resetservice "Some Comment" -f
3. Review the Top 5 Consolidation and Translation Jobs by Duration table in the Activity
Report to determine if you can troubleshoot consolidation issues on your own. See Top 5
Consolidation and Translation Jobs by Duration in Getting Started Guide for
Administrators.

Address Functional Issues

Functional issues, such as the following, are not addressed by the preceding steps:
• The application displays Essbase Data Cache Full error and terminates
consolidation.
• The application displays The following value is not valid for the runtime
prompt <ENTITY_NAME> error when users select an entity for consolidation.

Journals posted to FX members

The consolidation process clears the journals posted to FCCS_Mvmts_FX_Movement member.
You should not manually enter or post data or journals to the FX members in the Movement
dimension.

Resolving Essbase Data Cache Full Error

Generally, the Financial Consolidation and Close application displays the Essbase Data
Cache Full error because a shared member appears ahead of the primary member in the
metadata hierarchy.
Corrective Actions
1. Use Oracle Smart View for Office or the Dimension Editor to view the hierarchy and locate
the shared member that appears ahead of the primary member in the hierarchy.

4-151
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

2. Move the primary member ahead of the shared member in the hierarchy.
3. Refresh the database.
4. Run the consolidation rule that failed.

Resolving the Unable to select an entity for consolidation Error

You cannot launch consolidations for an entity that cannot be calculated correctly. In the
illustration, us_Ops cannot be selected because it does not have a check mark for POV
selector.

Additionally, typing in the name of an unselectable entity into the Consolidate screen displays
the The following value is not valid for the rentime prompt: us_Ops
error.

4-152
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

To resolve the Unable to select an entity for consolidation error:

1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.

2. On the Home page, click Application and then Valid Intersections.
3. Disable the valid intersection rule for the entity that cannot be selected for consolidation.

Understanding Consolidation Effects on Journals

Consolidation clears manually entered journal input, parent input, and parent currency data
that journals post against the FCCS_Mvmts_FX_Movement member.
You cannot manually enter or post data or journals to the FX members in the Movement
dimension. Because FCCS_Mvmts_FX_Movement members are calculated members,
Financial Consolidation and Close clears manually entered data during the consolidation
process.

4-153
 Chapter 4
Diagnosing Consolidation Failures and Performance Issues in Financial Consolidation and Close

Get Help from Oracle

After completing the preceding troubleshooting steps, if the issue is not fixed, review these
factors and then seek help from Oracle:
• Recent changes to the application.
Compare the following tables in the Activity Report with the information available in an
Activity Report from a previous date when the rule was working well. This comparison will
help you identify application design changes that have taken place between the two dates:
– Application Size
– Essbase BSO Cube Statistics
– Top 5 Consolidation and Translation Jobs by Duration
• Recent changes in the use of calculations (for example, different values of run-time
prompts and change in user or substitution variables), and rules (for example, more
concurrent users).
• Use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to
identify and fix your problem. Optionally, consent to submitting the snapshot to Oracle. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Submit a technical service request indicating the reference number that the Provide
Feedback utility created. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
In the service request, answer these questions:
1. Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
2. When was the issue first observed? (required)
3. Was there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
4. Are there any remaining metadata validation errors? If yes, why are you unable to
clear them?
5. Did you fix all the Insertion Rules warnings listed in Resolving Calc Script Validation
Warnings in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close?
6. How many users are experiencing the problem (all, one, some)? If only some users
are experiencing this problem, what distinguishes them from those that are not facing
this issue (access level, security assignments, etc., if known)?
7. Are you migrating from Oracle Hyperion Financial Management?
8. Is this a critical outage?
Provide the following to Oracle in the service request:
– A document identifying the outcome of the troubleshooting steps that you performed
based on the sections in this guide.
– Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the consolidation
was working or performing as expected.
– POVs
– User and substitution variables
– Expected and actual performance parameters (for example, expected time for
consolidation versus actual time)

4-154
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Approval Process Issues

Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Approval

Process Issues
Applies to
Financial Consolidation and Close
This section lists some of the most common reasons that cause errors in the Financial
Consolidation and Close approval process.

Invalid Data Error While Locking an Entity

You may receive the Invalid Data error while locking an entity. This error can occur because
of these reasons:
• You did not lock the prior period of the target entity or its descendants.
• You did not lock the previous periods of the current year of this target entity or its
descendants.
If you are using the Approval card to lock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

Invalid Data Error While Unlocking an Entity

You may receive the Invalid Data error while unlocking an entity. This error can occur if any
of the future periods of the current year of this target entity or its descendants is locked.
If you are using the Approval card to unlock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

Intermittent Failure During the Approval Process

Sometimes, approval process such as Lock, Unlock, Promote, and Approve fails intermittently.
Workaround: After initiating the action from the Approval card, do not refresh the page
repeatedly. Wait for a while for the action to complete and then refresh the page.

Failed: Ambiguous Automatic User Error While Starting an Entity

Only a Service Administrators can start an entity for the approval process. The approval Start
process assigns the owner for entity and places it in the correct location of the promotional
path. The Start process will not assign an owner to the target entity if both the following
conditions are true:
• You did not assign an owner to the root level of the Approval Unit Hierarchy
• You did not assign an owner to the descendant entity within the root level
To avoid this error, ensure that at least one owner is assigned to the root level entity of the
Approval Unit Hierarchy. This allows all descendants that does not have an assigned owner to
inherit the owner assignment from the root entity.

Getting Help
After completing the preceding troubleshooting steps, if the issue is not fixed, review these
factors and then seek help from Oracle:

4-155
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Enterprise Journal Issues

• Use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to
identify and fix your problem. Optionally, consent to submitting the snapshot to Oracle. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Submit a technical service request indicating the reference number that the Provide
Feedback utility created. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
In the service request, answer these questions:
1. Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
2. When was the issue first observed? (required)
3. Was there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
4. Are there any remaining metadata validation errors? If yes, why are you unable to
clear them?
5. Are you migrating from Oracle Hyperion Financial Management?
6. Is this is a critical outage?

Troubleshooting Financial Consolidation and Close Enterprise

Journal Issues
Applies to
Financial Consolidation and Close
If you face an Enterprise Journals creation or posting issue, contact Oracle Support for
assistance. Follow these steps:
• Use the Provide Feedback utility to gather the information that Oracle Support needs to
identify and fix your problem. Optionally, consent to submitting the snapshot to Oracle. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Submit a technical service request indicating the reference number that the Provide
Feedback utility created. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. In the service
request, answer these questions:
For ad hoc creation issues:
1. Is the journal template deployed successfully to the selected period?
2. Is the logged in user listed as ad hoc user in the Journal Template?
3. Which screen (Financial Consolidation and Close screen or Oracle Smart View for
Office) did you use to create the ad hoc?
4. Is the issue happening for all users?
5. Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
6. When was the issue first observed?
7. Was there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
8. Is this is a critical outage?
For posting issues:
1. The type of ERP posting (direct, using REST API, or using EPM Automate) being
used.
2. The ERP system being used (Oracle Fusion ERP, Oracle NetSuite, Oracle E-business
Suite (EBS), SAP, or other).
3. If other, the name of the ERP system.

4-156
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

4. Does the issue occur for all Journals?

5. If you attempted to post the journal, what is the Posting Status (Not Posted, Ready To
Post, Posting In Progress, Posted, or Failed).
6. Is there a notified downtime of the target ERP?
7. Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
8. When was the issue first observed?
9. Was there any recent application or usage change that could have caused this issue?
10. Is this is a critical outage?

Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Applies to
Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management, and Profitability and Cost Management.

In this Section
• Application Design Best Practices
• Troubleshooting Calculation Issues
• Getting Help

Application Design Best Practices

Related Topics
• Managing Application Scalability
Allocation processes are capable of expanding the size of the initial data many times over.
• Managing Dimension Design
Dimension design can have a big impact on reporting and calculation performance.
• Managing Application Logic Design
Create a map of your application design before creating rules.
• Maintaining an Optimized Calculation System
An optimized calculation system requires you to manage historical data volumes and
application rule growth, and test enhancements to optional calculation methods.

Managing Application Scalability

Allocation processes are capable of expanding the size of the initial data many times over.
Allocation rules take the original data values at the leaf level and split them across all
destination cells. It is not unusual to find that, after executing allocation rules, your data has
increased to hundreds of times its original size. A waterfall of allocation rules can split these
smaller amounts into many smaller values.
Thinking about the data scale early in the design process is required to avoid dealing with
millions of microscopic data points at the end of the model calculations. Expanded data can
severely complicate integrating results from Profitability and Cost Management with
downstream reporting systems or generating data extracts for sending back to the GL.

4-157
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Dimension Count
The best means of keeping data growth under control is to consider factors early in the design
phase that will impact data scale, especially in a post allocated state. The number of
dimensions used in the application is the first scalability consideration.
Be cautious about adding more dimensions to the data without a solid reason. Data growth in
Profitability and Cost Management is mostly impacted by the number of splits of data into
smaller and smaller values. Before adding new dimensions, verify that a new physical
dimension is required. First time Profitability and Cost Management designers commonly adopt
all of the dimensions present in the source data simply because they are there and might,
someday, be needed.
Consider if the dimension is required for either reporting final results or differentiating data in
order to support an allocation process . If neither of these are true, you should strongly
consider eliminating the dimension.
If the additional dimension is really an alternate expression of an existing dimension, consider
using an alternate hierarchy or attribute dimension instead. This will provide the means for
reporting on the desired categories without increasing data size.
While limiting dimensions is strongly advised, adding a dimension for future growth is a good
idea. As long as the dimension is only using a single "nomember" selection in all model
artifacts, the "spare" dimension will have little impact on performance.

Dimension Member Count

Data scale in Profitability and Cost Management is a function of the number of dimensions and
the size (member count) of those dimensions. The range sizes for rules are impacted by both
dimension count and member count.
When designing the application, it is wise to be judicious in the use of very large dimensions.
Profitability and Cost Management applications work best when the dimensions are fewer and
smaller. This is not to say that Profitability and Cost Management cannot handle large and
sparse dimensions, but that using many large dimensions can cause performance issues in
calculation once you start design rules to work across the vast and sparse ranges that are
caused by using many large dimensions.
Use the same rationale for member detail within a dimension as you do for choosing
dimensions in the first place:
• Will the detail be needed for reporting?
• Is it needed to differentiate data to support allocation logic?
If the answer to both questions is no, you should consider using a more aggregated level of
members in the dimension. For example, use Cost Pools instead of the lowest level account or
Product Family instead of SKU.

Attributes and UDAs

Attributes are powerful tools for both reporting and allocation logic; however, the management
of the associations between base members and Attribute members can sometimes become
cumbersome. Using UDAs instead of Attributes is advisable when you are working with very
large base dimensions (10,000+) or a large number of unique attribute values.

4-158
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Data Scale Management

Being aware of the possible negative impacts of uncontrolled data growth early in the design
cycle is important. It is important to resist the urge to add every last bit of detail to the
application in the quest to support any reporting need that might ever occur. Know the
reporting requirements of the application before you start designing it. This is the only way the
designer will be able to answer the question "do we really need that level of detail….?"
With this knowledge in hand, there are two key design methods for limiting growth:
• Summarize Starting Data
• Summarize Allocation Midpoints

Summarize Starting Data

Not all data is truly needed. As discussed earlier, the use of summarization points in data
before it is loaded is one of the best tools. Account detail is a common example. Rather than
loading expenses at the lowest level of detail, use aggregate cost pools instead. Use this
strategy for every dimension where possible in your data. Refer to the earlier questions
regarding detail needed for reporting or allocation process.
Ask these questions to determine whether details are needed for the reporting or allocation
process:
• Is the detail needed for reporting?
• Is the detail needed to differentiate data to support allocation logic?
This step alone can shrink starting data size by one or more orders of scale.

Summarize Allocation Midpoints

Similar to starting data points, there are natural funnel points in an application where detail
levels used in previous allocations step are no longer required. In these cases, using a pooling
strategy in the middle stages of an application can help reshrink data down to a more
manageable size.
This is especially useful in a stage immediately prior to allocating financial data out to market
facing dimensions like Customer, Region/Territory, Product/SKU. Market facing dimensions are
usually the largest dimensions in an application, and are the stage where data explosion
commonly happens.
If you can slim down the data scale after operational center allocations, you will have fewer
data points to allocate across market intersections, and the end result will be a smaller data
set.

Managing Dimension Design

Dimension design can have a big impact on reporting and calculation performance.
Profitability and Cost Management uses an Oracle Essbase Aggregate Storage (ASO)
Database. ASO databases have different performance characteristics and optimization
methods than the block storage (BSO) databases used by other Oracle EPM business
processes.

Dimension Types
Oracle Essbase ASO offers three dimension types:

4-159
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

• Stored
• Dynamic
• Hierarchies Enabled

Stored
In general, stored dimensions offer the best performance for both calculation and reporting.

Stored Dimensions Support

• Fastest aggregation
• Shared members
• Attributes and UDAs

Limitations
• Members may only use the Addition (+) consolidation operator
• No member formulas
• Shared members must appear after the base member of the share

Dynamic
Dynamic dimensions offer the most design flexibility, but at the cost of limiting calculation and
reporting performance.

Dynamic Dimensions Support

• Any consolidation operator (+, -, *, /, ~)
• Member formula
• Shared members
• Attributes and UDAs

Dynamic Dimensions Limitations

• Slowest aggregation
This has an impact on both calculation and reporting performance. Using multiple dynamic
dimensions in an application compounds this problem.
• Shared members must appear after the base member of the share

Hierarchies Enabled
Hierarchies Enabled dimensions offer a hybrid of Stored and Dynamic hierarchies that allow
parts of the dimension to act and perform similar to Stored dimensions and other hierarchies to
act and perform similar to Dynamic dimensions

Hierarchies Enabled Dimensions Support

• A combination of multiple Stored and Dynamic Hierarchies
• Stored hierarchies have the same feature support and limitations as the Stored Dimension
type.
• Dynamic hierarchies have the same feature support and limitations as the Dynamic
Dimension type.

4-160
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Hierarchies’ Enabled Dimension Limitations

• The first Generation 2 member hierarchy must be a Stored hierarchy type.
• The root member must have data storage of Label Only

Hierarchy Top Levels

The top levels of dimensions can have an impact on usability in reporting tools and in
Profitability and Cost Management screens like Rule Balancing that use a Model View. In
general, setting up the dimension so that data rolls up to the root member naturally will make
the dimension easier to use in reports.

Rollup and Reporting

Whenever possible, ensure that all data in the main hierarchy rolls up to the top member in the
dimension. This enables users to skip making an explicit member selection in reports if they
want to see all data for that dimension. This also simplifies the use of Rule Balancing and other
reporting tools used in an ad hoc fashion.

No Member
A common approach to mixing data with irregular dimensionality is to use members that
designate the data point to not have a reference in the dimension. Using a "No" member such
as "NoProduct" supports storing data that has not yet been designated to a specific product.
When using a "No" member in a Hierarchies Enabled dimension, it is advisable to place the
"No" member in the 1st generation 2 hierarchy. This helps simplify reporting by ensuring that all
data points for the dimension, including data not yet attributed in that dimension, aggregate to
the top of the dimension.

Best Practice Example

Using a Product hierarchy as an example:

Single Hierarchy Dimension

Dimension Root Member (Product) Data Storage: Store Data
1st Generation 2 Hierarchy (Total Product) Aggregation Operator: Addition
• 1st Child (All Products) Aggregation Operator: Addition. The rest of the Product hierarchy
is placed under this member.
• 2nd Child (NoProduct) Aggregation Operator: Addition. This is the member used if data
points don’t have an associated Product member.

Multiple Hierarchy Dimension

Dimension Root Member (Product) Data Storage: Label Only
• 1st Generation 2 Hierarchy (Total Product) Aggregation Operator: Addition.
– 1st Child (All Products) Aggregation Operator: Addition. The rest of the Product
hierarchy is placed under this member.
– 2nd Child (NoProduct) Aggregation Operator: Addition. This is the member used if
data points don’t have an associated Product member.
• 2nd Generation 2 Hierarchy (Alternate Hierarchy) Aggregation Operator: Ignore.

4-161
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

• 3rd Generation 2 Hierarchy (Alternate Hierarchy) Aggregation Operator: Ignore.

• …Nth Generation 2 Hierarchy (Alternate Hierarchy) Aggregation Operator: Ignore.

Shared Members
Shared members are copies of base members that appear in an alternate hierarchy. Alternate
hierarchies are useful for reporting as well as for controlling allocation rule logic. When using
shared members in rules, or using the parents of shared members in rules, you can only use
level 0 shares. This means that the base member of the shared member is level 0. Using an
upper level share can cause calculation failures.

Duplicate Members
Duplicate members are base members (not shared members) that store data and have
identical names. Profitability and Cost Management supports duplicate members across
different dimensions but not duplicate members within the same dimension.
Duplicate dimension members are useful in cases where costs are tracked as they move from
a source organization unit to a destination organizational unit, and it is necessary to report on
the costs moved between the sources and targets.
While Profitability and Cost Management supports duplicate members, there are challenges
created by using them. In Oracle Essbase, the data cells containing data must be uniquely
identified. When no duplicate members are used, the system uses the member name
combination to identify a cell.
With duplicate members, a further qualification is required. For example, instead of referring to
a data cell organization member (for example, "Marketing") the reference must also include the
dimension (for example, "Entity.TotalEntitiy.Administration.Marketing"). The finer qualification
required for duplicate members can cause issues when creating reports and modifying
dimensions, particularly in moving members. When a duplicate member is moved, its fully
qualified name has changed. This causes the Database Redeploy process to be unable to find
a proper cell for data after modifying the dimension, and will result in dropped data values.
Rather than creating duplicate dimensions, you should prefix the members of one or both
dimensions to avoid creating duplicates.

Managing Application Logic Design

Create a map of your application design before creating rules.
Related Topics
• Simple Strategies for Managing Rule Count
• Major Allocation Rule Types
• Rule Ranges
• Using Parallel Execution in Rulesets
• Custom Calculation Rules

Simple Strategies for Managing Rule Count

It is best to create a map of your application design before beginning to create rules. Many
users dive into replicating allocations from a legacy system before looking at the total scope of
allocation rules and trying to rationalize the entire process. In many cases, if you can take a
fresh look at the process and consider many of the tools that Profitability and Cost

4-162
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Management provides, you can find ways to reduce steps in the process and make the
process easier to understand – and easier to explain to others.
• Identify Where Common Logic Can be Applied Using a Single Rule
• Use the Absence of Driver Data as an Allocation Filter

Identify Where Common Logic Can be Applied Using a Single Rule

This is usually the place where migrations of legacy allocation rules to Profitability and Cost
Management first encounter challenges and where there are easy solutions. If you identify
allocation patterns that are common among many departments or entities, it is likely that you
can combine many steps from a legacy process into a single rule in Profitability and Cost
Management.
Check for cases where many areas of your logic require allocation to the same set of
destinations using the same driver value. In these cases, the Same as Source option on the
Destination tab will allow you to run many parallel allocation steps in a single rule.

Use the Absence of Driver Data as an Allocation Filter

In cases where members in your destination range that should receive an allocation are
scattered among members that should not receive an allocation, keep in mind that just
because a member is part of the destination it does not automatically receive an allocated
amount. The allocations are only sent to destinations that have a driver value.
Using this behavior of the allocation engine to your advantage, you can create a single rule
that crosses a wider range of sources and destinations but will only allocate to the intersections
where it finds driver data. This allows you to create a single rule, where in a legacy system,
you may have had to create many rules.

Major Allocation Rule Types

Allocation rules move data from one or more sources to targets. Allocation rules spread data
based on an allocation driver; they determine the flow of allocated data and allocation
amounts. They have a defined source and destination with options for defining a driver basis
and accounting offset.
The allocation relationships in each rule impact the methods that Profitability and Cost
Management uses to construct calculation logic and how the Oracle Essbase engine executes
it. Not all rule types are equal in terms of performance. The major allocation rule types in order
of performance (best performing first) are as follows:
• Simple Dimension Extension (SDE)
• Complex Dimension Extension (CDE)
• Simple Reclassification (SR)
• Complex Reclassification (CR)
• Same as Source, Different Dimension (SAD)

Allocation Rule Types and Options

The following table identifies allocation rules in order of performance, It identifies the member
selection options allowed for each rule type.
Generally, to comply with the requirements of each rule type, you must abide by certain
conditions while selecting the source, destination, and driver options as listed in the following
table. For example, for SDE rule type, source selection can be one level 0 member or any

4-163
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

other member. If the source is a level 0 member for an SDE rule type, the destination can be
one of the following:
• A level 0 member
• Any other member if no Driver selection is made for that dimension
If the source of an SDE rule type is any member other than a level 0 member, condition for
source dimension selection requires that the destination property be set to Same As Source.
Consider this SDE rule definition where Source is Currency (USD): The destination must be
set as Same As Source(Currency) so that the source currency is used in the destination.

Table 4-1 Allocation Rule Type and Allowed Member Selection Options

Member Selection Options Allowed for each Rule Type

Rule Type Source Dimensions Destination Dimensions Driver Dimensions

Simple • A single level 0 • At least one Same as • Allocate evenly
Dimension member Source • Specified Driver
Extension • Any other member • A single level 0 Location is a Level 0
selection if the member Tuple
Destination • Any other member
Dimension is Same as selection if no Driver
Source for the same selection made for
dimension same dimension
Complex • A single level 0 • At least one Same as • Allocate evenly
Dimension member Source • Specified Driver
Extension • Any other member • A single level 0 Location is a Level 0
selection if the member Tuple
Destination • Any other member • Specified Driver
Dimension is Same as selection Location is not a
Source for the same Level 0 Tuple
dimension
Simple • A single level 0 • Same as Source • Allocate evenly
Reclassificatio member • A single level 0 • Specified Driver
n • Any other member member Location is a Level 0
selection • Any other member Tuple
selection of no Driver
selection made for
the same dimension
Complex • A single level 0 • Same as Source • Allocate evenly
Reclassificatio member • A single level 0 • Specified Driver
n • Any other member member Location is a Level 0
selection • Any other member Tuple
selection • Specified Driver
Location is not a
Level 0 Tuple
Same as • A single level 0 • Same as Source • Allocate evenly
Source, member • Same as Source, • Specified Driver
Different • Any other member Different Dimension Location is a Level 0
Dimension selection • Any other member Tuple
selection • Specified Driver
Location is not a
Level 0 Tuple

4-164
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Rule Ranges
Another aspect of rule design that impacts performance are source and destination or target
ranges. Careful management of the rule ranges can boost performance.
• Range Size and Sparsity
• Using Source Segmentation
• Using Filters or Alternate Hierarchies
• Avoiding Multiple Member Selections for a Dimension in Source and Destination
• Avoiding Using Negative Driver Data Values
• Avoiding Using Dynamic Members as Drivers

Range Size and Sparsity

In general, the larger the source, destination, or target range is, the longer the rule takes to
execute. Some rules are able to execute across extremely large ranges, but some are not. The
rule type has a larger impact on calculation time; however, for a given rule/rule type, a smaller
source and destination range executes faster. Be wary of creating rules with extremely large
ranges. You can review ranges on the Rule Definition screen or in the Execution statistics
report.

Using Source Segmentation

One option for reducing source range is to split a rule into several smaller rules by using the
same destination and driver basis definitions, and splitting the source range into smaller parts.
You may do this manually using several rules, or you can use the Source Segmentation option
on the rule’s source tab to have the system split execution into smaller segments automatically.

Using Filters or Alternate Hierarchies

In some cases, the members that need to be included in either the source or the destination
are not naturally housed together in the native hierarchy. Using alternate hierarchies to group
members in a way that makes them more "rule friendly" is one way to limit rule ranges and
make rule logic easier to understand. Another option is using attribute filters.

Avoiding Multiple Member Selections for a Dimension in Source and Destination

Source and destination member selections for dimensions can impact calculation performance
depending on how they are specified. In general, calculation performance is improved when
the members desired for a dimension are specified with fewer upper level member selections
instead of many lower level or level 0 member selections.
Using a single upper level member provides the best performance. In cases where the natural
hierarchy doesn’t easily support groupings needed for allocations, consider creating alternate
hierarchies that allow you to select fewer (ideally one) upper level member to specify the group
of level 0 members you want to include in the source or destination.

Avoiding Using Negative Driver Data Values

Driver data with negative values can create challenges for the allocation engine that can result
in unexpected and unusable results. The allocation engine uses the driver values found at
each destination location as a numerator in the ratio Driver Value / Sum of All Driver Values.
This allocation ratio is multiplied by the source value to determine the AllocationIn amount to
apply to the destination. Using a mix of positive and negative driver values creates cases

4-165
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

where the denominator is no longer accurate and can cause inflation and deflation of
AllocationIn amounts in the rule results. These results are very difficult to explain and justify, so
it is best practice to avoid this situation entirely.

Avoiding Using Dynamic Members as Drivers

If a driver value requires a formula, it is best to calculate the value before allocation rules are
executed. During rule execution, every possible destination location is reviewed by the rule to
determine what the driver value is at that location. If a calculated member is referenced as the
driver, then the system must execute the member formula for every possible location. This can
result in potentially billions of unnecessary computations which severely impact rule
performance.
A better solution is to prepare driver data for the rule by preceding it with a custom calculation
rule to execute the formula needed and store the driver value in a stored member. This allows
the allocation rule to execute normally and quickly skip locations without any driver data.

Using Parallel Execution in Rulesets

In some cases, executing rules in a parallel fashion can help overall performance in Profitability
and Cost Management. Calculation options are set at the Ruleset level and affect all rules in
the Ruleset. The default option for all Rulesets is sequential processing. This means that every
rule is executed individually, and all rules in the Ruleset are executed one by one.

Ensure that Your Rules are Parallel Safe

Rules often have an impact on the execution of other rules. If one rule allocates into the source
range of another rule, the sequence of running the rules can have a dramatic impact on the
final result. This is why the default calculation option is sequential.
If there are rules that can safely be executed in parallel, then using the parallel calculation
option can help improve performance. Set the parallel processing option on the Ruleset or
Rulesets you want to enable. You also need to set the Maximum Concurrent Threads option on
the Application Properties screen.

Experiment with the Number of Threads

Finding the right level of concurrent threads is a matter of experimentation. There is a point at
which performance improvements cease, and the use of additional threads to launch additional
rules is counterproductive. The best practice for parallel calculation is to test Rulesets starting
with four concurrent threads and gradually increase the number of threads until performance
improvements stop. While rules that do not mix source ranges are good candidates for parallel
processing, their destination ranges may still share common locations. In these cases, Oracle
Essbase will still have to pause one rule until the other one has finished writing destination
data. For this reason, you will see a point at which increasing the thread count no longer helps
with performance.

Custom Calculation Rules

Custom Calculation Rules are impacted by large target ranges in the same way as Allocation
rules. In general, smaller ranges execute faster. In almost all cases, using the NONENPTYTUPLE
statement in your rule formula helps performance, especially if the target range for the rule is
very large.

4-166
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Maintaining an Optimized Calculation System

An optimized calculation system requires you to manage historical data volumes and
application rule growth, and test enhancements to optional calculation methods.
Related Topics
• Managing Historical Data Volumes with a Reporting System
• Managing Application Rule Growth
• Testing Optional Calculation Method Enhancements

Managing Historical Data Volumes with a Reporting System

Calculation processes in Profitability and Cost Management require a high volume of data
reads, writes, and clears during the processing of rules. The overall size of data in the
calculation database can impact the speed of clearing data. Data clears occur during the initial
stages of a calculation job when previously calculated values are being cleared as well as
during the processing of rules as the system writes and clear temporary data storage used for
processing individual rules. Profitability and Cost Management clears data of previously
calculated values during the initial stages of a calculation job. During the processing of rules,
the system writes and clears temporary data storage used for processing individual rules.
Minimizing the overall database size helps the calculation system maintain optimal calculation
run times.
A common strategy to minimize data volumes in the calculation system is to create a
Profitability and Cost Management reporting archive system to house the historical results
required for reporting but not required for processing the current periodic results. Once
calculations result validations are completed for current periodic data, the data can be migrated
to the reporting system and the calculation system can be cleared in preparation for the next
periodic cycle.

Managing Application Rule Growth

System interaction, backup, and migration performance can be affected by the growth in the
number of rules across all POVs in the application. As part of system startup, rule definitions
for all rules in all POVs are loaded into memory. This cache of rule definition data helps
Profitability and Cost Management maintain fast response times in the interface as well as in
creating calculation commands when rules are run.
Over time, the normal project processes may lead to the creation of many copies of rules.
Eventually, the proliferation of rules will impact performance. Service Administrators should
track the growth of rules to maintain optimal performance.
Rule growth can be minimized by removing unnecessary rules from POVs and by adopting a
Model POV concept instead of copying rules to every POV.

Remove Unnecessary Rules from POVs

When rules in a POV are no longer required for calculation, use one of the following methods
to remove the rules:
• Clear POV option in the Manage POV screen of Profitability and Cost Management
• clearPOVEPM Automate command
• Run ML Clear POV REST API

4-167
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Clearing rules may be done independently of clearing data.

Adopt a Model POV Concept Instead of Copying Rules to Every POV

A better option to manage rule growth is to adopt the Model POV concept. Because
Profitability and Cost Management allows the use of rules in one POV to be executed against
one or more other POVs, you can manage one approved set of rules in a reference or Model
POV and execute them against other POVs. This practice is particularly useful in cases where
the rules do not change or change infrequently; for example, for actuals or for multi period
budgeting or forecasting where the same rules are used for many periods.

Testing Optional Calculation Method Enhancements

Standard Profitability and Cost Management calculation processes are designed to yield
consistent and reliable calculation results. Profitability and Cost Management offers Logical
Clear Enhancement and Allocation Rule Non Tuple Enhancement optional calculation
settings that may help enhance performance in some cases. These should be carefully tested
for possible regressions of both performance and validity of the calculated results before
promoting them to a production environment.

Logical Clear Enhancement

The Logical Clear Enhancement can help improve the overall calculation times when the data
growth in the database impacts database clear processes. For detailed information, see
Managing Historical Data Volumes with a Reporting System.
Oracle recommends enabling this calculation enhancement if the application starts to
demonstrate an overall slowdown in calculation times for all rules and minimizing the data
volumes does not improve performance.

Tip:
You can use the EPCM_CALC_CLEAR_TYPE substitution variable to specify
whether to use Physical or Logical clear. The valid values for this substitution variable
are Logical or Physical. When this variable is not present, the default is Logical.
See Defining Logical Versus Physical Clear in Administering and Working with
Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management.

Allocation Rule Non Empty Tuple Enhancement

The Allocation Rule Non Empty Tuple (NET) enhancement can improve the calculation times
for Simple Reclassification (SR) rules. This enhancement may be the solution if you
experience long run times for SR rules with very large and very sparse source or destination
ranges. In some cases the allocation logic of the affected rules is conducive to improvements
while in others it is not. Regression testing is critical before promoting this calculation
enhancement to a production environment.

Tip:
You can use the EPCM_CALC_NET_ENABLE substitution variable to enable
Allocation Rule Non Empty Tuple (NET). The valid values for this substitution variable
are Yes or No. When this variable is not present, the default is No. See Enabling
Allocation Rule Non Empty Tuple in Administering and Working with Enterprise
Profitability and Cost Management.

4-168
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Troubleshooting Calculation Issues

Related Topics
• Reviewing Calculation Results
Profitability and Cost Management provides a number of tools for monitoring and reviewing
calculation results.
• Validating Rule Results
If you need to investigate the outputs of specific rules, there are multiple tools to assist
you.
• Reviewing Metadata Impacts on Rules
Modification of the application dimensions can have a significant impact on rules.
• Terminating Long Running Jobs

Reviewing Calculation Results

Profitability and Cost Management provides a number of tools for monitoring and reviewing
calculation results.
Related Topics
• Job Library
• Execution Statistics
• Point of View (POV) Statistics

Job Library
The Job Library provides a history of all jobs run and the characteristics of each job:
• POVs run and calculation options selected
• Job Comments entered by the user that can provide insight on any special characteristics
of the job, such as which rule or rules were changed for a test run, or other details that can
help the user differentiate or recognize specific jobs
• Execution times

Execution Statistics
The Execution Statistics report provides a greater level of detail about a calculation run than
the Job Library. Use the Execution Statistics report to investigate all job warnings and errors,
rule by rule execution times, rule range sizes, script generation effort and total cells updated.
• Review Job Warnings: The job warnings and errors section can provide direction on
issues that were found with specific rules or errors that caused a job to fail.
• Find Long Running Rules: When diagnosing performance, the rule execution times in the
Execution Statistics report make it easy to find the rules that take the longest to execute.
These rules should be the first option in looking for optimization through alternate rule
designs.
• Compare Rule Performance to Past Runs: When investigating performance, it is very
useful to compare the performance of the calc run to a baseline run. Using the Excel option
in generating the Execution Statistics report makes it possible to create spreadsheet with
execution times for two runs side by side.

4-169
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

• Review the Model Design Best Practices: If the rules are not performing as expected,
review the Design Best Practices to optimize performance. See Application Design Best
Practices.

Point of View (POV) Statistics

The Point of View Statistics report provides a larger view of the entire application by listing all
of the POVs and the details of the last calculation event for each.

Validating Rule Results

If you need to investigate the outputs of specific rules, there are multiple tools to assist you.
Related Topics
• Job Library Warnings
• Rule Balancing Screen
• Rule Data Report
• Execution Statistics Report

Job Library Warnings

The job warnings and errors section can provide direction on issues that were found with
specific rules or errors that caused to job to fail or caused a rule to succeed but produce no
outputs.

Rule Balancing Screen

The Rule Balancing screen provides a dynamic report that shows the calculation impacts of
every rule, and an aggregate amount of the calculated amounts sent and received by each
rule. Rule values on the Rule Balancing screen are dynamic and can launch Oracle Smart
View for Office to investigate the rule values in more detail.
Combine the Model View with the Rule Balancing screen to gauge the impact of all rules on a
range of the application. This can be useful for validating that all data in a specific range has
been allocated. By setting a model view correctly, you can see that allocation rules combine to
reduce the total balance to 0.

Rule Data Report

In the System Reports, the Rule Data Report shows the source values and driver values, as
well as sample data values from source and driver range. This report helps confirm what data
the rule is working with when it is run.

Execution Statistics Report

The Execution Statistics report includes a count of updated cells, which can be useful to review
or compare with prior runs to evaluate if the rule is working to produce the expected number of
output cells.

Reviewing Metadata Impacts on Rules

Modification of the application dimensions can have a significant impact on rules.

4-170
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Related Topics
• Adding Members
• Deleting Members
• Renaming Members
• Moving Members
• Troubleshooting Metadata Related Issues

Adding Members
New members added as descendants of members referenced in rules are automatically
included in the source or destination of rules that reference the ancestor member. This is
generally a useful feature, but users should be aware of this behavior.

Deleting Members
Deleted members that are descendants of members referenced in rules decrease the number
of source or destinations affected by rules. If a member that is referenced directly in a rule is
deleted, the rule becomes invalid and is disabled if it is run in a calculation. Deleting a member
does not remove the reference to that member in application artifacts. To prevent problems,
run the Model Validation reports after every dimension update.
To repair rules that are invalid due to deleted members, open the rule for editing and save it.
This removes the reference to the deleted member. Users can also choose to add another
member reference and save the rule.

Renaming Members
Renaming a member impacts rules in the same way as deleting a member.

Moving Members
Moving a member can cause it and its descendants to be part of rule source and destinations
ranges if it is moved under a member that is directly referenced by a rule source or destination.
This is the same as when adding a new member.
In most cases, there are no other impacts of moving a member except when there are
duplicate members in the database. In this case, moving a member acts in the same way as
deleting the member and then later adding it in a new location. This causes data loss during
metadata deploy.

Troubleshooting Metadata Related Issues

Use these tools to find metadata related issues:
• Dimension Update Impact Analysis
During the load of a dimension file, the Impact Analysis option allows you to see the
number of artifacts that will be impacted by changes in the dimensions being loaded before
you load them.
• Model Validation Screen
After dimension changes are made, use the Model Validation screen to find all model
artifacts with dimension references that are invalid due to dimension changes.

4-171
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

Terminating Long Running Jobs

If a calculation run is taking a long time to complete, you can use the Stop Job option in the
Job Library to end the job. Profitability and Cost Management will stop the job after the
currently-running rule is competed.
If a specific rule is taking a long time to complete and you want to terminate the job
immediately, you can restart the Oracle Essbase database using the Restart option on the
Manage Database screen.
Use the calculation screen’s Clear Calculated Data option to clear partially calculated data that
results from terminating a rule.

Getting Help
If the corrective actions in the preceding sections do not resolve the issue, seek help from
Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
information identified in the following sections.

Precise Description of Issue or Failure

This should be a concise description the attempted calculation run, the calculation options
selected, and a quick summary of the result. In addition, you should provide:
• Job Details
Stating the specific Job Number, Date, and Time of execution in the SR description will
assist support in reviewing log files and supporting reports to review the exact point of
failure.
• Error Messages from Job Library
Copy and paste the specific errors and warnings from the Job Library screen into the text
of the SR. If there are several warning messages, you can attach a text file or simply paste
only the errors.
• Rule or Rules with the Observed Issue
If you have already identified specific rules with an issue, detail these in the SR description
by referring to both Rule Name and Rule Number, and include any relevant observations.
This helps Oracle to quickly see the same behavior in the system reports and logs that you
observe on your environment.

Historical Context
Provide the following information:
• User Steps Immediately Preceding Calculation
Detail the steps taken or the calculation runs just prior to the calculation run that has an
issue. Actions that may have an impact on the diagnosis include:
– Previous calculation run of the same POV to calculate or clear data

4-172
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Profitability and Cost Management Issues

– Method of launching the calculation, UI, or automation

– Other calculations running at the same time
– System restarts preceding the calculation run
– Oracle Essbase restarts
– Metadata deploys
• Comparison to a Successful Run
If the application has successfully calculated or performed better in the past, this is a useful
fact for diagnosing issues. Comparing a successful calculation run and the supporting
documentation to an unsuccessful or poorly performing run is very helpful to investigate
calculation issues.
• Updates or Changes Since the Previous Successful Calculation
Comparing differences in the application from the point in time where it was working well to
the current state can help pinpoint the cause of performance changes or failures. Provide
the following:
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– The date, time, and time zone when the issue was first noticed.
– A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
List all metadata updates, changes in data, and changes in rules to help Oracle Support
narrow down the areas for investigation.

Supporting Details
When reporting a calculation issue in an SR, the supporting details provided can help
accelerate diagnosis of the issue. Whenever reporting a calculation issue, it is a best practice
to provide the following details:
• Model Validation Results
Run the Model Validation for Rules and Rulesets to identify rules with metadata update
issues. Confirm in the SR if this step has been done.
• System Reports
Run the following reports and attach them to the SR:
– Execution Statistics: Shows the details of the calculation run, execution times, range
sizes, and other details for every rule processed during the calculation run.
– Dimension Statistics: Shows the relative sizes of dimensions and dimension types.
– Program Documentation: Provides the exact definition of the rules being
investigated.
– POV Statistics: Shows the overall count of periods with data in the application and the
calculation times for other periods.
• Additional Detail that May be Requested by Support
– Oracle Essbase Debug Scripts
Essbase Debug Scripts show the exact commands being submitted to Essbase for the
rules executed during a calculation run. Debug scripts for an entire calculation run can
be very large, so it is not advisable to provide debug scripts unless requested and only
for a run that isolates the specific rule or rules being investigated.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

4-173
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Account Reconciliation Issues

Troubleshooting Account Reconciliation Issues

Applies to
Account Reconciliation

In this Section
• Impact of Loading Balances on Active Status of Profiles
• Restricting Amount Value to Two Decimal Places in Data Management for Custom File
Export
• Reasons why Transaction Matching Reopen Reconciliations
• Resolving Reopening of Reconciliations After Partial Source (General Ledger) or
Subsystem (Subledger) Balance Reload

Impact of Loading Balances on Active Status of Profiles

Account Reconciliation sets Active as the status of profiles that you manually enter. Clear the
Active check box if you do not want to create a reconciliation for that profile in the period. The
status is automatically switched from Inactive to Active if an updated balance is loaded to an
inactive profile. If the balance does not change then the profile will remain inactive.

Restricting Amount Value to Two Decimal Places in Data Management for

Custom File Export
While exporting data to a custom flat file, Data Management may, some times, not restrict data
to two decimal places although the required source parameters are correctly set to restrict data
to two decimal places.
Use one of the following options to resolve this issue.
• Set the values of Data Precision and Data Number of Decimal properties to 2. These
Data Management properties can be set in Source Parameters under Data Load Rule.

Note:
These settings works only in BSO cubes; they do not work in ASO cubes.

• Create an SQL mapping in data load maps to round the amountx column to 2 decimal
places. To round to two decimals, you may use an SQL mapping similar to the following:
amountx = round(amount,2)

Reasons why Transaction Matching Reopen Reconciliations

Performing any of the following actions on closed transactions while the Accounting Date of
Transaction Matching transactions is between the Locked Through Date and the Closed
Through Date (closed reconciliations period end date) results in Account Reconciliation
displaying a warning message and prompting you to confirm if you want to reopen the
reconciliation:
• Delete Transaction Matching transactions

4-174
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Account Reconciliation Issues

• Unmatch a matched set that has an adjustment

• Delete support details from a transaction
• Edit a transaction's Accounting Date or Balancing Amount
Reconciliations can also be reopened when Importing Transactions. This happens
automatically, without a warning message, since the importing of transactions is, typically, a
scheduled job performed after business hours.

Resolving Reopening of Reconciliations After Partial Source (General

Ledger) or Subsystem (Subledger) Balance Reload
By default, Data Management requires that reloads be full loads of the previously loaded
balances through a particular Location, Category, and Period. If you reload partial balances,
Account Reconciliation may reopen reconciliations.
For example, assume that 1,000 general ledger balances for the January 2021 period were
loaded on February 1 using Location 1 in the Entered Currency bucket. If some January 2021
balances change and must be reloaded on February 2, then all 1,000 balances must be
reloaded on February 2; you should not reload only the balances that have changed. If any of
the 1,000 balances loaded on February 1 load are not included in the February 2 reload, then
reconciliations may be reopened because they now have missing balances.
To avoid this issue, use the Merge feature, which allows partial balance re-loads. This feature
ensures that balances included in subsequent loads only update the previously loaded
balances with the same Merge ID. Any balances not included in the subsequent load would be
left as is and will not reopen associated reconciliations. For more information, see these
information sources:
• Define and Save a Data Load Definition in Administering Account Reconciliation
• Adding an Account Reconciliation Merge Balance Dimension

Getting Help
If the suggested corrective actions do not resolve the issue, seek help from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
• Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

4-175
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Functional and Performance Issues

Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Functional and Performance

Issues
Tax Reporting issues may be caused by poor application design, use of unnecessary
calculations, suboptimal customizations, lack of regular housekeeping, or a software bug. It
may also be caused by functional issues.

Applies to
Tax Reporting

Reasons for Performance Degradation and Functional Issues

To identify and correct factors that cause functional issues or performance degradation,
complete the required steps from below, documented in Administering Tax Reporting:
• Changing Performance Settings for the Data Source Dimension (Non-Hybrid mode only)
• Optimizing the Application Model for Hybrid Aggregation
• Viewing Application Recommendations
Additionally:
• Review Member Formulas
• Perform Regular Housekeeping
If these corrective actions do not resolve the issue, seek help from Oracle. See Getting Help.

Review Member Formulas

Review member formulas to optimize calculations and logic and to remove unnecessary
formulas. You can review member formulas using Oracle Smart View for Office.
Use the Edit Member Properties screen to review, edit, and remove formulas from a
dimension. You can remove formulas only from custom dimensions. Seeded formulas on
default (out-of-the-box) dimensions, for example, YTD, cannot be removed.
To edit or remove formulas from custom dimensions:
1. Sign in to Tax Reporting as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. Click Dimensions to open the Simplified Dimension Editor.
4. Click the name of the dimension that you want to work with.

5. Click Zoom in All Levels .

6. In the Consol Formula column, locate the formula that you want to edit or remove.

4-176
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Functional and Performance Issues

To declutter the screen, you may remove columns from the current view by right-clicking in
the column header and deselecting some columns.
7. Edit or delete the formula, as needed, and then click Save to preserve your changes.
8. Click Save and then Cancel in Edit Member Properties.

Perform Regular Housekeeping

A Service Administrator must perform needed housekeeping tasks on a regular basis to guard
against performance degradation. Tuning the Oracle Essbase by regularly removing
unnecessary data blocks and ensuring that data block structure is stored efficiently are
essential for optimal consolidation performance.

Note:
You may run the restructureCube EPM Automate command to remove empty blocks
and restructure the cube.

Restructure Dense Cubes

Data fragmentation occurs naturally in Block Storage (BSO) databases as a result of end user
data updates, incremental data loads, and executing calculations. The performance of the
application will be impacted if the database is fragmented.
To restructure a cube:
1. Sign in to Tax Reporting as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Jobs.
3. Schedule and run the Restructure Cube job right away. Alternatively, you can schedule the
job to start at a later time.
a. a. Click Schedule Jobs.

4-177
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues

b. From What type of job is this?, select Restructure Cube.

c. Select Run Now to start the restructuring immediately. Click Next, and then Finish.
Alternatively, you can schedule the job to start at a later time.

Getting Help
If the suggested corrective actions do not resolve the issue, seek help from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
• Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues

Applies to
Tax Reporting
This chapter lists some of the most common reasons that cause errors in Tax Reporting
approval process.

Invalid Data Error While Locking an Entity

The Invalid Data error can occur when locking an entity because of these reasons:

4-178
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues

• You did not lock the prior period of the target entity or its descendants.
• You did not lock the previous periods of the current year of this target entity or its
descendants.
If you are using the Approval card to lock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

Invalid Data Error While Unlocking an Entity

While unlocking an entity, the Invalid Data can occur if any of the future periods of the current
year of this target entity or its descendants is locked.
If you are using the Approval card to unlock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

Intermittent Failure During the Approval Process

Sometimes, the approval process such as Lock, Unlock, Promote, and Approve fails
intermittently.
Workaround: After initiating the action from the Approval card, do not refresh the page
repeatedly. Wait for a while for the action to complete and then refresh the page.

Failed: Ambiguous Automatic User Error While Starting an Entity

Only Service Administrators can start an entity for the approval process. The Approval Start
process assigns the owner for entity and places it in the correct location of the promotional
path. The Start process will not assign an owner to the target entity if both the following
conditions are true:
• You did not assign an owner to the root level of the Approval Unit Hierarchy
• You did not assign an owner to the descendant entity within the root level
To avoid this error, ensure that at least one owner is assigned to the root level entity of the
Approval Unit Hierarchy. This allows all descendants that does not have an assigned owner to
inherit the owner assignment from the root entity.

Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues

Applies to
Tax Reporting
This chapter lists some of the most common reasons that cause errors in Tax Reporting
approval process.

Invalid Data Error While Locking an Entity

The Invalid Data error can occur when locking an entity because of these reasons:
• You did not lock the prior period of the target entity or its descendants.
• You did not lock the previous periods of the current year of this target entity or its
descendants.
If you are using the Approval card to lock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

4-179
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Tax Reporting Approval Process Issues

Invalid Data Error While Unlocking an Entity

While unlocking an entity, the Invalid Data can occur if any of the future periods of the current
year of this target entity or its descendants is locked.
If you are using the Approval card to unlock an entity, click the error message to view error
details.

Intermittent Failure During the Approval Process

Sometimes, the approval process such as Lock, Unlock, Promote, and Approve fails
intermittently.
Workaround: After initiating the action from the Approval card, do not refresh the page
repeatedly. Wait for a while for the action to complete and then refresh the page.

Failed: Ambiguous Automatic User Error While Starting an Entity

Only Service Administrators can start an entity for the approval process. The Approval Start
process assigns the owner for entity and places it in the correct location of the promotional
path. The Start process will not assign an owner to the target entity if both the following
conditions are true:
• You did not assign an owner to the root level of the Approval Unit Hierarchy
• You did not assign an owner to the descendant entity within the root level
To avoid this error, ensure that at least one owner is assigned to the root level entity of the
Approval Unit Hierarchy. This allows all descendants that does not have an assigned owner to
inherit the owner assignment from the root entity.

Getting Help
If the suggested corrective actions do not resolve the issue, seek help from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
• Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

4-180
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues

Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues

Use this section if you encounter issues while importing or exporting data using Data
Integration or Data Management.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Required Roles for Loading Data
• Handling Data Integration Errors
• Troubleshooting Data Load Performance Issues in Data Management
• Handling Data Load Failures in Account Reconciliation
• Resolving Error: 3335 During Data Management Data Export
• Getting Help

Required Roles for Loading Data

If you have an issue with loading data to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management using Data Integration, Data Management, EPM Automate or REST APIs, make
sure that the user loading the data has one of the following roles:
• Service Administrator predefined role
• Power User predefined role and Run Integration application role

Handling Data Integration Errors

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management data integration (export or import)
errors, if any, are written to a log file in outbox/logs. The name of the file is
ApplicationName_ProcessID.log; for example, outbox/logs/Vision_108.log.
Additionally, Data Integration creates an output file named ApplicationName_ProcessID.out;
for example, outbox/reports/Vision_108.out that records errors associated while
loading data to a Cloud EPM business process. You can download these file from the Process
Details page of Data Integration.

4-181
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues

This page lists detailed information on each step involved in the integration process and
identifies the steps that failed or generated warnings to help you troubleshoot integration
issues.
The output file identifies Oracle Essbase errors, if any, that occurred during data imports.
Reviewing the output file helps you identify and correct issues in the data integration process,
which can then be rerun.
To download data integration log files:
1. Access your environment as a user with privileges to perform data integration-related
operations. See Required Roles for Loading Data.
2. Select Application, and then Data Exchange.
3. On Data Integration, select Actions, and then Process Details.

4. Click (Download).
5. Open or save the file to your computer.

Troubleshooting Data Load Performance Issues in Data Management

Integration of large number of records using data load rules may sometimes take an
unexpectedly long time to complete. In such scenarios, consider these options, documented in
Administering Data Integration, to improve performance:
• Use quick mode for high volume data loads that do not require complex transformations.
See Simple Workflow Mode
• Use Simple Workflow mode to load data directly to the target. See Quick Mode

Handling Data Load Failures in Account Reconciliation

Unexpected data load failures may occur in Account Reconciliation while loading the data or
during post-processing of loaded data. When a data load or post-processing fails
unexpectedly, Account Reconciliation attempts to clean up balances. However, because it
does not store old values, Account Reconciliation is unable to revert the modified balances for
the failed data load.
If the failure occurs during the data load or post-processing phase, run Auto-Reconcile to allow
Account Reconciliation to automatically complete reconciliations. Running Auto-Reconcile
corrects unexplained data deviation occurring after data load failures. See Administering
Account Reconciliation for information to run Auto-Reconcile.

4-182
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Data Management and Data Integration Issues

If data load failure occurs at the staging phase, you do not need to run Auto-Reconcile.
Instead, check the data integration process logs to resolve the failure.

Resolving Error: 3335 During Data Management Data Export

Cause
Data Management data export from Planning Modules may fail with the following error:

ERROR
-----------------------
21 04:18:34,392 DEBUG [AIF]: Fetching rule file from essbase server for data
loading: AIF0061
2018-05-21 04:18:34,401 INFO [AIF]: Starting executeDataRuleFile...
2018-05-21 04:18:34,402 DEBUG [AIF]: Locked rule file: AIF0061
2018-05-21 04:18:34,410 INFO [AIF]: Loading data into cube using data file...
2018-05-21 04:18:35,655 INFO [AIF]: Load data encountered the following
errors:

| Error: 3335 | 100 |

"100","110","Working","BaseData","P_000","Actual","FY18","Jan",1111 |

This issue exists in the following situations:

• The mapped target dimension member does not exist
• The same member name exists in more than one dimension

Solution
• Ensure that the target dimension member included in the mapping exists in the target
application.
• Ensure that the mapping is properly defined.
• Make sure that member names are unique across dimensions. Identical member names
should not be present in more than one dimension.

Getting Help
If you were unable to resolve the issue, get help from Oracle.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission that captures the actions that you perform to load
data.
Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the process was working previously, the date, time, and time zone when the process
was performing as expected.

4-183
 Chapter 4
Managing Content Update Issues

• Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the process was
working properly.
• Application changes or data load rule changes that you made since the last time the
process was working as expected.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Managing Content Update Issues

Planning Modules, Account Reconciliation, Financial Consolidation and Close, and Tax
Reporting business processes may perform content update after the monthly update process is
complete. This section explains on how to manage content update issues.

Applies to
Planning Modules, Account Reconciliation, Financial Consolidation and Close, and Tax
Reporting.
Content update, which propagates the changes introduced during the daily maintenance of an
environment, coincides with the monthly update of the environment. If a content update is
required, Oracle creates, schedules, and executes a content update job.
If a content update fails, the environment becomes inaccessible to everyone other than
through REST APIs and EPM Automate.

Best Practice
Run a database refresh prior to scheduled monthly updates.
Monthly updates are scheduled, typically, on the first Friday for Test environments and on the
third Friday for production environments. Ensuring that a clean database refresh is completed
prior to monthly updates reduces content update issues.

Resolving Database Refresh Failures

Oracle refreshes the database as a part of the content update. Separate cube refresh jobs may
be executed during database refresh. Application customizations, for example, incomplete
changes to the outline and metadata, may cause the cube refresh job to fail. If the content
update fails because of an inability to complete a database refresh, review the failed Cube
Refresh job to identify why the refresh failed. After fixing the underlying reason for the cube
refresh failure, rerun the failed job to complete the database refresh.
To resolve database refresh failures during content update:
1. Sign in to the environment as a Service Administrator.
2. From the Application card on the Home page, select Jobs.
The Job Console is displayed.
3. In Recent Activity, click the failed Refresh Database job, for example, the
RefreshDataBase_PostProcess_Rates of Financial Consolidation and Close.
The Job Details screen displays information on the cube for which the refresh failed and
indicates the reason for the failure.
4. Correct the issue that caused the cube refresh to fail. If the failure is caused by an
incomplete customization, remove or complete it.
5. In the Job Console, click Actions in the row of the failed job and select Run.

4-184
 Chapter 4
Handling Issues with Navigation Flows

Resolving Conflicts with Other Scheduled Activities

Generally, the content update job is executed 12 hours after the daily maintenance is
completed. The start time, however, can be customized. See Scheduling Content Update Start
Time in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
Do not schedule other activities, such as activities initiated using REST APIs, EPM Automate,
and Groovy scripts, during the period when content update is scheduled on the first and third
Fridays of the month.

How to Get Help

If the information in the preceding sections fails to resolve you issue, contact Oracle for help.
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission, which includes screenshots of the actions, and
errors, if any displayed during the update process.
Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Attach additional screenshots, if needed, to
the service request. In the service request, specify:
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Handling Issues with Navigation Flows

This section details information on fixing common errors while working with Navigation Flows
(cross-environment connections).

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Navigation Flows enable Service Administrators to establish cross-environment connections so
that users of multiple Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments
can sign in to one environment and then seamlessly navigate to others without going through
additional authentication processes. Service Administrators can create mashups of artifacts
from various environments into a single unified business process flow of clusters, cards, and
tabs.

Common Errors and Steps to Resolve Them

The following errors are commonly reported:
• The target connection does not belong to the same identity domain as the source.
Ensure that the target connection is in the same domain as the source.
• The product version of the target is different from that of the source.
Before creating a connection, ensure that both the source and target product versions are
the same. For example, you cannot set up connections between 25.03 Planning and a
25.02 Financial Consolidation and Close.
• You are not able to create a connection.

4-185
 Chapter 4
Handling Issues with Navigation Flows

Ensure that you are assigned to the Service Administrator predefined role. Only a Service
Administrator can create connections.
• The target connection does not have a business process or application.
Create a business process in the target environment and try again.
• The user name or password is invalid.
– If you are designing a connection, ensure that you are signed in as a Service
Administrator.
– Ensure that the value in the Service Administrator field contains only the user name
(not prefixed with the domain name).
– Ensure that the password used in the connection definition has not expired.
– Do not edit the Domain field. The domain is automatically populated from the URL. If
there is no domain in the URL, then the Domain field is left blank.
• The URL provided is not for a business process of type <selected provider type name>.
The URL is not for a business process supported by the selected provider. For example,
the user has selected a provider type of Sales Planning but the URL is for a Financial
Consolidation and Close business process, which uses the Cloud EPM provider.
• The target you are trying to reach could not be found.
– Ensure that the URL is valid.
– Ensure that the URL does not have a context (for example, https://epm-
idDomain.epm.dataCenterRegion.oraclecloud.com, and not https://epm-
idDomain.epm.dataCenterRegion.oraclecloud.com/epmcloud).
• Unable to establish a connection due to an unexpected error.
For additional information, see Connecting Subscriptions in Cloud EPM in your
Administering guide at Cloud Documentation.
– The target environment is down.
– The target environment is in maintenance mode.
– The target environment is performing daily maintenance and will not be available until
the maintenance process is complete.
– The target environment URL is not a trusted website and is denied access.

Other Errors and Resolution

You do not see a card, tab or cluster.
To check if you have access to the card, tab or cluster, complete these operations in the
remote environment.
• Click the Data card and verify that you can access and launch the associated form.
• Click the Dashboard card and verify that you can access and launch the dashboard.
• Click the Report card and verify that you can access and launch the report.
When customizing navigation flows to connect Cloud EPM environments, at times the
connected artifacts may not be visible. Here are some common reasons why:
• The target environment is down; for example, to perform routine daily maintenance.
• The password provided in the connection definition has expired.
• The user name provided in the connection no longer is assigned to the Service
Administrator predefined role.

4-186
 Chapter 4
Handling Issues with Navigation Flows

• The product version of one of the environments has changed; for example, 20.03.xxx and
20.04.xxx versions of Cloud EPM environments don't communicate; both environments
must be at the same version.
Note the following:
– This version restriction only applies to the first four digits of the version number.
– This version restriction impacts customers who have multiple Cloud EPM
environments and who might have stopped taking monthly updates for a given
environment.
• The referenced navigation flow was deleted on the target environment, or one of the
following occurred:
– The referenced navigation flow artifact (card, tab, or cluster) was deleted.
– The referenced artifact from the target flow was deleted or renamed.
– The currently logged in user's access to the given artifact was revoked.

Resolving Navigation Flows that Display a Warning Icon

While viewing the Navigation Flow listing, you might see a navigation flow displaying a warning
icon and the navigation flow is inactive. This occurs because a group that was associated
with the navigation flow was deleted. You'll need to edit the navigation flow to associate it with
another group or role before you can activate the navigation flow.
To resolve the navigation flow:
1. Open the Navigation Flow page. See Viewing and Working with Navigation Flows in
Administering Planning.
2. Click the name of the navigation flow displaying the warning icon .
3. a. For Assign To, click to assign the navigation flow to a group of users or to a role,
then click Save and Close.
b. Activate the navigation flow. See Activating and Deactivating Navigation Flows in
Administering Planning.
To reload a navigation flow and view design time changes, see Reloading a Navigation
Flow in Administering Planning.

Resolving Navigation Flow Failures in IP Allowlist-Enabled Environments

If the target environment has IP allowlist configured, you may get an error while connecting
from the source environment. To fix this issue, refer to Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM
Regions to identify the outbound IP address of the source environment and add it to the
allowlist of the target environment.
If you are using a network perimeter in the Identity Cloud service where the target environment
is located, you must add the outbound IP address of the region where the source environment
is located in this network perimeter as well. Alternatively, you can opt to add the outbound IP
address of the region only in the network perimeter instead of setting up an allowlist on the
current environment.

How to Get Help

If the information in the preceding sections fails to resolve you issue, contact Oracle for help.
1. Create Provide Feedback submissions from both the source and the target environments
defined in the cross-environment connection.

4-187
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues

Optionally, authorize Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of both environments by

consenting to the application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the reference numbers of both Provide
Feedback submissions. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Ensure to attach
additional screenshots, if needed, to explain the issue in the service request, and specify
the following:
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues

This section describes the troubleshooting tips for issues with integrating Oracle Fusion
General Ledger with Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

In this Section
• Required Oracle ERP Cloud Predefined Roles
• Required Oracle ERP Cloud Privileges If Using a Custom Role
• IP Allowlist
• Troubleshooting Tips for ERP Integration
• Integration of Cloud EPM UI into ERP Instance
• Integration of Cloud EPM UI into an Oracle ERP Cloud Instance
• Getting Help

Required Oracle ERP Cloud Predefined Roles

If using predefined roles to integrate Oracle Fusion General Ledger with Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management, ensure that the integration user is assigned to the
following Oracle ERP Cloud predefined roles to import and write back data:
• General Accountant (to import and write back data)
• Journal Management (to import data only)
• Period Close Management (to import data only)

Required Oracle ERP Cloud Privileges If Using a Custom Role

If you are not using predefined roles to integrate Oracle Fusion General Ledger with Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management, assign the following privileges in Oracle
ERP Cloud to the integration user.
• GL_RUN_TRIAL_BALANCE_REPORT_PRIV

4-188
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues

This privilege permits the user to import data from General Ledger to Cloud EPM and write
back data.
• GL_ENTER_BUDGET_AMOUNTS_FOR_FINANCIAL_REPORTING_PRIV
This privilege permits the user to import data from General Ledger to Cloud EPM and write
back data.
• FUN_FSCM_REST_SERVICE_ACCESS_INTEGRATION_PRIV
This privilege allows the user to execute the REST APIs used to perform the integration
and is required to import data from General Ledger to Cloud EPM and write back data.

IP Allowlist
If your Oracle ERP Cloud environment has enabled an IP allowlist, you must add the outbound
IP address of the region in which the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management environment is located to the allowlist in Oracle ERP Cloud.
See Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM Regions to verify that the allowlist of the Oracle
ERP Cloud environment contains the required IP addresses to enable connection.

Troubleshooting Tips for ERP Integration

When an ERP data integration process is executed, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management submits an Enterprise Service Scheduler (ESS) job in Cloud EPM.
When this job is completed, the data is transferred and integrated into Cloud EPM.
If failures occur during the Extract phase of the integration, review the Data Management
process log. Identify the ESS Process ID from the log. The log for the ESS job is appended to
the process log. Identify and fix the errors as follows:
• Error: Invalid member specified in the query
Solution: Typically, this error is caused by an invalid member or a partially qualified
member. Edit the source filters to specify fully qualified member names.
• Error: Query fails due to number of cells exceeding the governor limit
Solution: Adjust the source filters to query smaller data slices. Alternatively, create
multiple integrations and include them in a batch to automate the execution.
• Error: Query did not produce any data
Solution: Review the source filter and correct the condition that caused the data retrieval
to fail.
• Error: System timed out due to batch timeout settings
Solution: Increase the batch time out. If ERP Cloud has many jobs in the queue,
reschedule the integration for a time when the ERP Cloud job queue is empty or has only a
few jobs.

Integration of Cloud EPM UI into ERP Instance

Recommendations
• Using Page Composer, include only one Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management URL in a page.
• Honor the aesthetics of the host UI.

4-189
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting ERP Integration Functional Issues

Common Causes of Errors and Solutions

Some times, Cloud EPM pages integrated into an Oracle ERP Cloud instance may not be
accessible and display an error. The following are the common causes for such errors and
solutions to resolve them.
• Insufficient security assignments.
Check if the ERP Cloud user is able to access the page directly from Cloud EPM; if not
ensure that the ERP user has the appropriate role and access in Cloud EPM.
• The referred page has been deleted from the navigation flow.
Add the referred page to the navigation flow again and then export the URL. Use the new
URL in the ERP Cloud instance.
• The referred page is visible but its parent card or tab has not been made visible in the
navigation flow.
Make the appropriate parent tab or card visible.
• The referred page is linked to an artifact that is either deleted or not enabled in the
navigation flow.
Make sure that the linked artifact is present and is enabled in the navigation flow.
• The referred page path may have changed due to one of the following reasons:
– The tab or sub-tab was moved to another card
– The tab orientation in the card was changed (from vertical to horizontal or conversely)
– The card was moved to another cluster
– The card was moved out of the cluster as a top-level card
Reexport the URL. Use the new URL in the ERP Cloud instance.
• A navigation flow does not exist; it has been deleted.
Add the navigation flow. Export the URL and use the new URL in the ERP Cloud instance.
See Handling Issues with Navigation Flows for resolving issues with remotely referenced
nodes.
These issues may result in a page that is visible but does not have complete information:
• The ERP user attempting to access the page is not assigned an appropriate role in Cloud
EPM.
Verify that the ERP Cloud user is able to see complete information when directly accessing
it in Cloud EPM.
• SSO is not setup correctly.
Ensure that SSO is setup correctly.

Integration of Cloud EPM UI into an Oracle ERP Cloud Instance

Navigation flows give business process designers control over how various roles, or groups,
interact with the business process.
The following issues may cause an artifact embedded in navigation flows to be not available
from an ERP Cloud instance.
Issue: The ERP Cloud user is able to access the same artifact in Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management, but not from the navigation flow.
Steps to Resolve:

4-190
 Chapter 4
Dealing with FastConnect Issues

• Ensure that the user has the appropriate security access.

• Ensure that the referred artifact is enabled in the navigation flow.
• Ensure that the navigation flow has not been deleted or renamed. Also ensure that the
artifact has not been deleted from the navigation flow.
• If a referred artifact is visible, ensure that its parent tab or card are also visible.
There may be situations where a a card is not visible in a navigation flow, but is tabs or sub
tabs are. In these situations, the visible tabs or sub tabs cannot be accessed from the
navigation flow even though the business process designer exported them as visible.
For remotely referenced nodes, see Handling Issues with Navigation Flows
Issue: Navigation Flow shows a broken page to the ERP Cloud user.
Steps to Resolve:
• Make sure that the ERP Cloud user is assigned the required predefined role in Cloud EPM.
• Ensure that federated SSO is working correctly.
• If the preceding steps do not resolve the issue, create a technical service request. See
Submitting a Technical Service Request.

Best Practices
• Add only one URL in a page.
• Honor the aesthetics of the user interface.

Getting Help
If the preceding tips do not resolve your issue, seek help from Oracle by creating a technical
service request that describes the problem and the steps you completed to resolve it. See
Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the following
additional information:
• Screenshots of any errors displayed.
• A list of the roles and privileges assigned to the Integration User.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• Specify whether this is a critical outage.

Dealing with FastConnect Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Oracle Cloud Infrastructure FastConnect provides an easy way to create a dedicated private
connection between your data center and the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure. FastConnect
provides higher-bandwidth options and a more reliable and consistent networking experience
compared to Internet-based connections. Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management supports FastConnect. See Fast Connect in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure
Documentation for detailed information including requirements and best practices.

4-191
 Chapter 4
Troubleshooting NetSuite Planning and Budgeting Issues

FastConnect Support for Cloud EPM Environments

You can keep the traffic within the private OCI network by configuring private access through
Oracle Virtual Cloud Network (VCN) with FastConnect, which can then be used to connect to
Cloud EPM environments through the Service Gateway. For more information, see Private
Access to Oracle Services in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Documentation.

Troubleshooting FastConnect Issues

For detailed troubleshooting information, see FastConnect Troubleshooting in Oracle Cloud
Infrastructure Documentation.

Getting Help
If the preceding information does not resolve FastConnect issues, contact Oracle for
assistance. Follow these steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following:
– Detailed description of the issue.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Troubleshooting NetSuite Planning and Budgeting Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Sales Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
If you encounter any issues in your NetSuite Planning and Budgeting environment, use the
Planning sections of this guide to troubleshoot them. For example, if you encounter issues with
business rules, refer to the section Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula
Errors and Performance.

Getting Help
If the issue is not resolved, use the NetSuite Support process.

Resolving IP Allowlist Functional Issues

Connections from environments that have been configured to use IP allowlist may fail with the
Your access is forbidden error. This sections provides steps on what to do if you encounter
this error.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.

4-192
 Chapter 4
Managing Patching Issues

Generally, this error is caused by an error in configuring IP allowlist. If you are faced with this
error, get help from Oracle Support.
• Create a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a service request describing the issue. See Submitting a Technical Service
Request. The service request must contain the following:
– The submission number from the Provide Feedback that you created in the preceding
step.
– The IP addresses from which you are connecting to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management.
– Is this IP address configured in the identity Cloud Services network perimeter, if one is
in use?
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– Whether this is a critical outage.

Managing Patching Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Oracle applies monthly updates on the test environments on the first Friday of the month, and
on the production environments on the third Friday of the month. In addition, weekly patches
may be applied on the test environments on the second Friday of the month. One-off patches
can be applied on the test and production environments at any time based on your request.
For detailed patching information see Understanding Oracle Release Change Management
Process.

In this Section
• Why Monthly or Patch Updates Fail
• Getting Help

Why Monthly or Patch Updates Fail

If you have an issue with the patching or updating of Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management environments (for example, a patch is not applied on a specific date
when you expected it to be applied, a patch was applied when you expected it to be not
applied, or an update fail), perform these checks:
• Make sure that you did not skip the update by running the skipUpdate EPM Automate
command.
• Make sure that you did not submit a skip automatic update request to Oracle to skip the
update.
• Make sure that you did not submit a request to upgrade or merge back the environment.
• Make sure that the environment is not on a one-off patch for which the fix is not yet
available on the main code line.

4-193
 Chapter 4
Managing Other Functional Issues

• Make sure that the environment is not on a specific (temporary) configuration and cannot
go through updates until the configuration for your environment is added in the main code
line. Oracle would have notified you if your environment has a special configuration that is
not in the main code line.
• Make sure that you did not run runDailyMaintenance EPM Automate command with the
skipNext=true option to skip the next daily maintenance causing the patch to be not
applied.

Getting Help
If all the checks listed in the preceding section pass and the patch or update is still not applied
or it is applied when not expected, follow these steps:
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment with the patching issue. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Submit a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Detailed description of the issue.
• The current Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management version of the
environment. To identify the version number, from the Settings and Actions menu on
the Home page, select About, and then Version.

Managing Other Functional Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
If you face a functional issue that is not explored in this guide, contact Oracle Support for
assistance. Follow these steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
– Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
– Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
– If the issue was not occurring previously, the date, time, and time zone when issue was
first noticed.
– A snapshot of the environment, if available, from prior to the last time the issue
occurred.
– Application changes that you made since the last time issue was not occurring.
– Whether this is a critical outage.

4-194
 Chapter 4
Resolving Other Performance Issues

Resolving Other Performance Issues

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Use this process to resolve performance issues, especially overall performance issues that
cause all activities in the environment to be slower than expected.

Correcting Network Latency and User Load Issues

Begin by eliminating network latency as a reason for slow login performance. Slow
performance of internal and external networks may lead to slow connections.
Review the Activity Report to identify areas for improvement. The information you must
evaluate includes the following tables. See About the Activity Report in Getting Started Guide
for Administrators.
• Top 10 Users with Poor Network Latency
This table, which identifies users who have the worst access performance, provides you a
starting point to identify network latency issues.
• Number of Users
Use this table to identify whether the user load on the environment may be a contributing
factor to slow performance. Generally, more concurrent user actions within an environment
lead to slower performance.
• Top 30 Worst Performing User Interface Actions over 10 Seconds
Use this table to identify whether performance is impacted by slow performing user
actions. Understanding the user operations that cause the environment to be busy helps
you evaluate and streamline them.
• Business Rules Attached to a Form Taking Longer than 3 Seconds
Long running business rules may impact performance. Analyze the rules in this table to
make them more efficient. See Resolving Form Functional and Performance Issues.
• Top 5 Worst Performing Calc Script Commands over 1 Min and Top 10 Worst Performing
Business Rules. See Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and
Performance.

Identifying Browser Performance Issues

The Activity Report tracks the versions of the browsers that are used to access the
environment and the number of users who use them. The use of Google Chrome, Microsoft
Edge, or Firefox browsers are likely to provide better performance for accessing Oracle Fusion
Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments than other browsers. Also,
encourage your users to use the latest published versions of these browsers. See Setting Up
Browsers for CloudEPM in Getting Started Guide for Administrators.

Restarting the Environment (Optional) to Improve Performance

If all activities are slower than expected and you are certain that poor performance is not
caused by user actions and network latency, restart the environment. This is a self-service
operation that you can complete using the resetService EPM Automate command.

4-195
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

Before running this command, make sure that critical user initiated actions, including
administrative and operational tasks being run using scripts, are not in progress. Restarting the
environment terminates all ongoing processing in the environment.

Seeking Help
If the preceding information does not resolve your issues, contact Oracle Support for help.
1. Optional: Generate a Fiddler trace.
If overall performance is slower than expected, even after restarting the environment,
generate a Fiddler trace of your session.
See Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information.
Watch this overview video for information on configuring Fiddler to capture HTTPS traffic.

Overview Video
If you are unable to generate a Fiddler trace file of your session, see Collecting Network
Performance Trace Using a Browser for information on collecting network trace using a
browser.
2. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
3. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Details of the activities that take more time than expected.
• Fiddler trace file or network diagnostic HAR file.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the activities were previously performing to expectation, the date, time, and time
zone when performance was acceptable.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when performance was
acceptable.
• Application changes that you made since the performance was acceptable.
• Whether this is a critical outage.

Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

Use the information in this section to analyze why you see data discrepancies (deviation from
expected numbers) during the financial consolidation process.

Applies to
Financial Consolidation and Close, and Tax Reporting.
These steps are involved in investigating why the consolidation numbers you expect to see are
not coming up during consolidation:
• Check for Poor Application Design
• Remove Customizations
• Check Known Consolidation Issues
• Use Data Discovery to Self-Diagnose Data Inaccuracies

4-196
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

• Get Help from Oracle

Check for Poor Application Design

Incorrect metadata property settings in Financial Consolidation and Close are primary
responsible for numbers mismatch. A Service Administrator must review the consolidation
application design and identify and fix metadata errors to ensure the accuracy of numbers
during consolidation.

Review and Fix Metadata Errors

Accuracy during consolidation is predicated on the metadata properties of each dimension in
the application being accurate. Use the Simplified Dimension Editor to verify that your
metadata abides by the best practices for consolidation.
Review application dimensions to ensure that they are defined with the correct member
properties. For information on reviewing member properties, see Editing Member Properties in
the Simplified Dimension Editor in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.
To review and fix errors using the Simplified Dimension Editor:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. On the Dimensions tab, click the name of the dimension, for example, Account, that you
want to evaluate.
The Edit Member Properties screen for the selected dimension is displayed.

a. Click Zoom In All Levels .

b. Click Validate Metadata Definition .

A validation pane, which lists the validation errors in the current dimension, is
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
c. Use Fix Validation Errors to select and fix each validation error. Click Apply to apply
changes to the metadata property value.
d. Click Save after fixing all validation errors.
e. Click Cancel to return to the Dimensions tab.
4. Repeat Step 3 for each dimension.
5. Refresh the database.
a. From Actions, select Refresh Database.
b. Click Create.
c. In Refresh the database, set actions that are to be completed before and after
refreshing the database.

Validating Metadata
Use the Metadata Validator to ensure that metadata properties, such as assigned default and
consol cube data storage, consolidation operator, and parent member are valid. Invalid
metadata property assignment may cause errors during consolidation.
To validate metadata using the Metadata Validator:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.

4-197
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

3. From Actions, select Validate Metadata.

4. In Validate Metadata, click Run.
Errors, if any, are displayed in [Parent].[Child] format along with an error description. For
detailed information on error messages, see Metadata Validation Messages in
Administering Financial Consolidation and Close.
5. Open the Dimension Editor and correct all reported metadata errors. See About Editing
Dimensions in the Simplified Dimension Editor in Administering Financial Consolidation
and Close.
6. Rerun consolidation and check results.
If data inaccuracies are not resolved, you can assume that metadata definitions are not
responsible for inaccurate consolidation results.

Remove Customizations
Remove (undeploy) customized translation rules, consolidation rules, calculations, and
dimension member formulas in the application to verify that consolidation accuracy is not
compromised by customizations.

Undeploy Translation Rules

You undeploy translation rules from the Translation Override Rules screen.
To undeploy custom translation rules:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. Select Application and then Consolidation.
3. Open Consolidation Process, then select Translated, and then select Translation
Overrides.
4. Click Show All Rules to list all deployed rules.
5. Select the translation rules with customizations and undeploy them.
6. Rerun consolidation and check results.
If data inaccuracies are not resolved, you can assume that translation rules are not
responsible for inaccurate consolidation results. You can now redeploy the rules. If
inaccuracies are resolved, review the translation rules to identify and correct the rule that
caused the consolidation results to be inaccurate.

Undeploy Configurable Consolidation Rules

You undeploy configurable consolidation rules from the Manage Consolidation Rules screen.
Configurable consolidation rules are enabled only if the Ownership Management feature is
enabled.
To undeploy custom consolidation rules:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. Select Application and then Consolidation.
3. Open Consolidation Process, then select Consolidated, and then select Configurable
Consolidation.
4. For each customized consolidation rule, select the rule and then click Undeploy.
5. Rerun consolidation and check results.

4-198
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

If data inaccuracies are not resolved, you can assume that configurable consolidation rules
are not responsible for inaccurate results. You can now redeploy the rules. If inaccuracies
are resolved, review the consolidation rules that you removed to identify and correct the
rule that caused the consolidation results to be inaccurate.

Delete Custom Calculation Logic

Customizations to the predefined Financial Consolidation and Close rules (FCCS_10 to
FCCS_60 for multicurrency applications and FCCS_110 to FCCS_160 for single currency
applications may cause consolidation to be inaccurate. You remove custom logic by editing the
rule in Calculation Manager.
To remove customizations of predefined rules:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. Select Application and then Consolidation.
3. Open Consolidation Process, then select Local Currency, and then select After
Opening Balance Carry Forward.
Calculation Manager is displayed.
4. In Calculation Manager, expand Planning, then the application, then Consol, and then
Rules.
5. For each rule:
a. Right-click the rule, then select Open.
b. Comment out or delete any custom rule definition.
c. Click Save.
d. Select Actions, and then Validate and Deploy.
6. Rerun consolidation and check results.
If data inaccuracies are not resolved, you can assume that calculation logic is not
responsible for inaccurate consolidation results. You can now reinstate the logic. If
inaccuracies are resolved, review the calculation logic to identify and correct the logic that
caused the consolidation results to be inaccurate.

Review and Remove Formulas

Review member formulas to optimize calculations and logic and to remove unnecessary
formulas. You can review member formulas using the Simplified Dimension Editor or Oracle
Smart View for Office.
Use the Edit Member Properties screen to review, edit, and remove formulas from a
dimension. You can remove formulas only from custom dimensions; seeded formulas, for
example, YTD, on default (out-of-the-box) dimensions cannot be removed.
To edit or remove formulas from custom dimensions:
1. Sign in to Financial Consolidation and Close as a Service Administrator.
2. On the Home page, click Application and then Overview.
3. Click Dimensions to open the Simplified Dimension Editor.
4. Click the name of the dimension that you want to work with.

5. Click Zoom in All Levels .

6. In the Console Formula column, find the formula that you want to edit or remove.

4-199
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

You may remove columns from the current view to de-clutter the screen by right-clicking in
the column header and deselecting some columns.
7. Edit or delete the formula as needed and then click Save to preserve your changes.
8. Click Save and then Cancel in Edit Member Properties.
9. Rerun consolidation and check results.
If data inaccuracies are not resolved, you can assume that formulas are not responsible for
inaccurate consolidation results. You can now redeploy the formulas.
If inaccuracies are resolved, review the formulas that you deleted to identify and correct
the formula that caused the consolidation results to be inaccurate.

Check Known Consolidation Issues

This section lists solutions for common consolidation issues such as retained earnings not
rolling over for a period, Cumulative Translation Adjustment (CTA) not being calculated,
opening balance and foreign exchange calculation inaccuracies, and custom member formulas
being defined under Total Balance Sheet hierarchy.
Before contacting Oracle for help, verify that these issues are not causing you to see
unexpected consolidated numbers.

Issue 1: Retained Earnings not Rolling Over for Period 1

FCCS_REC_OBFXCTA is a system member that stores the Opening Balance and FX calculation for
Net Income/Owners Income members. The Net Income/Owners Income parent member is
referred in Opening Balance and FX calculations. The Net Income/Owners Income hierarchy
must always be within the Retained Earnings hierarchy.

Ensure that the Net Income/Owners Income hierarchy is within the Retained Earnings
hierarchy
Similar Issues: Other seeded system members that should not be moved from their original
position include the following:
• Account:
– FCCS_Total Balance Sheet XXX (Balance sheet top member), FCCS_Balance (valid
only if balance calculation is valid)
– FCCS_Total Assets, FCCS_Total Liabilities, FCCS_Total Equity (for balance
calculation only)
– FCCS_Retained Earnings, FCCS_Retained Earnings Prior, FCCS_Net Income,
FCCS_Owners Income, FCCS_REC OBFXCTA

4-200
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

– FCCS_CTA (valid only when Balance Sheet under CTA is enabled)

– FCCS_CICTA, FCCS_Total Other Comprehensive Income, FCCS_OR OBFXCICTA
• Movement:
– FCCS_ClosingBalance, FCCS_Mvmts_Subtotal, and members under
FCCS_Mvmts_FX_Total
– FCCS_Total OpeningBalance, FCCS_OpeningBalance
– FCCS_Mvmts_Subtotal
– Members under FCCS_Mvmts_FX_Total

Issue 2: CTA is not Calculated (Multicurrency Applications)

CTA is calculated as sum of foreign exchange to CTA values for historical accounts under
balance Sheet top member (FCCS_Total Balance Sheet - Traditional Approach, FCCS_Total
Balance Sheet Net Asset Approach). Historical accounts outside top balance sheet members
are ignored for CTA calculation.
• Check if historical accounts (accounts with Exchange Rate Type property set to Historical,
Historical Rate Override, Historical Amount Override) have FX to CTA movement member
data in FCCS_Mvmts_FX_to_CTA.
• If data is not present in FCCS_Mvmts_FX_to_CTA for historical accounts, check if historical
accounts are outside balance sheet top member hierarchy.
• Verify that all the historical accounts are within the balance sheet top member hierarchy.

Issue 3: OB and FX for Revenue and Expense Accounts Outside FCCS_Net Income,
FCCS_Owners Income, and FCCS_Total Other Comprehensive Income Hierarchy
Revenue and expense accounts outside FCCS_Net Income, FCCS_Owners Income, and
FCCS_Total Other Comprehensive Income hierarchy are not considered for opening Balance
or FX calculations and leads to out of balance issues. This is a known issue; which Oracle is
working on fixing.
Workaround: Move revenue and expense accounts under FCCS_Net Income, FCCS_Owners
Income, or FCCS_Total Other Comprehensive Income hierarchy.

Issue 4: OB and FX for Equity, Liability, and Asset Accounts Under FCCS_Net Income or
FCCS_Owners Income
OB and FX should not be calculated for equity, liability, and asset accounts under FCCS_Net
Income or FCCS_Owners Income. However, if OB and FX for equity, liability, and asset
accounts are in FCCS_Net Income or FCCS_Owners Income hierarchy, OB and FX are
currently calculated for these accounts, leading to out of balance issues. This is a known issue,
which Oracle is working on fixing.
Workaround: Move equity, liability, and asset accounts outside the FCCS_Net Income or
FCCS_Owners Income hierarchy.

Issue 5: OB and FX for Accounts Outside FCCS_Balance Sheet Hierarchy

Although Financial Consolidation and Close should calculate OB and FX also for all financial
accounts outside FCCS_Balance sheet, it does so only for accounts under FCCS_Balance
Sheet, which results in customers not getting the expected results. This is a known issue,
which Oracle is working on fixing.
Workaround: Move all the financial accounts under the FCCS_Balance Sheet hierarchy.

4-201
 Chapter 4
Handling Financial Consolidation Data Inaccuracies

Issue 6: Member Formula Defined Under Total Balance Sheet Hierarchy for Custom
Accounts
For custom accounts, member formulas defined under Total Balance Sheet hierarchy causes
unexpected results or calculations.
Corrective Actions:
• Remove formulas defined under Total Balance Sheet hierarchy
• Refresh the database
• Run consolidation or translation for the impacted period or year
• Verify that the issue is resolved

Issue 7: Shared Members Created in Alternate Hierarchy in Period Dimension

Shared members created in alternate hierarchy in Period dimension cause unexpected results
or calculations.
Corrective Actions:
• Remove Shared members created in alternate hierarchy in Period dimension
• Refresh the database
• Run consolidation or translation for the impacted period or year
• Verify that the issue is resolved

Issue 8: Parents of Shared Members Created in Alternate Hierarchy of Period Dimension

Cannot be Removed
Parents of shared members created in alternate hierarchy of Period dimension cannot be
removed. This may cause performance issues during spreadsheet retrievals when referencing
Dynamic Calc To Date View members.
Corrective Actions:
• Avoid creating alternate hierarchy in Period dimension
• If shared members are present in alternate hierarchy of Period dimension, recreate the
application while avoiding alternate hierarchy in Period dimension. This is the only solution
to resolve retrieval performance issues in such a situation.

Use Data Discovery to Self-Diagnose Data Inaccuracies

Financial Consolidation and Close provides the Data Discovery tool, which helps you to identify
data inaccuracies. See these resources for detailed information on using this tool:
• Working with Data Discovery in Administering Financial Consolidation and Close
• Oracle Customer Connect event recording: Financial Consolidation and Close Tips and
Tricks

Get Help from Oracle

If the corrective steps suggested in the preceding sections fail to resolve inaccuracies in
consolidation results, seek help from Oracle.

4-202
 Chapter 4
Handling Data Loss in an Environment

Before creating a service request, turn on consolidation log files, restart Financial
Consolidation and Close, run consolidation, and then use the Provide Feedback utility to
gather the information that Oracle needs to identify and fix your problem. See Enable
Consolidation Rules Logs and Submit Feedback to Oracle for instructions.
To seek help from Oracle:
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission, which includes screenshots of the consolidation
results.
Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by
consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback
Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• An explanation of the expected consolidation results and how they differ from the
actual result.A document identifying the outcome of the troubleshooting steps that you
performed based on the sections in this guide.
• A list of any remaining metadata validation errors and an explanation of why are you
unable to clear them.
• The Oracle Smart View for Office sheets or web forms that show inaccurate data.
• POV with no dynamic calc members where data is inaccurate.
• If data is inaccurate for a POV member that is a parent member, a drill down to the
specific child member where the data is inaccurate. This drill down is critical for faster
diagnosis.
• Did this issue start after the latest monthly update?
• If the consolidation results were accurate previously, but are no longer, the date, time,
and time zone when results were accurate.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the consolidation
numbers were accurate.
• Changes that you made since the last time consolidation results were accurate.
• Specify whether you are migrating from Oracle Hyperion Financial Management.
• Specify whether this is a critical outage.

Handling Data Loss in an Environment

If you are faced with data loss in an environment, seek immediate help from Oracle.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
To prevent data loss, do not combine operations to move, delete, and rename members in one
transaction. Perform these operations separately.
If you are faced with data loss in an environment, attempt to find the root cause as follows:
• Review these two tables in the Activity Report to identify the Clear Data and Clear
Block commands that were recently run, the affected cubes, calculation scripts, and the

4-203
 Chapter 4
Resolving Order Processing Issues

commands in the calculation scripts that resulted in clearing the data or blocks. Verify that
these commands did not cause the data loss.
– Last 15 Clear Data Commands
– Last 15 Clear Block Commands
See Essbase Runtime Data in Getting Started Guide for Administrators for information on
these tables.
• Check if you have run a calculation script that results in clearing of data blocks.
• Check if you have performed move, delete, and rename members operations followed by a
data refresh. This may result in a data loss.
• Check if you ran a data load rule in REPLACE mode using a data load file that did not
contain all members of one or more dimensions.
In this case, if you use the default REPLACE option, the created CLEARDATA script only
builds a FIX statement for members of Entity, Year, Period, Scenario, and Version
dimensions. If a dimension is not included in the FIX statement, all members of that
dimension are included in the CLEARDATA. If you are, for example, loading a specific
account without updating the clear filter, the clear script clears all members of accounts,
and other dimensions, not specifically cleared by CLEARDATA.
To avoid this scenario, define clear regions with appropriate dimension filters. For
information on defining a clear region, see Defining A Clear Region in Administering Data
Integration.
Check the job console to find the jobs run from when the data was present to when the data
was lost to determine if there were jobs that could have resulted in data loss. You may also
review the audit log to identify why the data loss occurred.
If the preceding suggestions do not work, contact Oracle for help.
• Create a Provide Feedback submission that identifies the actions, if any, that you
performed in the environment. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance
snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following:
– Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
– The last known date and time when the missing data was present in the environment.
– Application changes, if any, that you made after the last time the data was present.
– A snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time data was present in the
environment.
– Specify whether this is a critical outage.

Resolving Order Processing Issues

This section lists troubleshooting tips for issues related to processing Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management orders.

Applies to
Planning, Planning Modules, FreeForm, Financial Consolidation and Close, Tax Reporting,
Account Reconciliation, Profitability and Cost Management, Enterprise Profitability and Cost

4-204
 Chapter 4
Resolving Order Processing Issues

Management, Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management, Narrative Reporting, Sales
Planning, and Strategic Workforce Planning.
Generally, order processing issues revolve around the notification email that Oracle sends
upon fulfilling your order to provision a Cloud EPM subscription.
To resolve order processing issues, create a technical service request and provide the
following information. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
• The sales order number. This number is available in your communications with Oracle.
• A detailed description of the issue. For example, "Acme Corporation has not received a
confirmation email with URLs of the environments purchased with sales order 12345678."

4-205
5
Making Cloud EPM-Related Requests
Related Topics
• Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments
• Requesting a One-Off Patch
Oracle creates one-off patches to fix regression bugs and customer blocking bugs, or to
introduce new features. You can request a one-off patch to be applied to your test
environment.
• Requesting a Rollback of Production or Test Environments to a Previous Update
• Requesting Merge Back of Environments
• Requesting Oracle to Apply Monthly Update to Production Environments Prior to the Third
Friday
• Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management customers and partners can
request temporary loaner environments for familiarizing themselves with Cloud EPM or for
developing a proof of concept in some situations.
• Migration of EURA Environments to EU Sovereign Cloud (OC19)
• Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program
The Implementation Success Program (ISP) is a customer-focused initiative that strives to
significantly increase the success rate of Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management implementations.
• Requesting Performance Validation for Planning, Planning Modules, and Financial
Consolidation and Close
Performance validation aims to ensure that your Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management business process is performing as expected. You can complete
the performance validation when the application is ready for user acceptance testing or
any time you have concerns about the business process performance.
• Requesting Automated Regression Testing
In the Regression Testing Program, Oracle helps customers build EPM Automate-based
scripts to facilitate the adoption of an automated regression testing process that reduces
the time it takes to complete regression testing each month.
• Requesting Essbase Block Analysis Report
• Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to Cloud
EPM
The performance of some on-premises Planning applications that you migrate to Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management may not match their on-premises
performance.
• Requesting Custom Sender Email Address
• Submitting an Enhancement Request
Oracle actively listens to enhancement requests from Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management subscribers as a part of its commitment to providing best-of-
breed functionalities to users.
• Requesting an Increase in Planning Dimension Governor Limits

5-1
 Chapter 5
Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments

• Requesting an Increase in Financial Consolidation and Close Dimension Governor Limits

Financial Consolidation and Close uses default dimension governor limits to ensure
optimal performance. These limits are enforced when you create objects in each
dimension.
• Requesting an Increase in Profitability and Cost Management and Enterprise Profitability
and Cost Management Governor Limits
Profitability and Cost Management and Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management use
default artifact and dimension governor limits to ensure optimal performance. These limits
are enforced when you create rules and objects in each dimension.
• Requesting an Increase in Cloud EDM Governor Limits
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management uses default governor limits to ensure
optimal performance. In some cases, Oracle will increase the limit on these governors at
your request through a technical service request.
• Requesting an Increase in Account Reconciliation Governor Limits
Account Reconciliation enforces many governor limits that can be increased.
• Requesting Root Cause Analysis (RCA) for a Resolved Issue
Oracle proactively sends Event Summary and Root Cause Analysis (RCA) notifications,
and official documents for resolved issues. These notifications contain information related
to a specific service outage or performance degradation.
• Requesting an Old Backup Snapshot of an Environment
• Requesting an Increase in Capacity
When you have a performance issue, always refer to the appropriate sections in this
document to troubleshoot them. If you cannot fix the issue by yourself, seek help from
Oracle.
• Requesting a Health Check for an Environment
Oracle automatically performs health check for all Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management environments and proactively implements fixes for any
detected issues. Additional resources are added to the environment, if needed.
• Requesting the Configuration of IP Allowlist
• Requesting to Disallow Service Administrators to Assign Predefined Roles
• Requesting Additional Environments for EPM Enterprise Cloud Service Subscriptions
• Requesting Infrastructure Maintenance Delay
• Requesting Cloud EPM Roadmap Information
You may have questions about when an upcoming enhancement, especially, critical
functionality, may be available in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management. Oracle Cloud Customer Connect Forums provide avenues to seek roadmap
information from Oracle.
• Responding to Customer Diagnostic Alerts
Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management uses a diagnostic alert (an
email addressed to Service Administrators of an environment) to communicate issues that
impact the uptime, performance, or usage of an environment, which require customer
action.
• Making Other Requests

Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments

A customer, citing a justification for the request, may seek to skip automatic updates of an
environment for a maximum of three upcoming monthly update cycles. You must specify an

5-2
 Chapter 5
Requesting to Skip Automatic Updates for Environments

skip update for each monthly cycle. You can seek to skip the automatic updates of
environments in the following scenarios:
• You identified a regressive bug in the test environment. In this scenario, Oracle will fix the
bug and then update your environment without further delay. No customer approval is
necessary for updating to the main code line.
• You are in the critical phase of your implementation project. In this scenario, Oracle will
postpone the update to the date that you agreed upon when requesting the delay. If you do
not make an additional skip automatic update request, Oracle automatically updates the
environment on the date that you agreed upon when requesting the skip update.
• You want to skip this month's update because you do not have the time to test the monthly
update. In this scenario, Oracle automatically updates the environment in the next monthly
update cycle.
• You want to skip the update for the next three months to complete a quarter close or year
end close. In this scenario, Oracle automatically updates the environment on the monthly
cycle after the skipped cycles.
Generally, customers migrating from on-premises to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management use the skip update process. After they are comfortable with the
update cadence, they update to the main line and then do not skip automatic updates.

Note:
Monthly update notifications will still be sent to the Service Administrators of the
environments for which an update has been put on hold.

Repercussions of a Skip Update

The negative impacts of a skip update include the following:
• An environment that has not been updated in one or more monthly cycles requires a longer
time to update to the main line.
• After the environment is brought to the main code line, you will incur more time to test (you
will need to test features and changes from multiple monthly updates).
• Security updates and bug fixes are applied to environments only when they are updated to
the main code line.
How to Specify a Skip Update
Setting a skip update is a self-service operation that is performed using the skipUpdate EPM
Automate command.
Using this command, you can skip one, two, or three of the upcoming monthly updates. For
example, if the environment is on the 24.01 update, you can skip the 24.02, 24.03, and 24.04
monthly updates, but not the 24.05 update. In this case, you need to issue the command
thrice, once each for 24.02, 24.03, and 24.04. Your environment will be updated to the main
code line in the 24.05 monthly update cycle. You run the skipUpdate command as follows to
skip the updates in this example scenario:

epmautomate skipupdate add version=24.02 comment="Example comment"

epmautomate skipupdate add version=24.03 comment="Example comment"
epmautomate skipupdate add version=24.04 comment="Example comment"

5-3
 Chapter 5
Requesting a One-Off Patch

Note:
If you skip updates using the skipUpdate EPM Automate command, weekly and
emergency patches, if any, for the current month will continue to be applied to the
environment. No updates will be made for the months for which the skip update is
requested.

You cannot use skipUpdate command for an environment that is on a one-off patch.
Additionally, you cannot use this command to skip monthly updates that are more than three
months apart from the update that the environment is currently on. In these cases, you can ask
for an exemption:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment for which the automatic
update is to be skipped. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
– Reason (for example, regressive bug information, critical phase of implementation
project, test environment not tested, quarter or year-end close) why skip update is
being requested.
– If the skip update is not because of a regressive bug, the date or month when Oracle
can merge the environment back to the main code line.
– A formal request in the following format:
I, <Your name>, request Oracle to skip the automatic update of the
environment <URL of the environment>.

Note:
If you requested Oracle to skip automatic updates using a service request,
no weekly or emergency patches (including those for the rest of the month)
will be applied to the environment after the request is fulfilled.

Requesting a One-Off Patch

Oracle creates one-off patches to fix regression bugs and customer blocking bugs, or to
introduce new features. You can request a one-off patch to be applied to your test
environment.
After testing the fix or new feature in the test environment, you can request that the one-off
patch be applied to your production environment.
Before submitting a request to apply a one-off patch to an environment, note that the
environment to which a one-off patch is applied will not be updated with a monthly update until
Oracle merges the environment back to the main code line. The merge back occurs in the
monthly cycle in which the issue is fixed in the main code line. See Understanding Cloud EPM
Change Management Process
See these topics for information on how Oracle handles regression bugs:
• Resolving Regression or Blocking Bugs in Production Environments
• Resolving Regression Bugs in Test Environments

5-4
 Chapter 5
Requesting a One-Off Patch

There are three situations in which a request to apply a one-off patch to an environment is
appropriate. You don’t need to submit a new technical service request for any of these
requests.:
1. When Oracle creates a fix for a functional or performance issue for which you submitted a
service request, and you want Oracle to apply the fix to your test environment as a one-off
patch before Oracle includes it in the main code line.
2. When Oracle informs you that a fix for a functional or performance issue for which you
submit a service request is already available as a one-off patch and you want Oracle to
apply it to your test environment.
3. After testing the one-off patch in your test environment, complete these steps if you want to
apply it to your production environment or additional test environments.
• Submit a Provide Feedback from each environment to which patch should be applied.
See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
The service request must contain a formal request in the following format:
I, <your name>, request Oracle to apply the one-off patch <one-off patch
number> to the environment <URL of the environment>.
• Include each Provide Feedback reference number in the existing technical service
request. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.

Note:
Oracle makes the patch available to the environment at the earliest opportunity
after you submit a technical service request. Oracle cannot guarantee to honor a
request to apply the one-off patch on a future date. If you want the one-off patch
to be applied on a specific date, submit the service request on that date. Choose
Critical Outage as the Issue Type in the service request.

After applying a one-off patch, Oracle will merge the environment back to the main code line
without seeking your approval. The merge back will occur in the monthly cycle in which the
issue is fixed in the main code line. Then the environment will get updated as per the regular
cadence.

Note:
If you are testing a one-off patch that you plan to apply to other environments, a
peculiar situation that causes the environments to be on different monthly updates,
may arise. For example, assume that you are testing a one-off patch built on top of
the 24.03 monthly update on an environment that is on the 24.03 monthly update and
plan to have it applied on other 24.03 environments. While testing is in progress, the
environments on which you want to have the tested one-off patch deployed may be
updated with the 24.04 monthly update. To prevent this from happening, use the
skipUpdate EPM Automate command to skip updates to the environments where you
anticipate to have the one-off patch applied.

5-5
 Chapter 5
Requesting a Rollback of Production or Test Environments to a Previous Update

Requesting a Rollback of Production or Test Environments to a

Previous Update
If a fix for a critical issue in an updated production or test environment is not immediately
available, you may request Oracle to revert the environment to the state it was in before the
monthly update. Reverting environments involves cleaning the environment, applying the last
monthly update, and then reloading the backup from the previous month.
How to Request a Rollback
To request a rollback:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment that needs to be rolled back.
See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
– Detailed information on the regressive bug that necessitates the rollback
– Information (date, time, and timezone) on when the environment will be free to be
rolled back.
– A formal request in the following format:
I, <your name>, request Oracle to roll back the environment <URL of the
environment> to <previous version>. I understand that rolling back the
environment will recreate it with the version I request, delete the
current application, and require me to import the application from an
older snapshot or clone it from another environment.
In the request, <previous version> should identify the previous Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management version, for example Update 24.12.
– The version or date when you want the environment to be merged back.
After Oracle processes your request, complete the following step to import the application from
an older snapshot:
For Business Processes other than Narrative Reporting: Use the following importSnapshot
EPM Automate command to import the snapshot.

epmAutomate importSnapshot SNAPSHOT_NAME

For Narrative Reporting only:

1. Rename the older snapshot as EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz.
2. Using the uploadFile EPM Automate command, upload EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz to the
to_be_imported location of Narrative Reporting.

epmAutomate uploadFile EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz to_be_imported

The EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz that you uploaded will be imported during the next daily
maintenance of the environment.

5-6
 Chapter 5
Requesting Merge Back of Environments

Requesting Merge Back of Environments

If you requested to skip the automatic update of an environment, Oracle merges the
environment back to the main code line based on the version you provided while skipping the
update using the skipUpdate EPM Automate command or in the skip update service request.
Similarly, if your environment is on a one-off patch, Oracle automatically updates it to the main
code line patch after the regression for which the one-off patch was created is fixed in a
monthly update.
When an environment is merged back to the main code line, the daily maintenance process
applies all required monthly updates to the environment including the latest monthly update.
Because of this, the daily maintenance process takes more time during the merge back
process. Content upgrade, if required, is skipped during intermediate monthly updates; it is
executed only with the latest monthly update. Note that content update is automatically
executed on merging back to the main code line even if it has been defined to be a self-service
operation.

Removing Skip Update

If you used the skipUpdate EPM Automate command to skip an automatic update, removing it
is also a self-service operation performed using the skipUpdate command with the remove
parameter as follows:
epmautomate skipupdate remove
If you skip automatic updates through a technical service request and you want to request
Oracle to merge such environments to the main code line before Oracle automatically merges
it back:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment that needs to be merged
back. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
– Reason (for example, need to get a new functionality available in the main code line
patch, completion of quarter or year end close) why the merge back is being
requested.
– A request to merge back the environment in the following format:
I, <your name>, request Oracle to merge the environment <URL of the
environment> to the main code line.

Requesting Oracle to Apply Monthly Update to Production

Environments Prior to the Third Friday
Oracle applies the monthly update to test environments on the first Friday of the month and to
production environments on the third Friday of the month. This schedule gives you a two-week
period to test the monthly update in your test environments. However, you can ask Oracle to
update your production environment before the third Friday of the month.
To request Oracle to apply monthly update before the third Friday:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the production environment. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.

5-7
 Chapter 5
Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments

• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information.
– The reason (for example, need to get a new functionality available in the monthly
update) why you want the production environment to be updated earlier than
scheduled.
– A formal request in the following format:
I, <your name>, request Oracle to apply the monthly update <UPDTE_NUMBER>
(for example, 20.07) to the environment <URL of the environment> now
before the scheduled date of third Friday of the month.

Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management customers and partners can
request temporary loaner environments for familiarizing themselves with Cloud EPM or for
developing a proof of concept in some situations.
Loaner environments, which can be used for a maximum of three months, are made available
solely at the discretion of Oracle after an SVP-level review and approval process.

Process for Customers with EPM Enterprise Subscriptions

There is no need to request loaner environments; you are entitled to getting additional
environments at no cost to you. Work with your Oracle Sales team, which will aid you in getting
the additional environments. Once the Oracle Sales team has enabled the creation of
additional environments, you can create the required instances. See Creating a Cloud EPM
Instance in the Getting Started Guide for Administrators for instructions.

Process for Customers with Legacy or EPM Standard Subscriptions

You may only request temporary loaner environments for the type of subscription you already
have by creating a technical service request. See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
The service request must contain the following information:
• Required number of loaner environments.
• Business justification for the request.
• Start date of the loan period.
• Duration of the loan period.
• Preferred geographical region of the data center (example, North America, Europe, Asia).
See Table 1 for a list.
• Email addresses of the users who are to be created and assigned the role of Identity
Domain Administrator of the loaner environment. These users can then add other users
and assign them predefined roles as needed.

Note:
The loaner environments come with a pre-seeded user named
[email protected], who is assigned to the Identity Domain Administrator
role. Do not remove this user.

5-8
 Chapter 5
Migration of EURA Environments to EU Sovereign Cloud (OC19)

Exceptions
While temporary loaner environments may be made available only for the type of subscription
you already have, exceptions can be requested in situations such as the following:
• You want to test the migration of current on-premises applications to Cloud EPM
• You want to test the migration of existing legacy or EPM Standard subscriptions to EPM
Enterprise subscription.
In such scenarios, do not create a service request. Instead, engage your Oracle Sales team to
process loaner environment requests.

Migration of EURA Environments to EU Sovereign Cloud (OC19)

Oracle will migrate all Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management and Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management environments in the EURA regions in OC1 realm
to the OC19 (EU Sovereign Cloud) realm on a predefined schedule. Oracle will notify the
Service Administrators of these environments and provide them with a list of the current EURA
service URLs. The notification will also provide information on the steps that must be
completed and the deadlines for completing them.
The migration process will be as follows:
1. On the date specified in the initial notification, Oracle will send a subscription notification
email to Service Administrators. See The Subscription Activation Email in the Getting
Started Guide for Administrators.
2. After receiving the subscription notification, create a new Oracle Cloud account or add the
subscription to an existing account. See these topics in the Getting Started Guide for
Administrators:
• Creating a New Cloud Account
• Adding Subscription to an Existing Cloud Account
If you create a new cloud account:
• You can choose a home region from among these OC19 regions:
– EU Sovereign Central (Frankfurt) - eu-frankfurt-2
– EU Sovereign South (Madrid) - eu-madrid-2
• Create a new cloud account name or reuse your existing cloud account name
3. After completing the preceding step, create a technical service request to inform Oracle
that the Oracle Cloud account creation is complete.
4. On receiving the technical service request, Oracle will enable processing so that you can
start creating your environments. For instructions, see Creating an Environment in the
Getting Started Guide for Administrators.
Create as many OC19 environments as the number of your EURA environments. The
deadline for creating environments will be specified in the initial notification.
5. After creating your OC19 environments, complete these optional activities before the date
specified in the initial notification.
• Configure Single Sign On (SSO) with your Identity Provider if you utilize SSO in your
EURA environments and you created OC19 environments in a new IAM domain where
SSO is not already setup
• Configure IP Allowlists for the OCI Environments if you use allowlists with your EURA
environments

5-9
 Chapter 5
Migration of EURA Environments to EU Sovereign Cloud (OC19)

6. Update the technical service request that you created previously (in step 3) with a mapping
of the service URLs of the current EURA environments to those of the newly created OC19
environments.
7. On the dates specified in the initial notification, Oracle will clone the EURA test and
production environments to OC19 environments and change the DNS configuration so that
the existing EURA service URLs are routed to the OC19 environments.
Cloning of the test and production environments will occur on different dates as specified in
the initial notification. Oracle will terminate your EURA environments soon after the cloning
of the production environments is complete.

Duration of Data Migration

The duration of the data migration to OC19 will depend on the data size on the EURA
environments. Use the following general guidelines to plan for the data migration duration:
• If the total data size on the EURA environment is 100 GB or less, the data migration will
take up to six hours.
• If the total data size on the EURA environment is more than 100 GB, the data migration will
take up to 12 hours.
The total data size in the environment is identified in the Activity Report of the EURA
environment as Customer Data on Disk in GB in the Application Size table.
The data migration is seamless; Oracle will migrate your application data, users, custom
governor limits, and other artifacts to the new OC19 environments. From this point, the original
OC19 URLs will not work, Instead, the URLs of EURA environments will be routed to the OC19
environments. However, your Cloud Console URL will change.

Important Considerations
• Users of environments that are migrated from EURA to OC19 will receive password reset
(Activate Your Account) emails prompting them to sign into the OC19 environments. Users
can set their OC19 passwords to be the same as their EURA passwords.
If users with Service Administrator predefined role change their OC19 passwords, update
the passwords used in areas including the following:
– EPM Automate scripts
– REST API-based scripts
– EPM Agent configuration
– Navigation Flow configuration. To update Navigation Flows, complete tasks using
these resources:
* "Editing a Navigation Flow" in the Administration guide of your business process to
use the Navigation Flows screens
* Update a Connection in the REST APIs for Oracle Fusion Cloud EPM guide
• The Identity Domain Administrator role assignment is not cloned. Users with only the
Identity Domain Administrator role assignment are not cloned to the OC19 environment.
Users assigned to a combination of Identity Domain Administrator role and predefined
roles in the EURA environment are cloned, but assigned only to the respective predefined
roles in the OC19 environment. These users will not have the Identity Domain
Administrator role in the OC19 environment.
• After the migration is complete, Oracle changes the DNS configuration to route traffic to
the EURA environment URLs to the corresponding OC19 environments. If these OC19
environments are deleted for any reason (for example, to change the service name or to

5-10
 Chapter 5
Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program

move to a different region), the routing of EURA URLs will fail because the DNS
configuration will continue to route to the original OC19 environments that were deleted.
Because the newly recreated environments will use different URLs than those of the
migrated OC19 environments, you must update the URLs used in EPM Automate and
REST API scripts, Navigation Flow configurations, bookmarks, shared and private
connections in Oracle Smart View for Office, and so on, with the new OC19 URLs as
needed. You must also announce the new URLs to all users who need to access the
recreated environments.
• If you are using IP address of the source Cloud EPM environment anywhere (for example,
in proxy configuration as an allowed outgoing IP address), find the new IP address of the
environment using nslookup or ping after it is created and update the configuration with the
new IP address.
Similarly, if you have added the outbound IP address of the EURA region in the allow list of
any other environment (for example, in a Fusion ERP environment), change it to the
outbound IP address of the new OC19 region. See Outbound IP Addresses of Cloud EPM
Regions to identify the outbound IP address of the OC19 region of your environment.
• If you previously added the domains epm.eu-frankfurt-1.ocs.oraclecloud.com and epm.eu-
amsterdam-1.ocs.oraclecloud.com in the allowlist of the firewall, you must also add the
new OC19 canonical names to the allowlist. To identify the canonical names, use
nslookup.
For example, if the EURA environment URL is https://epm2-mydomain.epm.eu-
frankfurt-1.ocs.oraclecloud.com/, running an nslook for epm2-mydomain.epm.eu-
frankfurt-1.ocs.oraclecloud.com will return the canonical name epm2-mydomain.epm.eu-
frankfurt-1.ocs.oraclecloud.eu. Add the domain (epm.eu-frankfurt-1.ocs.oraclecloud.eu)
from the canonical name to the firewall's allowlist.
To ensure that all necessary canonical names are covered, add these domains to the
firewall's allowlist:
– epm.eu-frankfurt-2.ocs.oraclecloud.eu
– epm.eu-madrid-2.ocs.oraclecloud.eu

Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program

The Implementation Success Program (ISP) is a customer-focused initiative that strives to
significantly increase the success rate of Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management implementations.
ISP strives to bring the expertise of Cloud EPM Development Teams in application design to
customers' implementation in an efficient manner through an expedited evaluation of
application design document review. The review ensures that the application design adheres to
Oracle recommended best practices.

Supported Business Processes

ISP is available to all customers of the following business processes. Oracle enforces no entry
criteria for enrolling in this program.
• Planning
• Planning Modules
• Financial Consolidation and Close
• Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management
• Account Reconciliation

5-11
 Chapter 5
Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program

• Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management

The Process for Enrolling and Using the Program

1. An Oracle representative (Product Manager or a member of the Sales Team) discusses the
program with customers, who then make a formal request to participate in the program.
Customers who already know about the program may contact their Oracle representative
and request to participate in it.
2. Oracle schedules an online kick off meeting involving customer and implementation
partner representatives, the required Oracle representatives (Sales Team member or
Product Manager, as needed), and the ISP Lead.
In addition to explaining Oracle's commitments to the program, the meeting helps Oracle
understand customer requirements in terms of the business processes being implemented,
milestones, and customer background. Additionally, the meeting discusses how to create a
service request for coordinating activities and communicating with the customer or partner.
3. The customer signs in to the Oracle Support web site and creates a technical service
request for each business process that is to be enrolled into the ISP program. Select these
options to create the service request:

Table 5-1 Options to select for creating the service request

Field Value
Issue type Technical Issue
System availability System Fully Available
Service Planning, Planning Modules, Enterprise Profitability and Cost
Management, and Cloud EDM, Financial Consolidation and
Close, or Account Reconciliation
System lifecycle New implementation
Title Enroll in Implementation Success Program
Description Enter the business process-specific information identified in the
following lists.
Category Implementation Success Program (ISP) Enrollment

Planning, Planning Modules, Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management, and

Cloud EDM
a. The email address of your Oracle sales representative.
b. The email address of your Oracle Customer Success Manager.
c. The email address of your implementation partner.
d. The planned User Acceptance Test (UAT) date.
e. The planned Go Live date.
Financial Consolidation and Close
a. The email address of your Oracle sales representative.
b. The email address of your Oracle Customer Success Manager.
c. The email address of your implementation partner.
d. The planned User Acceptance Test (UAT) date.
e. The planned Go Live date.
f. Are you are a current Oracle Hyperion Financial Management (HFM) customer?

5-12
 Chapter 5
Enrolling in the Implementation Success Program

g. If you are a current HFM customer, have you utilized Oracle's Financial Management
analysis program?
Account Reconciliation
a. The email address of your Oracle sales representative.
b. The email address of your Oracle Customer Success Manager.
c. The email address of your implementation partner.
d. The planned User Acceptance Test (UAT) date.
e. The planned Go Live date.
f. The name of the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system that will be used as the
data source.
g. The name of the competitor’s account reconciliation product, if any, you are replacing
with Account Reconciliation.
4. An Oracle Customer Support Representative updates the service request with the ISP
checklist for the business process. You must fill out this checklist and upload it to the
service request as indicated in step 6.
5. Based on customer request, Oracle sets up regular weekly or fortnightly meetings to track
progress and to address questions. Customer and implementation partner representatives,
required Oracle representatives (for example, the Sales Team member and Product
Manager), Oracle Support Lead, and the ISP Lead participate in these meetings as
needed.
6. When the final copies of the following are ready, the customer uploads them to the service
request:
• Application design document.
This document should detail how customer requirements translate to Cloud EPM
functionalities. It should indicate the Cloud EPM business processes that will be used
(either out of the box or custom built). The design document must include metadata
details for dimensions, forms, rules, reports, data maps, data sync, security, and so on.
• The ISP checklist with detailed information entered for each item.
• Application architecture diagram.
The application architecture diagram should show all the components of the Cloud
EPM business process and their interactions with other processes.
7. Oracle reviews the submitted documents and creates a feedback document. Oracle makes
the feedback document available to the customer through the service request, usually
within two weeks.
8. Oracle discusses design review feedback with the customer or partner and addresses
questions, if any.
9. After the customer goes live with the business process, Oracle completes these steps:
• For a period of one week, monitors user activity in the environment by reviewing
Activity Reports.
Oracle discusses anomalies, if any, with the customer's contacts or partners in an
online meeting and provides solutions.
• Seeks feedback on the program.
• Closes ISP engagement.
10. If help with performance validation testing is required, the customer enrolls in the
Performance Validation Program. See Requesting Performance Validation for Planning,
Planning Modules, and Financial Consolidation and Close.

5-13
 Chapter 5
Requesting Performance Validation for Planning, Planning Modules, and Financial Consolidation and Close

11. If help with regression testing is required, the customer enrolls in the Regression Testing
Program. See Requesting Automated Regression Testing.

Requesting Performance Validation for Planning, Planning

Modules, and Financial Consolidation and Close
Performance validation aims to ensure that your Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management business process is performing as expected. You can complete the performance
validation when the application is ready for user acceptance testing or any time you have
concerns about the business process performance.

Supported Business Processes

Performance validation is available to all customers of the following business processes.
Oracle enforces no entry criteria for requesting this service.
• Planning
• Planning Modules
• Financial Consolidation and Close

How this Program Works

This service can be initiated only after you functionally build your business process and load
test data (similar to production data).
1. If the customer is an ISP participant (see Enrolling in the Implementation Success
Program), the ISP Lead offers performance validation as a part of the program. If the
customer is not an ISP participant, an Oracle contact (Product Manager or a member of
the Sales Team) introduces performance validation to the customer, who then makes a
formal request to participate in the program.
2. If the customer is not an ISP participant, Oracle formally approves the request to
participate in the program. ISP participants do not require a formal Oracle approval.
3. Complete the steps included in the following section.

Steps to Request Performance Validation

These two options are available to validate performance:
1. A self-service load testing using the simulateConcurrentUsage EPM Automate command.
This command validates the performance of an environment to verify that the response
time is acceptable when the service is under load during specific operations run by a
specific number of users. It allows you to perform self-service load testing when ever
needed.
2. Ask Oracle to execute a performance validation by running the simulateConcurrentUsage
EPM Automate command.
To request Oracle to validate performance:
a. If you are requesting performance validation as a part of the implementation success
program, use the service request created for the Implementation success program and
attach the following information, which Oracle needs to perform load testing.
Otherwise, create a new technical service request and attach the following information.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request.
• An input zip file that identifies your use cases.

5-14
 Chapter 5
Requesting Automated Regression Testing

• The lag time, which is the number of seconds (5 seconds or more) that the
command should wait between the execution of each use case. Default is 5
seconds. After initiating the execution of a use case by one user, the command
waits for the number of seconds specified by this value to initiate the execution of
the use case by the next user. Because user activities are not usually initiated
simultaneously, setting this parameter helps to create a more realistic simulation of
load on an environment.
The input zip file must contain these files:
• The requirement.csv file that specifies the details of the use cases that you want
Oracle to test. See Creating the requirement.csv File.
• Input files that contain the details of the use cases identified in requirement.csv.
See Creating the Input Files.
• UserVarMemberMapping.csv file if load testing includes Open Form or Save Form
use cases and the forms to be tested require user variables to be set. See
Creating the UserVarMemberMapping.csv File.

Note:
Oracle can perform the performance validation on one of your
environments or on Oracle's own environments.
Complete these additional steps if you want Oracle to complete
performance validation on your environment:
– Get an Oracle email address and use it to create a user in the
identity domain of the environment on which you want Oracle to
perform the test. Assign the Service Administrator predefined role for
the environment to this user.
– Do one of the following:
* Assign the Identity Domain Administrator role to this user so that
the user can create simulated users to perform the test.
* Use the simulateConcurrentUsage EPM Automate command
with option 1 to create as many simulated users as required for
your concurrent use cases, and inform Oracle that you have
already created the simulated users.

b. Oracle reviews the submitted information and executes the simulation.

c. Oracle attaches the simulation results to the service request.

Requesting Automated Regression Testing

In the Regression Testing Program, Oracle helps customers build EPM Automate-based
scripts to facilitate the adoption of an automated regression testing process that reduces the
time it takes to complete regression testing each month.
In this program, Oracle builds test scripts based on the customer's application use cases and
data. The custom scripts are then made available to the customer for integration into the
monthly test cycle.

5-15
 Chapter 5
Requesting Automated Regression Testing

How this Program Works

This service can be initiated only after you functionally build your Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management business process and load test data (similar to
production data).
• If the customer is an ISP participant (see Enrolling in the Implementation Success
Program), the ISP Lead introduces the regression testing automation program to customer.
If the customer is not an ISP participant, an Oracle contact (Product Manager or a member
of the Sales Team) may introduce the program to the customer, who then makes a formal
request to participate in the program.
• If the customer is not an ISP participant, Oracle formally approves the request to
participate in the program. ISP participants do not require a formal Oracle approval.
• Customer creates a Provide Feedback submission and allows Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• If the customer is not an ISP participant, the customer creates a technical service request
that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number and attaches the most common use
cases (three to five) that are to be tested for regression. See Submitting a Technical
Service Request.
ISP participants attach the use cases to the service request that is being used for ISP.
For each use case, the customer provides the steps to perform the use case (for example,
open a specific form, set the POV/UDV, update the data, and submit the form).

5-16
 Chapter 5
Requesting Essbase Block Analysis Report

Note:
Oracle may provide a templates to help you gather and provide the required
information.

• Oracle develops a test script that runs for one hour (approximately). The test script loops
through the use cases to ensure that all operations can be performed without user errors.
• Oracle reviews the Activity Report to ensure that the test results match customer's
requirement.
• Oracle hands over the scripts to the customer through the service request.

Note:
You can use the test script for ongoing validation when new updates are applied to
Cloud EPM environments.
Oracle reserves the right to add the test script to future regression test suites without
making the results available to you.

Requesting Essbase Block Analysis Report

The size of BSO cubes is an important factor in Oracle Essbase performance. Usually, a bigger
size cube performs less efficiently than a smaller cube. It is not easy to determine the data
patterns in a BSO cube to clear unnecessary data.
To identify data patterns in BSO cubes, you can create the Essbase Block Analysis Report that
shows the patterns of your data (for example, 0s, repeating numbers, and so on). Such a
report will help you clear the unnecessary data and reduce the size of BSO cubes. You create
this report using these resources:
• essbaseBlockAnalysisReport EPM Automate command
• Essbase Block Analysis Report REST API
If, for some reason, you cannot create the Essbase Block Analysis Report, you can request
Oracle to provide it by completing these steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment for which the report is
required. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. In the
service request, specify the Provide Feedback reference number.

5-17
 Chapter 5
Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to Cloud EPM

Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning

Application Migrated to Cloud EPM
The performance of some on-premises Planning applications that you migrate to Oracle Fusion
Cloud Enterprise Performance Management may not match their on-premises performance.
Oracle, at your request, creates a report that compares the design and configuration of Cloud
EPM application with the corresponding on-premises Planning application, which helps you
understand the reason for the variance in performance.

About the Report

The report lists only the differences in metrics or configurations that affect the performance of
the Cloud application; you can use it as a guide to fine-tune the application for better
performance.

How to Request Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to

Cloud EPM
To engage Oracle in identifying the differences between an on-premises Planning application
and the corresponding Cloud EPM application, do the following:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Additionally, provide all the required
information detailed in the following section.

Information You Must Provide Oracle About the On-Premises Application

To perform application comparison, Oracle requires the following information about your on-
premises Planning application:
• Oracle Essbase configuration file Oracle/Middleware/user_projects/epmsystem1 /
EssbaseServer/ essbaseserver1/bin/essbase.cfg. This file is located on the computer
that hosts the Essbase Server.
• Screenshot of the following from Essbase Oracle Essbase Administration Services:

5-18
 Chapter 5
Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to Cloud EPM

– Application Properties: General and Tablespaces tabs.

– All Database Properties tabs other than the Modifications tab for every BSO cube.

5-19
 Chapter 5
Requesting Design Comparison for On-Premises Planning Application Migrated to Cloud EPM

– Database Properties General, Dimensions, and Statistics tabs of every ASO cube.

5-20
 Chapter 5
Requesting Custom Sender Email Address

Requesting Custom Sender Email Address

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management uses
[email protected] as the default sender address for the emails sent from your
environments. You can configure a custom sender email address for these emails.
If you want to distinguish the emails coming from different environments (for example, Planning
emails versus Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management emails) from a region, you
can configure multiple custom sender email addresses such as
[email protected] and [email protected].

To configure custom sender email addresses, follow this process:

1. Create a Provide Feedback submission from one of the environments for which you want
the custom email sender. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Submit a technical service request that identifies both the Provide Feedback reference
number. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain:
• Service URLs of all Cloud EPM environments for which you want the custom sender
email address.
• The custom email addresses that you want to use as the sender email addresses.
After processing the service request, Oracle will provide you CNAME records through the
service request. Each OCI region will receive one CNAME record for an email domain.
On receiving the CNAME record, update your DNS configuration with it and then update the
service request to let Oracle know that the DNS configuration has been updated. After
receiving your confirmation through the updated service request, Oracle will change the sender
email addresses and notify you that the process is complete.

5-21
 Chapter 5
Submitting an Enhancement Request

To test that custom sender email addresses are working, use the sendMail EPM Automate
command or the Send Mail Cloud EPM REST API.

Submitting an Enhancement Request

Oracle actively listens to enhancement requests from Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management subscribers as a part of its commitment to providing best-of-breed
functionalities to users.
To collaborate with the user community, Oracle has established Idea Labs, online forums for
each Cloud EPM business process and a separate EPM Platform forum for common
components, in Oracle Cloud Customer Connect, where you can share product ideas with
Oracle. Idea Labs empower you to shape roadmaps of Cloud EPM business processes by
providing central idea repositories where you can share ideas that are important to you, view
enhancements that others have suggested, and gauge the collective demand for suggested
enhancements.
All enhancement requests must be submitted through Idea Labs. If you have an enhancement
request that was originally filed as a defect through My Oracle Support, Oracle will instruct you
to file it as a request in Idea Labs by copying information from the existing service request.

How Do I File an Enhancement Request?

To file an enhancement request:
1. Sign in to Oracle Cloud Customer Connect.
2. Click Ideas, then Enterprise Resource Planning under Applications.
3. Under Enterprise Performance Management, click the appropriate Cloud EPM business
process.
The Idea Lab page opens. From this page, you can complete these tasks:
4. Make sure that Submit an idea is selected from the list.
5. Type a keyword or description in the search box to see a list of matching ideas. A list of
similar ideas, if any, submitted to the Idea Lab is displayed.
6. Click Continue to share your idea at the bottom of the list.
7. On New Idea, enter an idea title and other required information. If needed, include images,
attachments, and code snippet to explain your idea.
8. In Tags, specify at least one tag to categorize your idea or enhancement request to make
it easily for other users to discover.
9. Click Save

What Guidelines are Available for Using Idea Labs?

The guidelines for effectively using the Idea Labs are available on the Idea Labs Guidelines
web site.

How Do I Track an Enhancement Request?

Ideas for enhancement are managed in Idea Labs until Oracle is ready to act on them. You can
track an idea by marking it as a favorite or by subscribing to the idea.

How Do I Escalate an Enhancement Request?

To escalate an enhancement request, create a technical service request (seeSubmitting a
Technical Service Request), which identifies the enhancement request number allocated to

5-22
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Planning Dimension Governor Limits

your idea in the Idea Labs, asking the appropriate Oracle team to evaluate idea. You should
resort to this process only in very unique situations. Oracle Product Development will evaluate
the request and move it forward if the enhancement is urgent.

How Do I Know that an Idea was Implemented?

Oracle updates the status of the enhancement idea to Delivered and indicates the monthly
update number (for example, 20.07) in which the enhancement is included. Additionally, the
enhancement is described in the appropriate Oracle Cloud Readiness document.

Requesting an Increase in Planning Dimension Governor Limits

Planning, Planning Modules, Strategic Workforce Planning, and Sales Planning use default
dimension governor limits to ensure optimal performance. In some cases, Oracle will increase
the limit on the governors at your request through a technical service request.
Governors exist in various parts of the application. The approval process detailed in this
section applies to the governors for dimension limits that are enforced when you create objects
in each dimension in the application.
If you determine that you need to increase the governors in your environment, Oracle requires
you to test the impact of the governor limit increase on the overall performance of the
application. To run such tests, Oracle will provide a loaner environment from which governor
limits have been removed. You are responsible for designing and executing test plans to
determine the performance implications of your application design (data loads, integrations,
refreshes, restructures, Oracle Smart View for Office retrievals, form loads, form saves, report
loads, business rules execution times, Smart Push, Data Maps, daily maintenance time, and
so on). After adequate testing, you can request that Oracle increase the governor limits on
specific dimensions in your environments.

Note:
This discussion does not apply to the following:
1. Increasing the limits of the number of cells in forms and reports (before and after
suppression).
2. Increasing the Oracle Essbase block size and number of blocks.
3. Increasing the limits of best practices governors in Planning Modules.

To increase governor limits:

1. Get a temporary loaner environment from Oracle by submitting a technical service request.
In the service request, specify the business justification for requesting the loaner
environment. See these topics:
• Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments.
• Submitting a Technical Service Request.
The service request must contain the following additional information:
– A list of 10 or less users (first name, last name, and email address) of the loaner
environment. These users will be created as Service Administrators.
– Expected number of dimension members for each application dimension.
– The earliest date when the loaner environment is to be available for testing.

5-23
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Financial Consolidation and Close Dimension Governor Limits

Generally, Oracle makes loaner environments available within one week after you
submit a service request containing the required information. You have a maximum of
three months to complete testing.
2. Test your application design (data loads, integrations, reports, refreshes, restructures,
Smart View retrievals, form loads, form saves, business rules execution times, Smart
Push, Data Maps, daily maintenance time, and so on) to ensure that performance is
acceptable.
3. Ask Oracle to increase the governor limits on your production environments by updating
the service request that you submitted to request the loaner environment. Complete the
following steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the loaner environment that was used for
testing. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.
• Add the Provide Feedback reference number to the technical service request.
• Provide the following additional information:
– Confirmation that you completed performance tests with acceptable results. It is
important that the performance tests are executed with similar user load as
expected when using the system in production.
– A list of the activities that were tested for performance.
– A list of the specific application dimensions for which the governor limits should be
increased, and the new values to which governor limits are to be set.
– URLs of all the environments where the governor limits are to be increased.
– Written approval permitting Oracle to apply the increased governor limits.

Note:
Generally, governor limits are increased during the next monthly update cycle
of each environment that you identify. Depending on the monthly update
development cycle, it may take up to six weeks for Oracle to increase the
governor limits. Oracle may provide a one-off patch with the governor limit
increase if you need it urgently because the current governor limit is blocking
a critical milestone.

Requesting an Increase in Financial Consolidation and Close

Dimension Governor Limits
Financial Consolidation and Close uses default dimension governor limits to ensure optimal
performance. These limits are enforced when you create objects in each dimension.
If you realize that you need to have the governors increased in your Financial Consolidation
and Close environment, Oracle requires you to test the impact of the increase in governor
limits on the overall performance of the application. To run such tests, Oracle will provide you a
loaner environment from which governor limits have been removed. You are responsible for
designing and executing test plans to determine the performance implications of your
application design (data loads, integrations, consolidations, refreshes, restructures, Oracle
Smart View for Office retrievals, and so on). After adequate testing, request Oracle to increase
the governor limits on specific dimensions in your environments.

5-24
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Financial Consolidation and Close Dimension Governor Limits

To increase governor limits:

1. Get a temporary loaner environment from Oracle by submitting a technical service request.
In the service request specify the business justification for requesting the loaner
environment. For detailed information, see Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments.
The service request must contain the following additional information:
• A list of 10 or less users (first name, last name, and email address) of the loaner
environment. These users will be created as Service Administrators.
• Expected number of dimension members for each application dimension.
• The earliest date when the loaner environment is to be available for testing.
Generally, Oracle makes loaner environments available within one week after a service
request containing the required information is submitted. You have a maximum of three
months to complete testing.
2. Test your application design (data loads, integrations, consolidations, refreshes,
restructures, Smart View retrievals, and so on) to ensure that performance is acceptable.
3. Ask Oracle to increase the governor limit on your production environments by updating the
service request that you submitted to request the loaner environment. Complete the
following steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the loaner environment that was used for
testing. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.
• Add the Provide Feedback reference number to the technical service request.
• Provide the following additional information:
– Confirmation that you completed performance tests with acceptable results.
– A list of the activities that were tested for performance.
– A list of the specific application dimensions for which the governor limits should be
increased, and the amount to which the limit should be increased.
– URLs of all the environments where the governor limits are to be increased.
– Written approval permitting Oracle to apply the increased governor limits.

Note:
Generally, governor limits are increased during the next monthly update cycle
of each environment that you identify. Depending on the monthly update
development cycle, it may take up to six weeks for Oracle to increase the
governor limits. Oracle may provide a one-off patch with the governor limit
increase if you need it urgently because the current governor limit is blocking
a critical milestone.

5-25
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Profitability and Cost Management and Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management Governor Limits

Requesting an Increase in Profitability and Cost Management

and Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management Governor
Limits
Profitability and Cost Management and Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management use
default artifact and dimension governor limits to ensure optimal performance. These limits are
enforced when you create rules and objects in each dimension.
If you realize that you need to have the governors increased in your Profitability and Cost
Management or Enterprise Profitability and Cost Management environment, Oracle requires
you to test the impact of the increase in governor limits on the overall performance of the
application. To run such tests, Oracle provides you a loaner environment from which governor
limits have been removed. You are responsible for designing and executing test plans to
determine the performance implications of your application design (data loads, integrations,
calculations, extraction, migration, Oracle Smart View for Office retrievals, and so on). After
adequate testing, request Oracle to increase the governor limits on specific dimensions in your
environments.
To increase governor limits:
1. Get a temporary loaner environment from Oracle by submitting a technical service request.
In the service request specify the business justification for requesting the loaner
environment. For detailed information, see Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments.
The Service Request must contain the following additional information:
• A list of 10 or less users (first name, last name, and email address) of the loaner
environment. These users will be created as Service Administrators.
• A list of each governor limit that will be exceeded in testing and the number of artifacts,
dimension members, or other counts specific to the limit expansions being tested.
• The earliest date when the loaner environment is to be available for testing.
Generally, Oracle makes loaner environments available within one week after a service
request containing the required information is submitted. You have a maximum of three
months to complete testing.
2. Test your application design (data loads, integrations, calculations, extraction, migration,
Smart View retrievals, and so on) to ensure that performance is acceptable.
3. Ask Oracle to increase the governor limit on your production environments by updating the
technical service request that you submitted to request the loaner environment. Complete
the following steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the loaner environment that was used for
testing. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.
• Add the Provide Feedback reference number to the service request.
• Provide the following additional information:
– Confirmation that you completed performance tests with acceptable results.
– A list of the activities that were tested for performance.
– A list of the specific governor limits that should be increased, and the amount to
which each limit should be increased.

5-26
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Cloud EDM Governor Limits

– URLs of all the environments where the governor limits are to be increased.
– Written approval permitting Oracle to apply the increased governor limits.

Note:
Generally, governor limits are increased during the next monthly update cycle
of each environment that you identify. Depending on the monthly update
development cycle, it may take up to six weeks for Oracle to increase the
governor limits. Oracle may provide a one-off patch with the governor limit
increase if you need it urgently because the current governor limit is blocking
a critical milestone.

Requesting an Increase in Cloud EDM Governor Limits

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Data Management uses default governor limits to ensure
optimal performance. In some cases, Oracle will increase the limit on these governors at your
request through a technical service request.
You can submit a technical service request to increase the following governor limits:
• Maximum number of request items for specific types of requests:
– Subscription
– Import
– Load
– Interactive
– Consolidation
• Maximum number of rows that can be added to a request attachment via the public API
If you determine that you need to have the governors increased in your environment, Oracle
requires you to test the impact of the increase in governor limits on the overall performance of
the application. To run such tests, Oracle will provide you a loaner environment from which
governor limits have been removed. You are responsible for designing and executing test plans
to determine the performance implications of the new governor limits. After adequate testing,
request Oracle to increase the governor limits in your environments.
To increase governor limits:
1. Get a temporary loaner environment from Oracle by submitting a technical service request.
In the service request specify the business justification for requesting the loaner
environment. See these topics:
• Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments
• Submitting a Technical Service Request
The service request must contain the following additional information:
• A list of 10 or less users (first name, last name, and email address) of the loaner
environment. These users will be created as Service Administrators.
• The number of request items for these request types that you want your environment
to process, and the business justification for each type:
– Subscription

5-27
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Account Reconciliation Governor Limits

– Import
– Load
– Interactive
– Consolidation
• The earliest date when the loaner environment is to be available for testing.
Generally, Oracle makes loaner environments available within one week after a service
request containing the required information is submitted. You have a maximum of three
months to complete testing.
2. Test the new maximum request sizes in your environment to ensure that performance is
acceptable.
3. Ask Oracle to increase the governor limit on your production environments by updating the
service request that you submitted to request the loaner environment. Complete the
following steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the loaner environment that was used for
testing. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.
• Add the Provide Feedback reference number to the technical service request.
• Provide the following additional information:
– Confirmation that you completed performance tests with acceptable results.
– A list of the activities that were tested for performance.
– A list of the specific governor limits which should be increased, and the increase
amount for each governor.
– URLs of all the environments where the governor limits are to be increased.
– Written approval permitting Oracle to apply the increased governor limits.

Note:
Generally, governor limits are increased during the next monthly update cycle
of each environment that you identify. Depending on the monthly update
development cycle, it may take up to six weeks for Oracle to increase the
governor limits. Oracle may provide a one-off patch with the governor limit
increase if you need it urgently because the current governor limit is blocking
a critical milestone.

Requesting an Increase in Account Reconciliation Governor

Limits
Account Reconciliation enforces many governor limits that can be increased.
See Setting Governor Limits in Account Reconciliation in Setting Up and Configuring Account
Reconciliation for a list of governors that can be increased.
If you realize that you need to have the governors increased in your Account Reconciliation
environment, Oracle requires you to test the impact of the increase in governor limits on the
overall performance of the application. To run such tests, Oracle will provide you a loaner

5-28
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Account Reconciliation Governor Limits

environment from which governor limits have been removed. You are responsible for designing
and executing test plans to determine the performance implications of your application design
(data loads, transaction loads, Reconciliation deployments, and so on). After adequate testing,
request Oracle to increase specific governor limits in your environments.
To increase governor limits:
1. Get a temporary loaner environment from Oracle by submitting a technical service request.
In the service request specify the business justification for requesting the loaner
environment. For detailed information, see Requesting Temporary Loaner Environments.
The service request must contain the following additional information:
• A list of 10 or less users (first name, last name, and email address) of the loaner
environment. These users will be created as Service Administrators.
• Expected governor values.
• The earliest date when the loaner environment is to be available for testing.
Generally, Oracle makes loaner environments available within one week after you submit
the service request containing the required information. You have a maximum of three
months to complete testing.
2. Test your application design (data loads, transaction loads, Reconciliation deployments,
and so on) to ensure that performance is acceptable with the increased governor limits.
3. Ask Oracle to increase the governor limit on your production environments by updating the
service request that you submitted to request the loaner environment. Complete the
following steps:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from the loaner environment that was used for
testing. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a
Provide Feedback Submission.
• Add the Provide Feedback reference number to the technical service request.
• Provide the following additional information:
– Confirmation that you completed performance tests with acceptable results.
– A list of the activities that were tested for performance.
– A list of the specific governor limits that should be increased, and the amount to
which the limit should be increased.
– URLs of all the environments where the governor limits are to be increased.
– Written approval permitting Oracle to apply the increased governor limits.

Note:
Generally, governor limits are increased during the next monthly update cycle
of each environment that you identify. Depending on the monthly update
development cycle, it may take up to six weeks for Oracle to increase the
governor limits. Oracle may provide a one-off patch with the governor limit
increase if you need it urgently because the current governor limit is blocking
a critical milestone.

5-29
 Chapter 5
Requesting Root Cause Analysis (RCA) for a Resolved Issue

Requesting Root Cause Analysis (RCA) for a Resolved Issue

Oracle proactively sends Event Summary and Root Cause Analysis (RCA) notifications, and
official documents for resolved issues. These notifications contain information related to a
specific service outage or performance degradation.
An Event Summary is provided if an environment (production or test) experienced an outage or
performance degradation for more than 15 minutes. The Event Summary, which provides a
synopsis of a service outage or performance degradation, is created and distributed soon after
the event is closed and the service is restored. It includes the following information:
• Brief description of the event
• Type of event (outage, performance degradation, or other)
• Event timeline, including impact start and service restoration time
• Affected services, applications and systems
An RCA is made available if a production or test environment experienced an outage or
performance degradation for more than 60 minutes. It is developed in the days following the
event, after Oracle has completed a thorough technical investigation. The RCA describes what
caused the issue and the corrective actions that Oracle identified to reduce the likelihood of
recurrence. It includes the following information:
• Detailed description of the event
• Type of event (outage, performance degradation, or other)
• Event timeline, including impact start and service restoration time
• Services impacted
• Affected applications and systems
• Root cause analysis
• Corrective and preventative actions
See Viewing Announcements in the Getting Started Guide for Administrators for steps to view
Event Summaries and RCAs for your environments.
If you did not receive the RCA for an issue or you want additional information about an RCA
you received, you can make a request. Complete the following steps to request Oracle to
perform an RCA for a resolved issue or to get more information for an RCA you already
received:
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission if you did not create one when you first reported
the issue. The Provide Feedback submission must include screenshots of the steps that
led to the error and error messages. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance
snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See
Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Update the technical service request that you submitted while reporting the issue to initiate
the RCA. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Unless previously included, the
service request must contain the following:
• The Provide Feedback reference number.
• Detailed steps to reproduce the issue.
• If the environment did not have this issue previously, the date, time, and time zone
when the environment was working as expected.

5-30
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Old Backup Snapshot of an Environment

• Snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when the environment
was working properly.
• Application changes, if any, that you made since the last time the environment was
working without this issue.

Requesting an Old Backup Snapshot of an Environment

Artifact snapshots created by the daily maintenance process are archived every day to Oracle
Object Storage. Production and test environment backups are retained for 60 days. Oracle
Fusion Cloud EPM support self-service operations using the listBackups and restoreBackup
EPM Automate commands to check for and copy available backup snapshots from Object
Storage to your environment.
If you want to archive the maintenance snapshots for more than 60 days, you can download
and store the Artifact Snapshot(for environments other than Narrative Reporting) or
EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz (for Narrative Reporting) every day. You can set up your backup process
using EPM Automate. See Back up Application Snapshot to a Computer in Working with EPM
Automate for information on automating the process of backing up the daily maintenance
snapshot.
If you are unable to use EPM Automate to copy the backup snapshot, Oracle can provide you
production environment backups from specific dates only from the last sixty days.

How to Request a Backup Snapshot

For the cases previously mentioned, you can request Oracle for a backup snapshot.
To request Oracle for a backup snapshot, create a technical service request. See Submitting a
Technical Service Request. In the service request, specify:
• The URL of the environment from which backup snapshot is required.
• The date from which backup snapshot is required.
• The reason why you need the backup snapshot.
If the snapshot from the requested date is available, Oracle copies it to your production
environment. You can use EPM Automate commands or equivalent Oracle Fusion Cloud
Enterprise Performance Management Migration screens to complete these tasks:
• View the backup snapshot (use the listFiles command).
• Download the snapshot to a local computer (use the downloadFile command).
• Recreate the environment and restore it using the backup snapshot.
– Use epmAutomate recreate -f to ensure that the snapshot is retained after recreating
the environment. Do not use the removeAll=true option, which deletes the snapshot.
See recreate command for detailed information
– For Business Processes other than Narrative Reporting: Use epmAutomate
importSnapshot SNAPSHOT_NAME to import the snapshot. See importSnapshot
command for detailed information.
– For Narrative Reporting only:
1. Rename the downloaded snapshot as EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz.
2. Upload the snapshot to the to_be_imported location of Narrative Reporting.
Use epmAutomate uploadFile EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz to_be_imported to upload
EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz. See uploadFile command for detailed information.

5-31
 Chapter 5
Requesting an Increase in Capacity

The uploaded EPRCS_Backup.tar.gz will be imported during the next maintenance

of the environment.

Requesting an Increase in Capacity

When you have a performance issue, always refer to the appropriate sections in this document
to troubleshoot them. If you cannot fix the issue by yourself, seek help from Oracle.
For example, if business rules are not performing to your expectations, follow the instructions
in Troubleshooting Business Rules and Member Formula Errors and Performance to fix the
issue or to report it to Oracle. In rare cases, where the issue is because of shortage of
resources (for example, processing units, memory, or cache) on your environment, Oracle will
increase the resources if a review of your environment determines that it already adheres to
best practices.
In most cases, increasing resources does not help the performance of your environment. Close
to 100% utilization of CPU and memory identified in the Activity Report does not necessarily
mean that adding more CPU and memory will make the performance better, for example, if
your design creates a prohibitively high CPU thread count request.
If you believe that increasing resources will help, request Oracle to increase the resources for
your environment
1. Optional: Generate a Fiddler trace.
If overall performance is slower than expected, generate a Fiddler trace of your session.
See Using Fiddler to Capture Diagnostic Information.
Watch this overview video for information on configuring Fiddler to capture HTTPS traffic.

Overview Video
If you are unable to generate a Fiddler trace file of your session, see Collecting Network
Performance Trace Using a Browser for information on collecting network trace using a
browser.
2. Create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the
maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to application snapshot
submission. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
3. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following additional information:
• Details of the activities that take more time than expected.
• Fiddler trace file or network diagnostic HAR file, if you created one in step 1.
• If the activities were previously performing to expectation, the date, time, and time
zone when performance was acceptable.
• A snapshot of the environment, if available, from the last time when performance was
acceptable.
• Application changes that you made since the performance was acceptable.
• Whether this is a critical outage.
Oracle will increase the capacity of your environment if a review of your environment
determines that the issue is caused by capacity shortage. Because increasing the capacity
requires a reboot of the Operating System that hosts the environment, Oracle will work with

5-32
 Chapter 5
Requesting a Health Check for an Environment

you, through the service request, to coordinate the date and time when the capacity can be
increased.

Requesting a Health Check for an Environment

Oracle automatically performs health check for all Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise
Performance Management environments and proactively implements fixes for any detected
issues. Additional resources are added to the environment, if needed.
If you are facing a functional or performance issue on your environment, use the appropriate
section of this guide to troubleshoot and fix it. If you are unable to fix the issue, report it to
Oracle.
You can also monitor the health of your environments by perusing the Activity Report, which is
created every day or whenever you do a Provide Feedback submission.
See About the Activity Report in Getting Started Guide for Administrators for detailed
information. The Activity Report can answer most questions about resources, performance,
and application design or size.
In the rare case when the Activity Report does not answer all your questions, you can create a
Health Check Request to ask Oracle to confirm the health and stability of an environment.
Sometimes, an Oracle Product Manager may suggest that you create a Health Check Request
for your environment.
After you create a Health Check Request, Oracle will analyze your environment, create a
report of the analysis, and make the report available to you. The report will cover the following
areas:
• Resource constraints
• Performance issues
• Application design or size-related issues
• Oracle change management and Support process, the Provide Feedback processes, and
resources available in Operations Guide
Complete these steps to create a Health Check Request:
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment for which the health check is
being requested. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Submit a technical service request, which includes the Provide Feedback reference
number. Be sure to add any specific requests besides the health check on system,
performance, and application to the service request. See Submitting a Technical Service
Request.
If an Oracle Product Manager suggested that you request the health check, include the
name or email of the Oracle Product Manager in the service request.

Requesting the Configuration of IP Allowlist

Configuring an allowlist and modifying an existing allowlist by adding or removing IP addresses
and CIDRs is a self-service operation.
You use the getIPAllowlist and setIPAllowlistEPM Automate commands to create and
manage an allowlist for your Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management
instances. See these information sources:
• getIPAllowlist in Working with EPM Automate

5-33
 Chapter 5
Requesting to Disallow Service Administrators to Assign Predefined Roles

• setIPAllowlist in Working with EPM Automate

• Setting up Network Restricted Access in Getting Started Guide for Administrators
• Managing Internet Protocol Allowlist and Blocklist Rules in Managing and Monitoring
Oracle Cloud

Use of Dedicated VPN Connection to Restrict Access

Oracle does not support Virtual Private Network (VPN) between customer network and Oracle
Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management environments. You should use the IP
allowlist functionality to set up restricted connections to your environments.
Customers who have an OCI IaaS subscription in the same region as their Cloud EPM
environments can use the Service Gateway Service to avoid having their traffic go over
internet. Refer to Access to Oracle Services: Service Gateway in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure
Documentation for more information on Service Gateway.
Customers can also have private access through Oracle Virtual Cloud Network (VCN) with
FastConnect, which can then connect to Cloud EPM environments through the Service
Gateway thus keeping the traffic within the private OCI network. Refer to Private Access to
Oracle Services in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Documentation for more information.

Use of Identity Cloud Services Network Perimeter

You can configure a network perimeter in Oracle Identity Cloud Services so that only users
who use a particular IP address or IP address that fall within a specific range are allowed to
sign in to Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management. Using this method, you
can restrict user access to all environments belonging to a specific Oracle Identity Cloud
Service domain.
See Manage Oracle Identity Cloud Service Network Perimeters in Administering Oracle
Identity Cloud Service for detailed information on configuring and managing Oracle Identity
Cloud Service network perimeters.

Requesting to Disallow Service Administrators to Assign

Predefined Roles
By default, the Service Administrator of an Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance
Management environment can assign predefined roles to the users of that environment.
If you want to allow only Identity Domain Administrators to be able to assign predefined roles in
the environments belonging to a cloud account, you can request Oracle to prevent Service
Administrators from assigning and unassigning predefined roles. After Oracle implements this
request, only Identity Domain Administrators will be able to assign and unassign predefined
roles to users on any environment in that cloud account.
To request Oracle to prevent Service Administrators from assigning predefined roles:
• Create a Provide Feedback submission from an environment in the cloud account in which
you want to disallow Service Administrators from assigning predefined roles. See Creating
a Provide Feedback Submission.
• Create a technical service request that includes the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request.

5-34
 Chapter 5
Requesting Additional Environments for EPM Enterprise Cloud Service Subscriptions

Requesting Additional Environments for EPM Enterprise Cloud

Service Subscriptions
Each EPM Enterprise Cloud Service subscription allows you to create business processes as
detailed in the Oracle Fusion Service Descriptions.
If additional business processes are necessary to meet your business needs, please contact
your Account Representative for assistance. Please do not create a service request for this
purpose because Oracle Support will not be able to offer assistance in this regard.

Requesting Infrastructure Maintenance Delay

Oracle sends you a notification email when an infrastructure maintenance that affects your
environment is scheduled. This email contains the date and time of the start and end of the
planned maintenance. Oracle always attempts to schedule these maintenances during
weekends when the effect on the environments would be minimal.
However, if the date or time of the planned maintenance affects your production environment
(for example, if you are going through close cycle), you may request Oracle to delay the
infrastructure maintenance. Note that Oracle may not always be able to delay maintenance,
especially if it is a region-wide infrastructure maintenance.
To request infrastructure maintenance delay:
1. Create a Provide Feedback submission from the environment for which the maintenance is
to be delayed. See Creating a Provide Feedback Submission.
2. Submit a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain the
following:
• Reason (for example, quarter or year-end close) why infrastructure maintenance delay
is being requested.
• Screenshot of the notification email that you received. The date, start time, and the
end time of the planned maintenance must be clearly visible in the screenshot.
• Proposed date and time (with time zone) when Oracle can perform the planned
maintenance without affecting your operations.

Requesting Cloud EPM Roadmap Information

You may have questions about when an upcoming enhancement, especially, critical
functionality, may be available in Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management.
Oracle Cloud Customer Connect Forums provide avenues to seek roadmap information from
Oracle.
The primary information source for Cloud EPM roadmap is Cloud Customer Connect.

Viewing Cloud EPM Roadmap in Oracle Cloud Customer Connect

To view the roadmap:
1. Sign in to Oracle Cloud Customer Connect.
2. Click Customer Journey.

5-35
 Chapter 5
Responding to Customer Diagnostic Alerts

3. Under Update Readiness and Planning, click Applications Roadmaps.

4. In Applications Roadmaps area, click Enterprise Performance Management Update
under Enterprise Resource Planning to download a PDF version of the Cloud EPM
roadmap.

Using the Idea Lab to Elicit Roadmap Information

If you still have questions about the direction of Cloud EPM, post them on Oracle Cloud
Customer Connect. This site is monitored by Oracle Product Managers, who can answer your
roadmap-related questions. Any comment or response from a Product Manager should not be
construed as a firm commitment to pursuing a particular direction.
To post an idea on an Idea Lab, see Submitting an Enhancement Request.

Responding to Customer Diagnostic Alerts

Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management uses a diagnostic alert (an email
addressed to Service Administrators of an environment) to communicate issues that impact the
uptime, performance, or usage of an environment, which require customer action.
Generally, a diagnostic alert indicates that Oracle's automated diagnostics system detected an
issue specific to your environment that requires your intervention. This section details what to
do if you receive an email titled Diagnostic Alert.
1. Upon receiving a diagnostic alert, create a Provide Feedback submission. Optionally, allow
Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the environment by consenting to
application snapshot submission.
2. Create a technical service request using the subject Enterprise Performance Management
(EPM) Cloud Diagnostic Alert. See Submitting a Technical Service Request. Include the
following in the service request:
• Provide Feedback reference number.
• The full content of the diagnostic alert email that you received.

Making Other Requests

Create a service request to make a request that is not covered in this guide.
1. From the environment about which you are making a request, create a Provide Feedback
submission. Optionally, allow Oracle to access the maintenance snapshot of the
environment by consenting to application snapshot submission. See Creating a Provide
Feedback Submission.
2. Create a technical service request that identifies the Provide Feedback reference number.
See Submitting a Technical Service Request. The service request must contain a clear
explanation of your request and why you are making it.

5-36
6
Asking Questions About Cloud EPM
A search using a search engine (such as Google or DuckDuckGo) or the inbuilt search
available from within the Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management Help
Center of a business process should answer most questions about Cloud EPM.

In this Section
• Asking How-to Questions
• Asking Other Questions

Asking How-to Questions

Perform an Internet search using appropriate key words to get answers to your questions
about Oracle Fusion Cloud Enterprise Performance Management. An Internet search is likely
to bring up the latest information from Cloud EPM Help Centers, which provide access to the
latest Cloud EPM documents, videos, and tutorials that guide you through the process of
administering and using business processes.

Looking for Answers in a Help Center

Help Center resources are updated on a monthly basis usually on the first Friday of the month.
Much of the information in Cloud EPM Help Centers could be accessed through Internet
searches as well.
Watch this overview video to get answers, learn more, and stay current using Cloud EPM Help
Centers.

Oveview video
To access a Help Center:
1. Go to Oracle Fusion Cloud Applications Suite Help Center.
2. Click Enterprise Performance Management under Enterprise Resource Planning
(ERP).
3. From the left navigation pane, select the business process about which you want to learn.
4. Use the links in the left navigation pane to navigate within the help center. For example,
click Books to access business process-specific guides or How Do I... to access
documentation, videos and tutorials for various tasks.

What if I Still Have Questions?

If you are unable to find answers using an Internet search or using the resources in the Help
Center, post your question to an Oracle Customer Connect forum.
1. Sign in to Oracle Cloud Customer Connect.
2. Click Categories, then Enterprise Resource Planning under Applications.
3. Under Enterprise Performance Management, click the appropriate Cloud EPM business
process. The forum of the selected business process opens.

6-1
 Chapter 6
Asking Other Questions

4. Type a search string in the search field next to Ask a question. Matching results are
displayed.
5. Click Continue to ask your question.
6. On Ask a Question, specify your question.
7. Optional: Enter a summary, content, application version, and code snippet that supports
your question. Also, attach files and images as needed.
8. In Tags, specify at least one tag to categorize your question to make it easily discoverable
to other users.
9. Click Ask Question.

Getting Help from Oracle

If you are unable to find answers to your questions using the preceding sources, seek help
from Oracle by creating a technical service request that includes all your questions.

Asking Other Questions

If you are unable to find answers to your questions using the information in this guide, seek
help from Oracle by creating a technical service request that details your question.

6-2